| T.R | Title | User | Personal
Name | Date | Lines |
|---|
| 1541.1 | Another from the Samurai Writer | VERGA::STANLEY | what a long strange trip it's been | Fri Sep 20 1991 18:39 | 595 |
|
*`Revelations of Awareness' No. 79-25:
(The Secret of the UFOs).
This Awareness indicates the Deros described during that time
are remnants of a humanoid species that were left underground for
many generations. They have continued in their underground
civilization which, through a network of caverns and tunnels extends
throughout the United States, South America and in through Europe and
other regions. These tunnels have been known by the Illuminati,
which was formed in 1776 on May 1st, by Adam Weishaupt, which is the
reason for the May 1st celebration in many countries; that this
Illuminati as the foundation for many of the occult and conspiracy
type organizations that have followed. It was based on the alien
contact by these entities.
This Awareness indicates, of course, there were still earlier
contacts with aliens on this planet, these contacts researching back
into prehistory. This Awareness suggests the questions continue.
(READING CONTINUES):
"Centuries ago, Surface People (some say the Illuminati) entered
into a pact with an "Alien Nation" (hidden within the Earth). The
U.S. government, in 1933, agreed to trade animals and humans in
exchange for High Tech knowledge, and to allow them to use
(undisturbed) underground bases, in the Western USA. A Special Group
was formed to deal with the Alien Beings. In the 1940's `Alien Life
Forms' (ALF) began shifting their focus of operations, from Central
and South America, to the USA. The Continental Divide is vital to
these `Entities'. Part of this has to do with Magnetics (Substrata
Rock) and high Energy States (Plasma)."
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This is in the affirmative. This Awareness indicates that this
shift into this area was partly due to the use of the atomic bomb in
its infancy; the first atomic bomb being exploded in Alamogordo.
That this drew great attention from the aliens and in realizing that
these aliens use underground caverns, one can understand why they
became quite concerned with atomic bombs blowing holes in the earth,
and would like to have some input on the government using such
weapons.
(READING CONTINUES):
"Whose Planet is This? These Aliens consider themselves `Native
Terrans'". They are an ancient race (descendant from a Reptilian
Humanoid Species which cross-bred with Sapient Humans).
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates that this is in reference, not to all
types of Greys, but to some of the Greys; the Greys from Orion in
particular; that there are also other variations which do not have
much of the reptilian genetics in them, but have some insect base.
This Awareness indicates that the Greys who were present after World
War II, who were present in this pact with the U.S. government, and
the Greys who were present...This Awareness indicates there were
Greys present on this planet in contact with humans in the late
Twenties and early Thirties, but there were also other tall Greys
that came to this planet in the period of approximately 1947-48;
these being from Orion.
The Zeta Reticuli Greys, coming in contact more in the Sixties;
that the earlier Greys as having already been in the area, and the
pact which led to the underground cavern bases was with these and
also with the tall Orion Greys. Later, the Zeta Reticuli were
brought in to certain agreements and allowed to have bases and there
were further arrangements with them. They are all interrelated in
some ways as different species, in a similar manner that on earth
different races might still work together, though be somewhat
segregated and somewhat different from each other.
(READING CONTINUES):
"They are untrustworthy manipulator/mercenary agents for another
extraterrestrial culture (the Draco), who are returning to earth
(their ancient `outpost') to use it as a staging area.
But, these alien cultures are in conflict over whose agenda will
be followed for this planet. All the while mental control is being
used to keep humans `in place,' especially since the Forties."
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates this is in the affirmative; that there
is the conflict and agreement between the Grey Reticuli and the
Reptilians; that of the Grey Reticuli, the orange group as being the
more hostile to the Reptilians; that it is also the more hostile
group in regard to Grey/human relationships. This Awareness
indicates, however, that it does offer a potential for shifting of
alliances between the Greys and the humans, since the orange Grey
group is quite hostile to the Reptilians, it offers the humans an
important opportunity to align themselves with the Greys and a
potential for the alliance to be used in case of a conflict with the
Reptilians.
This Awareness indicates that it would appear that there is the
potential of a situation occurring on this planet in which if the
Reptilians arrive, the human race would not survive for any
meaningful length of time in any quality of life. It would, it
appears, deteriorate in such a manner that the human race would
simply become useful as food for the Reptilians; this in the event
sufficient numbers of Reptilians came and were able to control the
masses of humans, and through their present allies, the Greys, it
would appear this would be possible. Without the alliance between
the Greys and the humans, it would appear that the Reptilians would
have very little obstruction to their total dominion of the planet.
This Awareness indicates there is still the element of the
Pleiadians and the entities from Sirius, as a potential, but that
this is not at present seen as being a great potential, since
especially the Pleiadians are in deep trouble at home.
(READING CONTINUES):
"The DULCE Complex is joint U.S. Government/Alien base. It was
NOT the first built with the aliens. (Others are in Colorado,
Nevada, Arizona, etc.)"
Is that correct?
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This is in the affirmative.
(READING CONTINUES):
"The Secret Activity". Paul Benewitz reports, about his study
into the Dulce area: "Troops went in and out of there every summer,
starting in 1947. The natives do recall that. They also built a
road--right in front of the people of Dulce, and trucks went in and
out for a long period. That road was later blocked and destroyed.
The signs on the trucks were "Smith Corporation" out of Pagosa
Springs, Colorado. No such corporation exists now...no records
exist...I believe the Base, at least the first one, was being built
then undercover of a lumbering project. The problem: they never
hauled logs. Only BIG equipment."
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates this is in the affirmative; that there
also was built an underground tunnel from the area of Alamogordo to
the base.
(READING CONTINUES):
"R & R and the Military Industrial Complex. The Rand
Corporation became involved and did a study for the Base. Most of
the lakes near Dulce were made `for' the Indians, via government
grants. Navajo Dam is the main source for conventional electric
power, with a second source in El Vado (also an entrance).
Note: If Rand Corp. is the mother of `Think Tanks', then the
Ford Foundation must be considered the father. Rand secrecy is not
confirmed to `reports,' but on occasion extends to conferences and
meetings. On page number 645 of the PROJECT RAND: Proceedings of the
Deep Underground Construction Symposium (March, 1959) we read:
"Just as airplanes, ships and automobiles have given man mastery
of the surface of the Earth, tunnel-Boring Machines...will give him
access to the subterranean World."
Note: The Sept. 1983 issue of Omni magazine (Page 80) has a
color drawing of "The SUBTERRENE", the Los Alamos nuclear-powered
tunnel machine that burrows through the rock, deep underground, by
heating whatever stone it encounters into molten rock (magma), which
cools after the Subterrene has moved on. The result is a tunnel with
a smooth, glazed lining."
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates that this, using atomic energy in the
process of heating these rocks, not only melts the rocks to allow for
the tunneling to take place, but it reduces the magma of these melted
rocks in terms of size so that there is very little or no residue
which needs to be carried out of the tunnel, so that the hole itself
is simply plastered up against the sides of the tunnel in a kind of
melted shell.
(FOLLOW UP QUESTION):
That would account for the absence of great piles of dirt and
rocks in that area, wouldn't it?
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This is in the affirmative.
(CONTINUING WITH THE STATEMENT):
"These underground tubes are used by electromagnetically powered
"Subshuttle Vehicles," which can travel at great speeds. They
connect the `Hidden Empire' Sub-City complexes. Also, the top-secret
project code-named "Noah's Ark," uses `Tube Shuttles' in connection
with a system of over 100 `Bunkers' and `Bolt Holes' which have been
established at various places on Earth. With other bases inside the
Moon and Mars. Many of these underground cities are complete with
streets, sidewalks, lakes, small electric cars, apartments, offices
and shopping malls."
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates this is in the affirmative. This
Awareness reminds you that there have been numerous movies that have
covered many of the things that are now being exposed as realities.
You will recall the movie in which the entity had his ear down to the
sidewalk, hearing tunnels or hearing a machine underground, boring
the earth, boring a tunnel, and everyone thought the entity was
insane. This Awareness indicates that there have been numerous
efforts by some entities to leak information, in some ways to alert
the public of these various things.
This Awareness indicates that most of the information went into
movies that were seen as fantasy, and entities were entertained
rather than informed, but now that entities are becoming informed and
looking back on the entertainment that has been given during the past
several decades, these movies will begin to take on a new meaning.
This Awareness indicates JOURNEY TO THE CENTER OF THE EARTH, as well
as many of the movies regarding duplicates and clones now have new
meaning. Also, that in looking back on the earlier Awareness
readings in which It spoke of synthetics and robotoids, entities will
see that these too take on a new meaning. This Awareness suggests
the questions continue.
(FOLLOW-UP QUESTION):
"I had one question about the shopping malls. Are these
designed for humans that are working underground there, or are these
used by aliens?
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates that this as mostly for humans, but
that there also are some shopping places for aliens too; that some
instances of human/alien intermingling is present underground, but in
most cases, in the higher levels, it is more a human-type of society,
although in some cases, the more benevolent aliens will also be found
in certain areas, intermingling with humans, even in those levels.
That in the deeper levels, the aliens have greater domination.
(FOLLOW-UP QUESTION):
"This tunnel machine mentioned that uses atomic energy and
burrows, melting the rock; was this technology given to the United
States by the aliens, or did the United States develop that itself?"
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates that it is an alien machine. This has
been used down through centuries. It has been modified, but the
concept and the initial construction as that which is alien. The
more recent development as being a joint construction for and by
humans and aliens in cooperation. There are more than one such
machine. This Awareness indicates that these machines however, use
technology that were of alien origin, along with other aspects that
can be understood by human engineers.
(READING CONTINUES):
"There were over 650 attendees to the 1959 RAND Symposium. Most
were representatives of the Corporate-Industrial State, like: The
General Electric Company; AT & T; Hughes Aircraft; Northrop Corp.;
Sandia Corp.; Stanford Research Institute; Walsh Construction
Company; The Bechtel Corporation; Colorado School of Mines; etc.
Bechtel (pronounced Beck-tull) in a supersecret international
corporate octopus, founded in 1898. Some say the firm is really a
"SHADOW GOVERNMENT"--a working arm of the CIA. It is the largest
construction and engineering outfit in the USA and the world, (and
some say, beyond).
The most important posts in the U.S. government are held by
former Bechtel officers. They are part of "THE WEB" (an
interconnected control system) which links the Tri-Lateralist plans,
the CFR, the Orders of `Illuminism' (Cult of the All-Seeing Eye) and
other interlocking groups."
Is that information correct?
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates that this is in the affirmative; that
you will recall, especially during the Reagan administration, the
scandals associated with many of his cronies, and the connections
with Bechtel; that in reviewing these, you will find the above
information being pertinent.
(READING CONTINUES):
"The Dulce Facility consists of a central `Hub,' the Security
Section, (also some photo labs). The deeper you go, the stronger the
Security. This is a multi-leveled Complex. There are over 3000
cameras at various high-security locations (Exits and Labs). There
are over 100 Secret Exits near and around Dulce. Many around
Archuleta Mesa, others to the south around Dulce Lake and even as far
east as Lindrith."
Is that correct?
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This is in the affirmative. This Awareness indicates that there
are caves used by aliens throughout the United States, Canada and
South America, as well as in Europe. Many of these are small bases
inside mountains that are in more remote areas; that there are
underground tunnels connecting many of these. In some cases, the
openings are used for the spacecraft for entrance and exits in
isolated bases, but in most cases, the bases are connected by
underground tunnels. These extend also into Washington, Oregon,
Canada, the Aleutian Islands, into Russia, and into most other
countries, especially in the Northern hemisphere of Europe; a;so in
Australia and New Zealand. There are older bases in South America, in
Brazil, in Central America, and in the areas of Chile, Venezuela, and
Peru.
(READING CONTINUES):
"Deep sections of the Complex connect into natural cavern
systems. A person who worked at the Base, who had an `ULTRA 7`
clearance, reports: "There may be more than seven Levels, but I only
know of seven. Most of the aliens are on levels 5, 6, and 7."
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates there ten levels; that the three lower
levels have to do with the construction of technological instruments
and craft.
(READING CONTINUES):
"...Alien housing is lever 5." Is this correct?
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This as in the affirmative; this as the level where the aliens
live and interact together in their time when they are not involved
in their activities of industry.
(READING CONTINUES):
"We are leaving the era of expendable resources, like oil-based
products. The power of the future is re-newable resources...
"Biologically Engineered." The Dulce Genetic Research was originally
funded under the cloak of "Black Budget" Secrecy. (Billions of
dollars.)
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This is where the drugs and drug money has been flowing to.
This Awareness indicates that this as also having received much
funding from the NSA hidden agenda and purposes; that much of the
enormous tax assessment on the nation and the great debt that has
accumulated over the years is due to this funding.
(READING CONTINUES):
"They were interested in intelligent "Disposable Biology"
(Humanoids), to do the dangerous atomic (Plutonium) rocket and saucer
experiments.
"We cloned "our" own little Humanoids, via a process perfected
in the Bio-Genetic Research Center of the World, Los Alamos!
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates this relates to the synthetics and in
Russia, to the robotoids; that the reading continue.
(READING CONTINUES):
"Now, we have our own `disposable' slave-race. Like the alien
`Greys' (EBES), the U.S. government clandestinely impregnated
females, then removed the hybrid fetus, (after about 3 months) and
then accelerated their growth in the Lab. Biogenetic (DNA
Manipulation) programming is instilled; they are `implanted' and
controlled at a distance through regular RF (Radio Frequency)
transmissions. These act as telepathic "Channels" and telemetric
brain (Advanced Research Project Agency). Two of the procedures were
R.H.I.C. (Radio-Hypnotic Intracerebral Memory). The brain
transceiver is inserted into the head through the nose. These
devices are used in the Soviet Union and the United States, as well
as in Sweden. The Swedish Prime Minister Palme gave the National
Swedish Police Board the right, in 1973, to insert brain transmitters
into the heads of human beings covertly.
They also developed ELF and E.M. wave propagation equipment
(RAYS), which can affect the nerves and can cause nausea, fatigue,
irritability, even death. This is essentially the same as Richard
Shaver's Cavern "Telaug" Mech. This research into biodynamic
relationships within organisms ("Biological Plasma") has produced a
RAY that can change the "genetic structure" and "HEAL" also."
Is that information correct?
COSMIC AWARENESS:
How Dr. Beter Got His Information
This Awareness indicates that this is correct; that the
instruments which Dr. Beter once spoke of in his Audio Letters as
being able to locate and determine what anyone on earth was doing at
any time, is an instrument that was just spoken of, that was made
available through his contacts with scientists in Nevada; that they
were using these instruments in order to supply him with information
for his Audio Letters. You will recall that often he spoke of
entities who would allegedly be at some place, but by his sources
would be found to be elsewhere, such as Jim Jones actually being
flown to Israel and being thrown out of a plane near the Turkish
boarder, and other instances of a similar nature, wherein entities
were believed by press releases and so forth to be in a certain
place, and Dr. Beter would indicate that they were truly elsewhere.
This Awareness indicates that this also allowed them to
distinguish between the real entity and a duplicate, a double who was
replacing that entity, because the vibration of that double would be
slightly altered and different. This Awareness indicates that Dr.
Beter also was able to distinguish the difference between a robotoid,
synthetic and human, because the human had a soul at the time; that
in his later reports and in further technology, the robotoids were
even being given a soul.
This Awareness indicates that this occurred through further
alien technology in which the soul of an entity can be severed from
the body and implanted into another's body. It is a technology that
allows for the Walk-In. It also allows for the soul to be put into a
duplicate body, a robotoid for example, so that the soul can continue
to exist after the first body has been eliminated, and in this kind
of action it is almost the same as if the entity had received a new
body. That in this sense, and for the purposes of changing the
entity from one body to another, the reason for such might be, for
example, to alter the memory or alter the philosophy of an entity in
moving it from one body to another, by erasing certain aspects of
memory.
This Awareness indicates you will recall that the memory is
stored in the etheric, between the mental and etheric bodies, and
that it can be altered in the human. It can also be erased, and by
taking the soul and these bodies from one physical body and putting
them into another replica of the physical body, they can actually
bring about a changed person with a different philosophy or different
values, and yet the entity would essentially be the same personality.
This Awareness indicates that perhaps this can answer many questions
that entities have had, in regard to past notable figures that have
been indicated by Dr. Beter as having been replaced by duplicate
bodies. This Awareness suggests the reading continue.
(READING CONTINUES):
"Warning: Manipulation and Control, Fear and Favor...The
Pentagon, the CIA, NSA, FBI,DEA, NSC, etc. seek to capitalize on the
beliefs of the American public. The Secret Government is getting
ready to `stage' a contact-landing with Aliens in the near future.
This way they can `Control' the release of Alien related propaganda.
We will be told of an inter-stellar conflict. But...what looks real,
may be FAKE. What is disinformation? Is your attention being
diverted by the strategy of a `Shadow Plan'?"
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates that this refers to the scenario
described in Stan Deyo's book, THE COSMIC CONSPIRACY, as that which
would be a staged version, using the beliefs of the American people
in regard to the BOOK OF REVELATION, wherein entities would be
expecting the return of Christ after some kind of event or situation
that might lead to a kind of Armageddon. This Awareness indicates
that the only thing about this is that there is, in fact the threat
of the Reptilian invasion; these entities coming in a planetoid which
does not travel at above-light speed; this because of such great
number of entities, in needing a planetoid for the transference of
the population.
This Awareness indicates that if the so-called invasion occurs
before 1996, and especially if it occurs around 1993, entities can
probably be correct in assuming it is staged. It may be staged to
set up the atmosphere for a One World Government. If it is held off
until approximately 1996 or `97 or thereafter, then entities can
presume it is probably for real, as by that time the Reptilians
would have made their approach, would be close enough to pose a real
threat.
(READING CONTINUES):
"Berkeley, Los Alamos Labs Chosen to Explore Makeup of Human
Genome. (Overt and Covert Research). As U.S. Energy Secretary, John
Harrington, named the Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory and New Mexico's
Los Alamos National Laboratory to house new advanced genetic research
centers as part of a project to decipher the human genome. The
genome holds the genetically coded instructions that guide the
transformation of a single cell--a fertilized egg--into a Biological
Being. "The Human Genome Project may well have the greatest direct
impact on a humanity of any scientific initiative before us today,"
said David Shirley, Director of the Berkeley Laboratory."
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates that this is the exploration of the
genes and all of the codes that go into creating the various
lifeforms based on the patterns involved in the code of the molecular
structures that make up the genes. This Awareness indicates that
there has been some research; that approximately 15% of this genetic
coding has been researched by your universities, and the
research being classified in such a way as to allow them to splice,
remove, delete, add to that genetic code in order to create changes
in the code, that it can be used for destroying or creating diseases,
destroying or creating lifeforms, destroying or creating plants,
animals or whatever that may be tampered with genetically.
This Awareness indicates that it can also be used to modify any
of these things; thus, it has the potential for altering all forms of
life, for good or ill, and for creating all types of life in
different forms. This Awareness indicates that the effort is to may
out and decode all of the DNA, and in so doing, have complete control
over the lifeforms and the creation, modification or destruction for
these forms. It is through this information that many of the
creatures described on Level 6 in Nightmare Hall, such as the many-
legged human, were created genetically.
Atlantean Genetics: The Creation of the "Things"
This awareness indicates that you will recall the Edgar Cayce
readings, in the readings on Atlantis, in which he described the
"Things" which the Atlanteans created. These were grossly distorted
creatures; that the `Things" that were created became a part of
society. These were also entities who were the product of alien
technology in the time of Atlantis. This Awareness indicates that
these creations were also grotesque and of those things which are
common to humans today;--the cat and the pig were direct creations of
Atlantean genetics.
This Awareness indicates that the pig having some human genes
intermixed with earlier wild boar. The cat, being created from genes
that had belonged to the Greys. You will notice the cat-like eyes of
the Greys; these were incorporated into the genes used for creating
the cat. This also is a reason why there were cat societies,
societies that worshipped the cat, thinking they were a kind of
reflection of the gods of the time, many entities seeing these Grey
aliens as gods.
This Awareness suggests the reading continue.
WHY PORK IS CONSIDERED "UNCLEAN MEAT" BY THE JEWS
(FOLLOW-UP QUESTION):
"I was wondering if these human genes in the pig could possibly
be connected to the ancient Jewish philosophy that pork is unclean
meat and should not be eaten?"
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates that this as in the affirmative; that
there is also the concern about the cloven hoof; that entities were
permitted to eat food of a certain type, but not from those animals
having a cloven hoof. The cloven hoof also has been associated with
the devil. This Awareness reminds you also that the Grey aliens have
two toes. This Awareness indicates that the entities cloning the
Hebrews were of a type that were what you might call enemies of the
Greys, and did not want their clones fraternizing with or being
associated with the Greys or anything that had connection with them,
also did not want them eating food that had human genes in it, such
as the pig.
----------------------------------------
------------Continued in WEB part 3 ---------------------------------------
----- End Included Message -----
% ====== Internet headers and postmarks (see DECWRL::GATEWAY.DOC) ======
% Received: by enet-gw.pa.dec.com; id AA10516; Fri, 20 Sep 91 11:44:08 -0700
% Received: from stratus ([134.111.20.37]) by transfer.stratus.com (4.1/SMI-4.0 Stratus Computer) id AA04479; Fri, 20 Sep 91 14:44:35 ED
% Return-Path: <lpb@swdc.stratus.com>
% Received: from echidna.swdc.stratus.com (echidna.ARPA) by stratus.swdc.stratus.com (FTX1.2/1.27 Stratus WDC) id AA11685; Fri, 20 Sep 91 11:42:27 ps
% Received: from wolfen.swdc.stratus.com by echidna.swdc.stratus.com (4.0/SMI-4.0) id AA10736; Fri, 20 Sep 91 11:43:41 PD
% Date: Fri, 20 Sep 91 11:43:41 PDT
% From: lpb@stratus.swdc.stratus.com (Len Bucuvalas)
% Message-Id: <9109201843.AA10736@echidna.swdc.stratus.com>
% To: verga::stanley
% Subject: The Web ... Part 2
|
| 1541.2 | another contribution from the Samurai Writer | VERGA::STANLEY | what a long strange trip it's been | Fri Sep 20 1991 18:41 | 615 |
|
THE WEB OF CONSPIRACY: (PART 3)..."NIGHTMARE HALL"
(READING CONTINUES):
This overlaps some information just given by Awareness.
"Covertly, this research has been going on for years at Dulce
Labs. Level No. 6 is privately called "Nightmare Hall," it holds the
Genetic Labs. Reports from workers who have seen bizarre
experimentation are as follows:
"I have seen multi-legged `humans' that look like half
human/half-octopus. Also Reptilian-humans, and furry creatures that
have hands like humans and cries like a baby; it mimics human
words...also huge mixtures of Lizard-humans in cages." There are
fish, seals, birds and mice that can barely be considered those
species. There are several cages (and vats) of Winged-humanoids,
grotesque bat-like creatures, but 3-1/2 to 7 feet tall. Gargoyle-
like beings and Draco-Reptoids."
Is that information true?
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates this scratches the surface. There are
far more grotesque creatures than were described.
(FOLLOW-UP QUESTION):
Isn't that the very thing that brought down Atlantis?
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This as in the affirmative.
(READING CONTINUES):
"Level 7 is worse: row after row of thousands of humans and
human-mixtures in cold storage. Here too are embryo storage vats of
Humanoids, in various stages of development.
"I frequently encountered humans in cages, usually dazed or
drugged, but sometimes they cried and begged for help. We were told
they were hopelessly insane, and involved in high risk tests to cure
insanity.
"We were told to never try to speak to them at all. At the
beginning we believed that story. Finally, in 1978, a small group of
workers discovered the truth. It began the `Dulce Wars,' (and a
secret resistance Unit was formed)."
Note: There are over 18,000 `Aliens' at the Dulce Base.
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates there are closer to 200,000 aliens at
this time; that approximately 100,000 in the Dulce base, and 100,000
more that have moved through the base to other bases; these
continuing to enter at a rate of about 20,000 per month. This
Awareness indicates the base at Ada, Oklahoma, as still being active;
this being approached from underground; that the recent floods in
that area as having been in part deliberately allowed to help slow
and hinder activities at the base.
This Awareness indicates that the government as being divided;
that one faction wishes to stop the aliens from further growth and
the other faction wishing to work with the aliens, collaborating with
them. The aliens wishing to move their entire population from their
dying planet to this one as quickly as possible, even prior to the
arrival of the Draco Reptilians. (This Awareness suggests the
reading continue).
(READING CONTINUES):
"In late 1979, there was a confrontation (over weapons), a lot of
scientists and military personnel were killed. The base was closed
for a while...but, it is currently active.
Note: Human and animal abductions (for their blood and other
parts) slowed in the mid-1980s, when the Livermore Berkeley labs
began production of artificial blood for Dulce.
William Cooper states: "A clash occurred wherein 66 of our
people, from the National Recon Group, the DELTA group, which is
responsible for security of all alien-connected projects, were
killed.
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates that this occurred in more places than
the Dulce base; that in many other areas there were raids by humans
into these alien bases, and skirmishes and activities in which many
of these aliens were killed, or their bases shut down. This
Awareness indicates that even here in your own state of Washington,
and also in Oregon, this type of thing occurred; that it was in
connection with a group working through the CIA, and that this did
begin to have some effect.
This Awareness indicates, however, that there was also a split
in the intelligence bureaus, it appears came from MJ 12, in which
there was one faction that wanted this conflict to stop immediately,
and collaboration to continue; and because of this in-fighting within
the agency, many of those agents who were working to hinder the
aliens, resulted in their being covertly eliminated, especially those
who had special skills in this area of raiding these caves.
(READING CONTINUES):
"The DELTA Group (Within the Intelligence Support Activity) have
been seen with badges which have a black triangle on a red
background. (DELTA is the fourth letter of the Greek alphabet)."
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates this is in the affirmative; that these
entities are often witnessed as the group using black helicopters;
that the movie versions of the Delta Force, as that which was based
on rumors that such a force existed; these being particularly related
to UFO and alien concerns and not to raid into other countries as a
kind of SWAT team organization; this not being their purpose, as
depicted in movies.
(READING CONTINUES):
"It has the form of a triangle, and figures prominently in
certain Masonic signs. Each base has its own symbol. The Dulce base
symbol is a triangle with the Greek letter (Tau) `T' within it, and
then the symbol is inverted, so the triangle points down. The
insignia of `a triangle and 3 lateral lines' has been seen on
`Saucer (transport) Craft,'--the Tri-lateral symbol. Other symbols
mark landing sites and Alien craft.
And they draw some of the symbols here that look like Indian
teepees and so forth. Is this information correct?
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates this is the affirmative; that these
symbols appear to be correct in regard to the connection described.
This Awareness indicates that the Greek symbols relate back to
symbols from Akkadia, and even back to symbols of Sumeria, and these
were given as symbols of Sumeria, and these were given as symbols
from the aliens of that time; thus the symbols are a kind of link
between alien and modern human language, neither quite alien, nor
neither quite English, but of a language that many who have been
educated in your modern schools can easily find and adjust to in
using the Greek symbols.
The aliens also then have the capacity of adjusting their
language or symbolic writings into Greek, which is not too difficult
for them, and the humans to use as a mediating written language, in
terms of symbols.
(READING CONTINUES):
"Inside the Dulce Base, Security officers wear jump-suits, with
the Dulce symbol on the front upper left side. The standards hand-
weapon at Dulce, is a `Flash gun,' which is good against humans and
aliens. The I.D. card (used in card slots for the doors and
elevators) has the Dulce symbol above the I.D. photo. "Government
Honchos" use cards with the Great Seal of the U.S. on it. "The Cult
of the All-Seeing Eye" (The New World Order)...13, "666" -the Phoenix
Empire..."9"..."Illuminism,"...`One out of many.'"
COSMIC AWARENESS:
How the Flash-Gun Operates
This Awareness indicates that this as in the affirmative; that
in regard to the flash gun; that this as being likened unto a kind of
laser ray-gun; that it is a real life version of the Star Trek
phaser; the difference being that the flash-gun works in such a way
that the entity doesn't simply die from the blast, but is dried up.
This Awareness indicates that there is the potential for setting the
flash-gun to different frequencies or different ranges of
temperature; that its most intense range as that which immediately
dissolves or evaporates all water in the body, causing a body to
shrivel up totally, so that nothing in the sense of liquid within the
body is present.
Thus, the entity literally burns up at whatever speed is
appropriate according to the setting of the flash-gun; very quickly
or very slowly. It is essentially a death ray that works on the
water in the body.
(READING CONTINUES):
"After the second level, everyone is weighed, in the nude, then
given a uniform. `Visitors' are given an `off white' uniform. In
front of ALL sensitive areas are scales built under the doorway, by
the door control. The person's care must match with the weight and
code or the door won't open. Any discrepancy in weight (any change
over three pounds) will summon Security. No one is allowed to carry
anything into or out of sensitive areas. All supplies are put thru a
Security conveyer system. The alien symbol language appears alot at
the facility.
During the construction of the Facility (which was done in
stages, over many years), the aliens assisted in the design and
construction materials. Many of the things assembled by the workers
were of a technology they could not understand, yet...it would
function when fully put together. Example: The elevators have no
cables. They are controlled magnetically. The magnetic system is
inside the walls.
There are no conventional electrical controls. All is
controlled by advanced magnetics. That includes a magnetically
induced (phosphorescent) illumination system. There are no regular
light bulbs. All exits are magnetically controlled. Note: It has
been reported that, "if you place a large magnet on an entrance, it
will affect an immediate interruption. They will have to come and
reset the system."
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates this is in the affirmative; that there
is a totally different advancement in terms of technology used by
these entities in regard to an advancement that worked from the base
of electro-magnetics without the use of wires, whereas your
technology transferred electricity through wires and created a system
along different lines. There was less mechanical activity in their
technology, and more electronic and magnetic technology, and more
electronic and magnetic technology development.
This Awareness indicates the lighting system used as that which
is painted upon the walls, or placed on the walls in a kind of paint
which is affected by an electromagnetic charge that is applied, which
causes the wall to light,---this affecting the paint on the walls and
the substances that are in that painted material.
(QUESTIONER):
The Interpreter's been in trance for quite a while, and we would
like to bring him up at this time and continue this reading later, if
it is alright with Awareness.
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This as in the affirmative. This Awareness suggests that this
may be seen as a break; that the questions may continue after a brief
interruption from our sponsor.
(The Law of Gratitude is given)
-----------------------------------------
THE WEB OF CONSPIRACY: (PART 4)...THE DARK SIDE OF TECHNOLOGY
(READING CONTINUES...after dinner):
"The town of Dulce. The area around Dulce has had a high number
of reported animal mutilations. The government and the aliens used
the animals for environmental tests, psychological warfare on people,
etc. The aliens also wanted large amounts of blood for Genetic,
Nutritional and other reasons.
"In the book, ET's and UFOs--They Need Us, We Don't Need Them,
by Virgil `Posty' Armstrong, he reports how his friends (Bob and
Sharon) stopped for the night in Dulce and went out to dinner. "They
overheard some local residents openly and vociferously discussing
extra-terrestrial abduction of townspeople for purposes of
experimentation." The ET's had our government's knowledge and
approval."
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates that this is in the affirmative; that
in any of those areas near those bases there is an excessive degree
of danger of abduction or otherwise intimidation. That in regard to
the aliens' need for large amounts of blood, there is recently a
scientific breakthrough in regard to the use of cattle blood being
altered to work for human transfusions; that the use of cattle blood
in humans is a possibility on a one-time basis, without such
alteration. With the alteration, it can be repeatedly used without
side effects; that within approximately 5 years there will be no need
for a blood transfusion from the use of human blood.
This Awareness indicates that part of this is a side-effect from
the experimentation that involves alien technology and the cattle and
human mutilations and the researches into the different types of
blood. This Awareness indicates that much of the blood supplied to
the aliens could be supplied from slaughterhouses, were this to be
more organized, and this would help to prevent much of the mutilation
that otherwise occurs.
(READING CONTINUES):
"In the Fifties, the EBES (Greys) began taking large numbers of
humans for experiments. By the Sixties, the rate was speeded up and
they began getting careless (they didn't care). By the Seventies,
their true colors were very obvious, but the "Special Group" of the
government still kept covering up for them.
"By the Eighties, the government realized there was no defense
against the Greys, so programs were enacted to prepare the public for
open contact with non-human `Alien Beings.'
"The Greys and the `Reptoids' are in league with each other.
But, their relationship is in a state of tension. The Greys' only
known enemy is the Reptilian race, and they are on their way to
earth. (Inside a Planetoid)."
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness wishes entities to reflect back in regard to
these time segments in the previous paragraph, to reflect back in
regard to the attitude of the government toward the Greys in the
50's, 60's, and 70's, and you will see also that during such time
periods, the presentation of the aliens, in terms of any release of
information about aliens, tended to fit into the categories that the
government attitude held toward the aliens. The first attitude being
that they were benevolent people who were on a kind of friendly basis
with humanity, but as the time passed, this recognition reaching a
turning point in the 70's, in the late 70's and into the 80's,
wherein it was discovered that they were involved with excessive
human mutilation and abductions.
This Awareness indicates that what disturbed the government even
more was that they were deceptive to the government also. They were
breaking rules with the government in that they were supposed to be
giving a trade for technology. Efforts to fly the craft resulted in
many of the pilots being killed in the testing of the craft, and also
the Russians were being given technology which had been forbidden in
the agreements between the American government and the aliens. This
Awareness indicates that there were many groups in the 70's who
represented the aliens as being really nice, wonderful people,
rescuers of humanity. Even the movie, ET, was an attempt by the
government to present the image of aliens as being nice characters
from outer space. This was before the government discovered what
rascals they really were.
This Awareness suggests that last few sentences of that previous
paragraph be repeated; that this not necessarily be typed on your
final manuscript; this being for reference to this Awareness, for
further comment.
(Last two sentences are re-read)
This Awareness indicates that there is also some tension between
the Greys and the Dero. This reference to the Grey's only known
enemy; this in reference to certain elements of the Greys,
particularly the orange group which is generally hostile anyway.
This Awareness indicates that the reference to the Reptoids in the
planetoid, this as being accurate and having been discussed elsewhere
in other readings. These entities coming from Draco: the number
being approximately 40 million. This Awareness also indicates that
the element 115, which is available through the alien government
alliance, is capable of being useful in a kind of doomsday weapon
against the planetoid.
(READING CONTINUES):
"Mind Manipulation Experiments: The Dulce base has studied Mind
Control Implants; Bio-Psi Units; ELF Devices capable of mood, sleep
and heartbeat control, etc.
D.A.R.P.A. (Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency) is using
these technologies to manipulate people. They establish `The
Projects,' set priorities, coordinate efforts and guide the many
participants in these undertakings. Related projects are studied at
Sandia Base by "The JASON Group" of 55 scientists. They have
secretly harnessed the Dark Side of technology and hidden the
beneficial technology from the public.
Other projects take place at "Area 51" in Nevada. "Dreamland"
(Data Repository Establishment and Maintenance Land"); ELMINT
(Electro-magnetic Intelligence); CODE EMPIRE; CODE EVA; PROGRAM HIS;
(Hybrid Intelligence System); BW/CW; IRIS (Infrared Intruder
Systems); BI-PASS; REP-TILES; etc."
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates that these areas and names as related
to various aspects of various programs and locations; that the
reference to Groom Lake(?) and DREAMLAND can be researched in the
work of Lazar, the release of information from Lazar, and other
sources. This Awareness indicates that entities can do much of this
researching for themselves into the meaning of some of these; that
some of these terms are not defined clearly in publicly-released
information. This Awareness indicates that the information on
Element 115 as having been given in some of the earlier literature
also released by Lazar, and also to some degree, there are mentions
in the Cooper Material.
This Awareness suggests that entities can further research these
areas for more details if they are inclined to do so.
(READING CONTINUES):
"The studies on Level No. 4 at Dulce, include Human-Aura
Research, as well as all aspects of Dream, Hypnosis, Telepathy, etc.
They know how to manipulate the Bio-plasmic Body (of Man).
They can lower your heart beat with deep sleep `Delta Waves,' induce
a static shock, then re-program via a Brain-Computer link. They can
introduce data and programmed reactions into your mind (Information
impregnation-the "Dream Library."
We are entering an era of the technologicalization of psychic
powers.
The development of techniques to enhance man/machine
communications; Nano-tech; Bio-tech micro-machines; Psi-War; E.D.O.M.
(Electronic Dissolution of Memory); R.H.I.C. (Radio-Hypnotic Intra-
Cerebral Control); and various forms of behavior control (via
chemical agents, ultra-sonics, optical and other EM radiations). The
Physics of `Consciousness.'
COSMIC AWARENESS:
How Robotoids & Synthetics are Created
This Awareness indicates that it is also on this level that the
technique whereby souls can be extracted from the physical and
transferred into other bodies or into replicas occurs. That in the
transference there can also be the alteration of memories, values and
qualities of the soul, so that an entity can appear to be the same,
but there will be certain changes that have occurred that may be
unseen, and the attitude and purposes and directions of the entity
may then be controlled.
This Awareness indicates that this occurs when the vibratory
qualities of a soul are extracted by these electronic equipment from
a body and moved into another. This needs not necessarily be a
replica of the entity; it can be a totally different person's body,
in which case it becomes what is termed a walk-in. This Awareness
indicates that if it is a replica, it will tend to work with the
replica to create the final features that result in a duplication of
the features of the entity.
That this generally takes place on the almost human form, when
the mind-state or soul energies, including the various electro-body
energies are transferred, and as they begin to grow and attach
themselves to that almost human form. The features then begin to
solidify, to match the features of the electro-magnetic energies and
the soul energies and astral energies and other mental and etheric
bodies of the older original being.
This Awareness indicates that in the book of Genesis, which
states that God made Adam from clay, molded him; this was a poor
translation of the actual process. Rather than clay, it was
substance, then breathed the breath of life into Adam. The breath of
life being qualities of the Life Force which were part of the
creator, and this was in reference to the electromagnetic field of
the creator of Adam,--the Elohim, or alien that created Adam.
This Awareness indicates that this was the process of breathing
life or the breath of life into the substance that became Adam. It
was a similar process as the creation of replicas or duplicates,
though that took place approximately ten thousand years ago.
(READING CONTINUES):
The final statement of the last question: "The development of
biotechnologies will mean a revolutionary change in the life of every
human being now on earth. The question is: Will this be better
living through Bio-Tech?"
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates that it will be a change. Whether it
will be better or worse will always be questionable. There will be
some benefits that come from this. There will be detriments that
come from this. There does not appear to be anything that can be
done to prevent this knowledge from being incorporated into the
Earth's consciousness; it has, in fact, been used by beings alien to
human consciousness for tens and hundreds of thousands of years,
indeed, millions of years, and it will continue to be used. It is
just that humans are just realizing such strange and awesome
knowledge exists. It will be equivalent to an individual, much like
that of the child, who suddenly discovers much to his dismay, that
sex brings forth children, for the adult to discover that genetic
engineering can create living beings, can alter living beings, can
create and alter new life forms, new types of beings. This is
shocking to one who has never been exposed to such reality.
---------------------------------------------
THE WEB OF CONSPIRACY: (PART 5)...THE PHANTOM EMPIRE
(READING CONTINUES):
"The Phantom Empire: Above the Law. The Dulce base is run by
a "Board." The Chairman of the Board is John Herrington. Jim Baker
(of Tenn.) is the CIA link to Dulce. House Speaker Jim Wright, D-
Texas (the nation's third-highest office) is Treasurer at Dulce.
There is currently a power struggle going on. As Rep. William
Thomas, R-Calf., put it..."Part of Jim Wright's problem is, he fails
to understand what's equitable and fair. It's the arrogance of
power." Even among his fellow democrats, many find Wright to be
"uncomfortably aloof." Wright's operating style leaves him
vulnerable.
Most meetings of `The Dulce Board' are held in Denver and Taos,
N.M. Former New Mexico Senator Harrison "Last man on the moon"
Schmitt, has full knowledge of Dulce. He was one of 7 astronauts to
tour the base.
In 1979, he held an "Animal Mutilation" conference in
Albuquerque, N.M. This was used to locate researchers and determine
what they had learned about the links between the "Mute" operations
and the Alien/Government.
Senator Brian (Nev.) knows about the `ULTRA' Secrets at
`Dreamland' and Dulce. So do many others in the government. This is
what the UFO researchers are up against, so be CAREFUL...they have
killed to keep this information secret. You now know more than they
want you to know.
They also have underwater bases off the coast of Florida and
Peru."
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates that all of the above is very poignant,
very accurate and very true. This Awareness indicates that even the
repetition through this reading of such information does create some
danger for C.A.C. headquarters and the Interpreter. This Awareness
indicates however, that it being just a kind of reflection of
material that is already available elsewhere, does tend to minimize
the danger, and the fact that the organization is small and the
publication limited to just a few hundred people, and the fact that
the information is available in other sources, and the sources are
being quoted, tends to minimize the danger.
Also, the fact that there are now quite a large number of
entities, UFO researchers and entities who are openly disclosing such
information, has led to a kind of floodgate opening of such
information. It makes it much less a danger. Had this information
been given a year ago, it would have been extremely dangerous, and
those who risked their lives in releasing this information a year
ago, in some cases almost two years ago, were indeed very courageous
and should be held in high esteem as they could have become more of a
large number of victims of the cover-up.
This Awareness indicates it does appear that part of the reason
this information can be released now, when it could not be released
even 18 months ago, is because there are conflicts even in the higher
ranks of government because some want the information hidden, while
others want it released to the public, knowing that the public must
be made aware of what is occurring if they are to be able to help in
the event of a clash between humans and aliens, and especially in
regard to the Draco/Reptilian invasion.
This Awareness indicates that those who are collaborators and
have been collaborators and do not wish the information released,
generally are continuing the cover-up out of fear that the masses
would blame them and hold them responsible for all that is due to an
alien presence, and they fear that they could be seen as traitors.
This Awareness indicates that there was a time when these entities
realized that masses of human beings were being sacrificed to feed
the alien appetites, and that the aliens were not being straight-
forward in their dealings with humans. These entities had a choice
of making a clean break with the aliens, or at least informing more
of the humans, or of continuing to collaborate and cover-up and make
excuses and assist the aliens.
Of course, some entities cannot decide quickly, given certain
amount of time. These entities have had sufficient time; that it
would appear proper that they now realize this information must be
released to the public. It is appropriate that many within the
higher ranks have the courage and the ethics to allow this
information to be released as is being done, without destroying the
lives of those courageous researchers who are releasing information.
(This Awareness suggests that the reading continue).
(FOLLOW-UP QUESTION):
"One question: House Speaker Jim Wright was drummed out of
office a few months back for alleged improprieties regarding outside
interests, and also for monies given to him by various corporations,
etc. He has been replaced by Tom Foley, a Democrat from our own
Washington State, and I'd like to ask: Did this information about
the Dulce complex and the alien information that Jim Wright had, was
this passed along to the new Speaker, Tom Foley?"
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates that this as being information that is
not appropriate through this channel to be released; that this would
be a violation of certain...This Awareness does not disclose any
information that is not already available elsewhere in regard to
individuals and their connections with these aliens, in terms of this
secret government. This Awareness indicates that there will come a
time when more is disclosed; that this information could be damaging
to various entities in various ways.
QUESTIONER: I understand.
------Continued in WEB part 4 -------------------------------------------------
----- End Included Message -----
% ====== Internet headers and postmarks (see DECWRL::GATEWAY.DOC) ======
% Received: by enet-gw.pa.dec.com; id AA10715; Fri, 20 Sep 91 11:46:26 -0700
% Received: from stratus ([134.111.20.37]) by transfer.stratus.com (4.1/SMI-4.0 Stratus Computer) id AA04554; Fri, 20 Sep 91 14:46:52 ED
% Return-Path: <lpb@swdc.stratus.com>
% Received: from echidna.swdc.stratus.com (echidna.ARPA) by stratus.swdc.stratus.com (FTX1.2/1.27 Stratus WDC) id AA11698; Fri, 20 Sep 91 11:44:43 ps
% Received: from wolfen.swdc.stratus.com by echidna.swdc.stratus.com (4.0/SMI-4.0) id AA10776; Fri, 20 Sep 91 11:45:58 PD
% Date: Fri, 20 Sep 91 11:45:58 PDT
% From: lpb@stratus.swdc.stratus.com (Len Bucuvalas)
% Message-Id: <9109201845.AA10776@echidna.swdc.stratus.com>
% To: verga::stanley
% Subject: The Web ... Part 3
|
| 1541.3 | The Samurai's conclusion.. part 4 | VERGA::STANLEY | what a long strange trip it's been | Fri Sep 20 1991 18:43 | 728 |
| ---------WEB part 4 (conclusion) ------------------------------------------
(READING CONTINUES):
"In the 1930's, `Division Five' of the FBI knew about the
`Aliens.' A Fascist cabal, within this country, had John Kennedy
assassinated. Look to the links, within the larger umbrella...the
`Web' of a fascist totalitarian secret police state...within the
Pentagon: JCS; DIA; FBI; (Division Five); DISC/DIS and the CIA.
Note: the Defense Investigative Service's insignia is a composite of
the sun's rays, a rose, and a dagger, symbolized "The Search for
Information, Trustworthiness and Danger." Other links are Nazi
scientists (who had contact with the Aliens); the S.S.; Satanists;
Permindex; Exxon; the Mafia; NBC, etc.
This links with caves used for `Initiation Rites' (all over the
world)...ancient vaults, retreats; Alien bases and Inner-Earth
civilizations."
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates that this all as being correct
information; that this also relates to messages given in questions
asked yesterday in regard to the changes that are occurring
throughout the world, wherein this Awareness discussed certain
fascist energies that are in motion at this time. This Awareness
indicates that this is a time in which alliances between some of the
fascist energies and some of the aliens has shifted; that it is not
simply a matter of humans versus aliens; there are some aliens who
want alliances with humans and some who don't, and these are also in
some instances seeking alliances with humans, aliens seeking
alliances with the fascist elements of humans; other aliens seeking
to align themselves with the more Communistic alliance, or that
which might be termed the Bolshevik groups.
This Awareness indicates that the alliances being such that it
is a kind of struggle in which nothing absolutely clear has occurred,
but gradual shifting is making for a possibility that the alien
presence can be resolved to allow a human coexistence on this planet,
even in spite of the threat of the Draco Reptilians, and in spite of
the nature of the more hostile aliens on earth. There is a ray of
hope for humans, even though there is a threat to humanity greater
than humanity would have imagined.
The threat of nuclear war as that which conditioned humanity to
accept the potential for oblivion, but many humans would prefer
oblivion to enslavement by some of the beings whose attitudes and
natures see them as mere playthings or food or experimental guinea
pigs. This Awareness indicates there is much that humans can learn
from this experience in regard to their own attitude toward animals,
guinea pigs, and their own forms of experiments. This Awareness
indicates unfortunately, those who need to learn these lessons most
are not likely to have any reason to make such observations and
unfortunately too, there are many human cells and parts of
consciousness locked into those grotesque creations that are
presently entraped in a kind of hellish limbo and cannot get out,
because they have been genetically created as a `thing,' yet their
consciousness still remains that of humans. Even if retarded or
demented in nature, they still have human consciousness, and these
entities continue to suffer.
If entities think that this information is shocking and
disturbing to their peace of mind, stop for a moment and consider
what these beings who are the subject of experiments in the genetic
engineering levels such as Nightmare Hall, are going through. This
Awareness suggests you should sing praises to the Divine Forces that
have protected you and your loved ones, if indeed you have been so
fortunate as to have lived a good life, and you should consider the
dangers facing younger generations who must grow up in a world so
totally different than the world you knew in your youth.
This Awareness indicates that there is still, however, a ray of
hope for humanity, whereby great things can come about, wherein the
Greys have no sense of emotion, but do indeed desire such, and humans
can teach these entities in time through some of these genetic
mutations, especially their own hybrid offspring; it is possible that
race, which is close to a million years in age, can regain a sense of
compassion, a sense of emotion, can redevelop an astral, an emotional
body, and can perhaps even develop compassion and love, given
examples and given time to do so.
This Awareness indicates that entities need to be most cautious
in the coming years, love your neighbors, your children, your family.
Cherish them carefully. Watch them. Do not neglect them. Protect
them, and be cautious yourself. Your chances are greater, much
greater, that you will live a normal healthy and long life than that
you would become a victim of alien technology. That would be most
rare in terms of percentage. (This Awareness suggests the reading
continue).
(READING CONTINUES):
"Warning: Fascism is `Corporatism'. We have passed the point of
no return, in our interaction with the Alien Beings. We are
guaranteed `a crisis' which will persist until the final Revelation
(or conflict). The crisis is here, global and real. We must
mitigate or transform the nature of the disasters to come...and come
they will. Knowing is half the battle. Read the book, The Cosmic
Conspiracy, by Stan Deyo."
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates that knowledge is power. By knowing
what you know now from this information, you are much more powerful,
much more powerful than you were before being so informed. This
Awareness indicates in reference to the Stan Deyo information; this
book is not available or is very difficult to find. There is some
possibility of acquiring this book from certain sources. If this
book becomes available, you should, at all costs or at any reasonable
cost, acquire the book and read it.
It essentially speaks of the planned `rapture' in which there
will be the fake rapture, whereby there will be the appearance of an
event, a crisis that will lead humanity into the abyss of a global
crisis that could mean great difficulty for all. There may even be
the appearance of the rise of an Antichrist, followed by an invasion
of spaceships, which would follow the BOOK OF REVELATION, wherein
entities would believe they were being rescued by high spiritual
beings, and in face, these could well be the humans using alien craft
and introducing alien technology as a One World Government is
established.
This Awareness indicates that if these events were it take
place, prior to 1995, it is likely to be a fake event. It is
possible that the Pleiadians could return by 1993. The Pleiadians'
ships are different from the Greys and their appearance is different.
Their symbol is that of a serpent climbing a vine, or a serpent. The
Reptilian symbol is that of a dragon. The Grey's symbol also uses a
serpent, this being a cobra.
This Awareness indicates that the Stan Deyo book has been
suppressed in this country. There is some chance of getting copies
from Australia. There are rare copies in the United States. This
Awareness indicates that in regard to the corporations as being
fascist in nature; that this is in the affirmative. This Awareness
suggests also that you will recall remarks by Dr. Beter that heads of
corporations were being replaced by synthetics or robotoids; in other
words, replicas of themselves. This Awareness indicates that this as
having been part of the alien program in order to assure continued
use of such corporations.
These entities being replaced are under control, or were under
control, of these technologies of the alien and of those who were
putting implants into their replicas to control the corporations,
according to their general plans. This Awareness indicates there
does appear to have been considerable shift in the alliances since
that time, and as indicated, even the aliens may be changing
alliances, away from their previous Draco masters, in favor of
alliances with humans. For this reason there is some degree of hope,
particularly if this shift continues.
This Awareness indicates the Draco Reptilians do not really need
the earth. They have more room than they need to grow and thrive.
They simply want the Earth as a kind of strategic point in their
battle to conquest the galaxy. It is likened unto your army wanting
to take a hill, not because it needs more room, but because it wants
the hill to help it have better positioning for better conquest.
(This Awareness suggests the reading continue).
(READING CONTINUES):
This is the final question in this particular reference.
"Some forces, in the government, want the public to be aware of
what is happening. Other forces (the collaborators) want to continue
making `what ever deals necessary' for an elite few to survive the
conflicts. The future could bring a fascist `World Order' or a
transformation of human consciousness (Awareness). The struggle is
NOW...your active assistance is needed. Prepare! We must preserve
humanity on Earth."
COSMIC AWARENESS:
What You Can Do About This Alien Situation
This Awareness indicates that this is an excellent summary of
the situation. There is the potential for a fascist domination by
both human and aliens. There is also the potential for a major
awakening by the masses on this planet. The preparation that is
needed has to do with filling oneself with knowledge of the
situation, and giving this knowledge to other. This Awareness
indicates that as you can easily see, notifying the government or
other such authorities of this problem is like letting the fox know
that there's a fox in the henhouse.
This Awareness indicates that the important thing is to notify
the masses, to notify other people. Let them notify still more. Let
them notify their preachers, their doctors, the workers on the
street, the people in the stores. Let them notify people who are
interested, to notify people who make films, who write papers, who
spread news, who write articles for magazines, who speak publicly,
who have the ability to disseminate information, to people who have
access to a copier, to a printing press.
Notify these people with sufficient amount of information that
they can be fully educated and knowledgeable so that they are not
spreading information that is half truth, half distorted, confused.
This Awareness indicates that this is how entities can prepare: by
preparing each other, by preparing those who are willing to listen.
You do not have to force the information. If entities are afraid to
hear it, if they have no curiosity, if they do not dare listen, do
not force it on them.
This Awareness indicates that as time passes, and these things
become more in the news, as UFOs are talked about more, as the
advertisements begin to present more information on UFOs, as the
movies bring out more UFO stories, as these things begin to happen,
people will want to know more. Have extra copies of your material
for them. Purchase these books, tapes, study these things that have
been released wherein people are risking their lives to get this
information to you. Study these things, have copies, purchase extra
copies. The more you purchase, the more you are contributing to the
future of humanity.
Give these copies, loan these copies, sell these copies;
whatever it takes to get the information out. People need to know.
Many entities want to know. Do not frighten entities who are already
helpless. Do not give it to the old lady who is on her deathbed, or
who is afraid to open her drapes at night. It would only frighten
her and harm her. Give it to them in doses they can accept.
If they cannot accept the full dose, give them something mild
until they ask for more. This Awareness indicates it is possible
that humanity can survive. The aliens presently on Earth have
greater technology than humans and yet they have this fear of humans
because of human emotion. It is something they do not understand;
and remember to wrap yourself and your loved ones in White Light
frequently, especially so when you are out in isolated areas, or when
you are monitored and feel vibrations tapping into your
consciousness.
This Awareness suggests any further questions may be asked at
this time or the Interpreter may be brought from trance.
HOW UFO RESEARCHERS GATHER THEIR INFORMATION
(High Praise To Valdamar Valerian)
QUESTION:
"We do have a few more questions while we're on this subject.
In the book, now out of print, called THE MATRIX, by Valdamar
Valerian, who's of the Nevada Aerial Research Group, there's a little
additional information I'd like to read, and ask if this information
on these entities is also valid."
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness wishes to make a comment here, in regard to the
entity Valerian. This Awareness indicates that many entities may
wonder: How can a UFO researcher, having a group and putting out a
newsletter on UFOs, get so much information and have it accurate or
worthwhile? Is it possible that they are simply making up
information to print?
This Awareness indicates that in some cases, this is so. There
are some who start out on a shoe string, read magazines and then put
out information. There are many stories in some tabloids that are
simply fabricated, made up, but this Awareness indicates there is an
enormous amount of UFO information that has been double-checked in
different ways. There are many entities in the field of UFO
technology, working within the government, working in areas or living
in areas near bases, or people who have some relationship with
similar entities, and who have some knowledge, many of these entities
having spent much of their lifetime studying UFOs or UFO technology
or working with government branches that were involved in such, and
as these entities reach a certain age or leave their occupation or
begin to feel a twinge of guilty conscience about what they perceive
as not being the highest and best for the American people, they begin
to desire to give this information, to get it out.
These entities often write to groups like the Nevada Aerial
Research Group and the entity Valerian; and this entity, just by
being there, receives enormous amounts of information from people who
have something to tell, whose history and background was deeply
involved in this kind of cover-up, and these entities often
corroborate each other's testimony. One can say something; five
years later, another report comes in that verifies something that
came in before, and these entities in corroborating each other, lend
credit, especially if these entities did not know each other or came
from different backgrounds and had no similar connection, and the
same is so for abductees; wherein the abductee from South America
experiences the same thing as an abductee from Europe or Asia or the
United States, a pattern begins to emerge and that pattern indicates
something real is happening all over the world.
This Awareness indicates it is in this manner that information
is gathered that tends to indicate a strong validity, even though the
information may seem to be out of this world, and even alien to one's
intelligence.
(This Awareness suggests the question continue).
THE VARIOUS SPECIES OF ALIENS IN THE UNDERGROUND CITY
QUESTION RESUMES:
"Yes. This quoted from the book, THE MATRIX.
"Grey Species 2--the Reticulans. This species is the one most
commonly thought of as being `Greys', and is the one popularized
in recent books about the subject. This species consists of
beings that exists at 3rd, 4th, and 5th density levels. Most of
them exist at the 4th density level, which means that they are
telepathic in nature. Those existing at the 5th level have no
physical bodies but must inhabit what they call "doll bodies,"
or android bionic bodies. Connection is sustained with these
bodies through chakra points.
Grey Species 2 is a species that functions in a mode that is
apparently military in nature, with a rigidly defined social
structure that holds science and conquering worlds to be the prime
mover. What appear to be officers in this society have a diagonal
band running across their uniform. Officers are often 5th density,
and sometimes retain what appears to be a toy doll that they exhibit
to others around them. It is thought that this functions as a symbol
of authority among them.
Grey Species 2 are about four feet high, have heads that are
large and black wrap-around eyes. They also have devices that
magnify their mental fields in order to maintain control over humans
abducted. They can withdraw information from the mental field of the
human and use that information to form the basis for mental
projections that influence the human to behave in certain ways.
Some of these ways include disguising themselves as other humans
or other beings in order to gain control over the human being.
Mentally, these species function in what might be termed a
"group mind." They do not have individualized consciousness. This
fact is an advantage to humans because the Greys cannot respond
adequately to a sudden shift in what they perceive to be happening.
They cannot take a "curve ball," either psychologically or otherwise.
Grey Species 2 is a scientifically based society that functions
to study other lifeforms. They have had a part to play in alteration
of human genetics over thousands of years. They seek to cross-breed
with humans to create a mixture-race that will be better than
either."
That was the end of that article. Would Awareness comment as to
the validity of that information?
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates that this as generally correct: that
there are seven of the Reticuli species or types. These may be
termed races or species; that species is perhaps a better term for
them. There are also seven types of Reptilians of the Draco
civilization. This Awareness indicates that it can become extremely
confusing to get into the many detailed levels of the species and
behaviors of such; that essentially, this information as correct;
that there are other details that can be added or clarified in the
information, but that it is not critical or truly essential to do so.
This Awareness suggests that any further questions be asked or
the Interpreter by brought from trance.
Ed's Note: For information on Valdamar Valerian and his
Nevada Aerial Research Newsletter, please write:
P.O. Box 81407, Las Vegas, Nevada 89180.
This entity has put together a book in 1988, called "The
Matrix: Understanding Aspects of Covert Interaction
With Alien Culture, Technology and Planetary Power
Structures." Several hundred copies were printed. The
book contained 361 pages of information, including
maps and illustrations of alien bases, including their
tunnel network. Called by many UFO researchers,
the most detailed information on aliens to date, "The
Matrix" was also listed in William Cooper's material
as reputable references.
An interesting note, that backs up the information
just given by Awareness, that bits and pieces of inform-
ation comes in to this entity, and years later is verified
by other information. In the last chapter of the `Matrix,'
Valerian included 14 pages of the UFO information
released by C.A.C. in 1978 and early `79, which included
information on aliens, deros, replicas etc. In the preface
to this information, Valerian stated the following:
"COSMIC AWARENESS COMMUNICATIONS"---
Generally seen as one of the most esoteric channeled
sources, C.A.C. does present some interesting concepts.
Some of the data does, in fact, match verified data that
we have about the EBEs. A sample of their newsletter
follows..."
The book, "The Matrix" sold for $60 and is out of
print. Hopefully, demand may force a reprinting and
perhaps an updating of this informative book, which
was published by:
Arcturus Book Service,
P.O. Box 831383
Stone Mountain, Ga. 30083
Phone: (404) 297-4624
We heartily suggest that if you wish to research UFOs
that you write Arcturus Book Service and request their
latest catalog of used, hard-to-find books on this subject.
New catalogs are updated monthly. This editor has been
able to locate quite a few books long out of print,
which Awareness has recommended in the past-the
works of John Keel, for instance. Arcturus Book
Service buys, and sells used books in the UFO and
related fields. Get on their mailing list without delay!
(Avaton)
COULD HEAT BE A POSSIBLE DETERRENT TO THE ALIENS?
QUESTION:
I had a couple more. In the Book, *THE ARMSTRONG REPORT: THEY
NEED US, WE DON'T NEED THEM, by Virgil Armstrong, he suggests: "We
know the greatest weakness of these aliens is their lack of
spirituality, but what about physical weakness? Surprisingly, the
answer has to do with heat. Apparently, they are extremely sensitive
to excessive heat and cannot safely sustain degrees beyond 80 to 85
degrees Fahrenheit. Beyond this would be injurious or fatal.
"Although I am a firm believer that we must deal with these ET's
primarily through spiritual means, possibly heat may serve as a
deterrent or restraint. Something to ponder."
Will Awareness comment on that theory?
*The Armstrong Report: "They Need Us,
We Don't Need Them," by Virgil Armstrong,
Entheos Publishing, P.O. Box 20174,
Village of Oak Creek, Az 86341. Price:
$7.95 plus postage. (Also available from
C.A.C. although not listed in our Book
Catalog sheet.
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates that this could be considered as a
beneficial weapon in terms of dealing with these entities at certain
times, or under certain conditions. Unfortunately, for the entity's
argument, it does not appear to apply to all the aliens. The
Reptilians, especially, do not appear to be disturbed by the elements
of heat. This Awareness indicates it applies mostly to the Greys
from Orion, who tend to gravitate more toward the Northern climates.
It is partly for this reason that these entities prefer living under-
ground than above ground. Also, they do not like the effect of the
sun's rays, even when the temperature of the atmosphere is cool, the
sun's rays tend to burn them, and this is not to their liking. It
also is harmful to their eyes.
This Awareness indicates this is fortunate for humans in that
these entities tend to leave the surface alone where humans live,
except at night, when it is cooler and when there is less light.
(FOLLOW-UP QUESTION):
"Those underground levels must be air-conditioned, are they not,
because one would think it would be pretty hot down there that far
into the earth."
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates that this is in the affirmative; that
generally these are selected areas, staying away from the more hot
locations; these being in areas that tend to be cool, away from magma
and volcanic lava and such that exhibits heat.
HOW MUCH KARMA EXISTS BETWEEN THE ALIENS AND THEIR VICTIMS?
QUESTION:
"In this book I just quoted from, Virgil Armstrong has a theory
I'd like to ask about. He writes: "The theory expounds that those
who are being abducted and tampered with on the surface are in an
agreement with a covenant established in another life. In short,
these unfortunate individuals are purposefully born and placed here
to serve as spare-parts and vehicles of purpose for the ET's in
question. In other words they are to serve the sacrificial needs of
the dying and needy ET's so that their civilization can recoup and
endure.
"If one accepts this, and I don't, then we would have to
presuppose that we are already heavily infiltrated with these
unfortunate individuals, who in truth would be aliens in human
bodies.
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates that there does appear to be a certain
type of karma that is carried over in a kind of vibration. This
karma as not necessarily a negative karma, but related to a kind of
alliance; that it is a kind of pace that developed at some time in
the past. This Awareness indicates that the energies on this are not
clear at this time; that the Interpreter as having been in trance for
too long to draw strong energy for this question; that one more
question may be asked.
(FOLLOW-UP QUESTION):
"Well, this might be the same situation. Along this same line,
I was wondering if the genetic experiments on that level described
earlier, those terrible experiments, if there's any possibility that
these creatures created were the genetic engineers in Atlantis
thousands of years ago that perpetrated similar atrocities?"
What goes around comes around...
WHY MOST PEOPLE ARE WILLING TO WORK WITH THE ALIENS
(PAYING THE PIPER AFTER MAKING A PACT)
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates that in the forming of a pact wherein
one benefits at one time, there is the fee or cost, and there are
certain government people at this time who have formed pacts with
these entities who have not yet paid the fee. This Awareness
indicates that there are also opportunities by some of these entities
to have a second chance to break that cycle of selling themselves to
these beings, and if they can break that cycle, there is that
possibility of escaping from the karma they would otherwise endure.
This Awareness indicates that the entity who forms a pact at one
time in one life, and works for these entities, will return to work
for them again, and each time this occurs, the entity will have that
opportunity to break that alliance, and if the entity can break that
alliance, the enslavement is broken; but generally in the formation
of the alliance and the following opportunities of working with these
entities, there is a great temptation that is based on greed,
tempting the entities not to break the alliance. They actually feel
an attraction, a drawing, a desire to work with, to work for these
aliens. They tend to think of them as masters and want to give
themselves to their cause.
This Awareness indicates that it is this cycle and this
attraction that needs to be broken in order for entities to be free.
This Awareness indicates that there will be further efforts by these
aliens to appeal to the greed of people, particularly involved in the
monetary situation, wherein entities will be given an opportunity to
accept a chip in their hand, an alien-sponsored chip in their hand or
wrist or forehead, whereby if such is accepted, they then belong to
the aliens.
This Awareness indicates that those who at any time accept
aliens as masters will be used by these aliens. That essentially is
the harvest, wherein they collect those who have sold themselves to
the aliens for some security, or monetary gain, or gain of power. It
is a way of weeding out the entity who wants to follow the follower,
from the entity who is an individual who has personal integrity, is
integrated as an individual with their own Divine Center.
This Awareness indicates that in centering yourself with your
own Divine Deity, the aliens can have no control, can have no hold on
you. If you give yourself totally to the Highest and Best in the
sense of the absolute Divine, you are free of any domination by any
force outside, but if you lick the toes of the aliens, (both toes),
you are their servant until you break the cycle.
QUESTION:
"Does Awareness have a closing message?"
COSMIC AWARENESS:
This Awareness indicates there is much here for entities to
consider, to think about. There is much here to give entities great
hope. There is much here to give entities great concern. There is
much here to give entities something to study, something to reflect
on, something to measure their values against, something to put their
life in perspective with. There is much here to give to others, to
share with others, to share carefully discerningly with the right
people.
This Awareness indicates that it is time for entities to do such
sharing. It is valuable for entities to fully digest this
information, reread it approximately three times. Share it. Make
copies. Give entities other sources, references for further
research, so that they do not think that you yourself are getting
your information from one source only. Give them the opportunity to
research it for themselves. Encourage them to do so. Then you will
have someone to talk to about these things.
This Awareness indicates that this is the beginning of the
awakening. You shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you
free.
(This Awareness suggests the Interpreter be brought from
trance.)
The Law of Gratitude is given.
----------------------------------------
BOOKS, UFO MAGAZINES, TAPE RECORDINGS FOR RESEARCH ON THE ALIEN
PRESENCE
ED's Note: For more information on UFOs and the Alien
Presence, please refer to the following issues of `Revelations
of Awareness:'
79-1 (The Gathering Storm); $4.00
79-18 (A Cosmic History of the Illuminati);
79-25 (The Web of Conspiracy: The Secret of the UFOs): $4.00
80-27 (Alien Invasion and Robotoids):
83-18 (Bigfoot and other weird items);
86-1 (Some Mysteries Explained)
86-14 (The Physics of Consciousness: The Bermuda Triangle);
87-6 (A Peek at Life on Venus);
89-9 (UFO Invasion and Space `Monsters');
89-7 ("ET's Go Home!"):
89-1 (Some Possibilities in the Coming Months);
90-2 (The Web of Conspiracy, Part 5): The William Cooper
Papers: The Alien Presence & the Secret Government
Exposed: $5.00
90-3 (Is There a NASA Cover-up?)
90-4 (The Alien Presence: What was Missing from Dr. Beter's Info.);
90-5 (The Hidden Crisis: The Quandary of the Secret Government):
90-6 (The Third Prophecy of Fatima: The Alien Connection):
90-7 (The Drug Crisis: Are we Being Set Up for an Alien Takeover?);
90-8 (The Crystal Pyramid. Alien Walk-ins, Descriptions of Aliens
etc.);
90-9 (The Web of Conspiracy, Part 6: The Servants Awaiting
Their Masters: An Overview & Update on the Situation):
90-10 ("Nightmare Hall"); the Underground City at Dulce, N.M.
(Special Report); $5.00
Note: Except where noted, all the above reprints are $3.00 each,
available from C.A.C.
INTERESTING BOOKS AVAILABLE FROM C.A.C.
The Gulf Breeze Sightings, by Ed Walters. $19.95 plus postage
An Alien Harvest, by Linda Moulton Howe, $45 plus $3 postage
BOOK LIST CONTINUED:
Communion: A True Story of Alien Abductions, by Whitley Strieber.
$15 plus postage (Hardbound edition).
The Earth Chronicles, by Zecharia Sitchin: Comprised of the
following four books:
The Twelfth Planet...$4.95
The Stairway to Heaven...$4.95
The Wars of Gods and Men...$4.95
The Lost Realms...$4.95
Order From: COSMIC AWARENESS COMMUNICATIONS
P.O. Box 115, Olympia, Washington 93507
FOR FURTHER RESEARCH:
UFO (Magazine)
California UFO
1800 S. Robertson Blvd., Box 355
Los Angeles, California 90035
Subscription: $18 a year ($26 foreign)
The UFO Data Base:
1800 S. Robertson Blvd., P.O. Box 355
Los Angeles, Calif. 90035. (With a computer and laser printer, you
can have the whole story. Send $2.00 for catalog and info.)
UFOLOGY Information Network
P.O. Box 0123
Alamogordo, N.M 88311
Send SSAE for free info on their services. (Newsletters, computer
access).
Nevada Aerial Research Group Newsletter
P.O. Box 81407, Las Vegas, Nv. 89180
(Write for free info and prices)
Arcturus Book Service
P.O. Box 831383
Stone Mountain, Ga. 30083
(Write for free catalog of UFO books, etc.)
REVELATIONS OF AWARENESS is a cosmic newsletter, published for the
membership of Cosmic Awareness Communications, P.O. Box 115, Olympia,
Washington, 98507.
Membership fees and donations are deductible from your Federal income
taxes. Try to remember Cosmic Awareness in your will! (How many
have you served & how well?)
INDIVIDUAL & FAMILY MEMBERSHIP: $30 per year.
CONTRIBUTING MEMBER: $52.
SPONSORING MEMBER: $144.
PATRON MEMBER: $1000
ENDOWING MEMBER: $5000
All Donations to CAC are Used to Spread the Awareness Messages
to Others.
--------------------------------------
-------- EOF ------------------------------------------------------------------
----- End Included Message -----
% ====== Internet headers and postmarks (see DECWRL::GATEWAY.DOC) ======
% Received: by enet-gw.pa.dec.com; id AA11039; Fri, 20 Sep 91 11:49:37 -0700
% Received: from stratus ([134.111.20.37]) by transfer.stratus.com (4.1/SMI-4.0 Stratus Computer) id AA04641; Fri, 20 Sep 91 14:49:55 ED
% Return-Path: <lpb@swdc.stratus.com>
% Received: from echidna.swdc.stratus.com (echidna.ARPA) by stratus.swdc.stratus.com (FTX1.2/1.27 Stratus WDC) id AA11743; Fri, 20 Sep 91 11:47:46 ps
% Received: from wolfen.swdc.stratus.com by echidna.swdc.stratus.com (4.0/SMI-4.0) id AA10819; Fri, 20 Sep 91 11:49:00 PD
% Date: Fri, 20 Sep 91 11:49:00 PDT
% From: lpb@stratus.swdc.stratus.com (Len Bucuvalas)
% Message-Id: <9109201849.AA10819@echidna.swdc.stratus.com>
% To: verga::stanley
% Subject: The Web ... Part 4
|
| 1541.4 | | VERGA::STANLEY | what a long strange trip it's been | Fri Sep 20 1991 18:46 | 8 |
| I just wanted to add that this material was just sent to me by someone
who asked me to post it here. I haven't read it myself yet and claim
no responsibility for content.
It looked interesting enough though at first glance so I agreed to
post it.
Mary
|
| 1541.6 | my longest sentence today (;^) | CGVAX2::PAINTER | energetic and vibrant | Fri Sep 20 1991 19:30 | 9 |
|
Mary,
Just a suggestion, but you might wish to add lengthy postings like
these in successive days instead of all at once, because for someone
(like me) just popping in and out of notes, it's very difficult to take
the time to read and digest such a mass of information all at once.
Cindy
|
| 1541.7 | It's channelled though, Marcos | VERGA::STANLEY | what a long strange trip it's been | Fri Sep 20 1991 19:35 | 5 |
| re: Marcos
Well,... it's channeled material apparently. I kind of thought that
channeled material belonged here instead of UFOS as UFOS tends to be
interested in evidence.
|
| 1541.8 | Seems OK to me. | CADSYS::COOPER | Topher Cooper | Fri Sep 20 1991 19:57 | 10 |
| UFOs are part of "our" charter -- that a separate notes file was
started to concentrate on that subject doesn't change that. That is as
a DEJAVU participant.
As a UFOS participant, I think it might be appropriate to post a
pointer their, describing briefly this material and its nature. (These
are, I think, too long to burden the net with two copies, a pointer
should be sufficient).
Topher
|
| 1541.9 | These are some things that popped up in my mind. | VIRGO::TENNEY | Time will tell... | Fri Sep 20 1991 21:45 | 16 |
| These are some of the shows and movies
that came to mind as I read CAC.
"Alien Nation"(Aliens& Humans together)
"Hard Time on Planet Earth"(The Earth being used without our awareness)
"Alf"(Aliens are friendly)
"V"(Some Aliens are not friendly)
"They Live" (this one gave me the creepies)
"Land of the Lost"(Lizards "Slesstack" living underground)
"Terminator I&II"(Creation of Robotic Humanoid Creatures with awareness)
"ET"(Some Aliens need our help)
"Communion"(There is something going on)
"Total Recall"(Underground Activity and the ablity to change reality)
Just curious, are there others that are OUT THERE for CAC information
but looked upon as entertainment?
|
| 1541.10 | Reptialians? | GAIN::SHUMAKER | | Mon Sep 23 1991 12:40 | 34 |
| Posting all the notes together at once makes it easier to extract and read
off-line. I vote for posting all at once. I don't pop into notes everyday.
The reptilian thing makes me think of Michael Harner's book _Shamanic
Journey_ where he describes one experience under some psychotropic
substance, a race of reptilian creatures that claimed to own or be the
source of life on our planet.... can't remember exactly what they claimed.
They wanted to own/control Michael, he had to force himself up out of the
journey and ask for the antidote. When he related the vision to the shaman,
the shaman said, "Oh they're always saying that."
> (READING CONTINUES):
> "Whose Planet is This? These Aliens consider themselves `Native
> Terrans'". They are an ancient race (descendant from a Reptilian
> Humanoid Species which cross-bred with Sapient Humans).
I suggest others compare this kind of statement with Michael Harner's book
_The Shamanic Journey_. What is your impression? Now the question is, are
these psychic influence on weak minds? Astral encounters? Is their anyway
to really confirm them? Does anyone one else, who interacts with a
channelled entitiy, get this kind of information? I find it hard to see the
relation of this "cosmic awarness" with that of Jesus of Nazareth, Buddha,
Krishna, ...
Wouldn't a nuclear boring machine leave some radioactive decay on the
tunnel walls?
What is a Grey?
I don't mean to sound too dis-believing here, but maybe someones
assembledge point slipped a notch? We all know from Carlos Castaneda what
can happen with a "shift below."
Wayne
|
| 1541.12 | Posted by request | VERGA::STANLEY | what a long strange trip it's been | Tue Sep 24 1991 16:45 | 2671 |
|
*********************************************************
Samurai_Writer
"When the chips are down and the world thinks it has the edge, look
around the next corner, Samurai_Writer will be there!"
HOWDY DEJAVU!!!!!! A big tip of my hat to Marcia Butchart!!!!!!! Miss you
all........Lenny B.
Status: R
================================================================================
O. H. Krill (Krll) Intro:
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Aside from the William Milton Cooper material, these 4 files are
considered to be highly controversial in the field of UFOlogy. The
"author" of this work, "O. H. Krill" is believed to have been a joint
effort of John Grace and John Lear. As the story goes, this file was
put together (according to sources close to John Lear) to "smoke out
the dis-informants in the field". For many of us who have been into
this field for awhile, this file is held in low esteem. Discussions
by UFO "newbies" on this text has often degenerated into vast flame
wars on the various UFO "echoes" of the BBS world, as there might be
some truth in it and possibly a bit of BS. I will leave it up to you to
sort out which is which. If there is such a thing as a "black sheep"
of a UFO text, then *this* file would easily qualify.
These files are a bit large so I will give you the size info here:
(All sizes minus message headers)
Krill part 1: 30241 bytes
Krill part 2: 16852 bytes
Krill part 3: 36486 bytes
Krill part 4: 42679 bytes
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Please note: I only post these files to educate people what is currently
available. They are for informational purposes only and as such, should
NOT be taken at face value. There is NO substitute for research and
investigation. If you want to ridicule the information, fine...but I
draw the line at personal slams, so please do yourselves a favor and
avoid ad homenim attacks and we will get along fine. Let's endeavor
to be a notch above the sci.skeptics and alt.paranormal obnoxiousness :-)
As a rule, I try to avoid any editorilizing and pretty much leave it up
to you to do with as you see fit.
Don
--
-* Don Allen *- InterNet: dona@bilver.UUCP // Amiga..for the best of us.
USnail: 1818G Landing Dr, Sanford Fl 32771 \X/ Why use anything else? :-)
UUCP: ..uunet!tarpit!bilver!vicstoy!dona 0110 0110 0110 Just say NO!
Illuminati < MJ-12|Greys|TLC|CFR|FED|Bilderbergs > UN = "New World Order"
Article 5599 of alt.conspiracy:
Path: lassie!voder!pyramid!decwrl!uunet!crdgw1!ge-dab!tarpit!bilver!dona
From: dona@bilver.uucp (Don Allen)
Newsgroups: alt.alien.visitors,alt.conspiracy
Subject: FILE: OH Krill part 1
Message-ID: <1991Aug8.054852.24246@bilver.uucp>
Date: 8 Aug 91 05:48:52 GMT
Organization: W. J. Vermillion - Winter Park, FL
Lines: 598
Xref: lassie alt.conspiracy:5599
----------------------------------------------------------------------
This information is presented for your persusal and is a continuation
of my policy of informing the public what is currently available. The
content of this information does NOT necessarily reflect the personal
views of the poster,nor should the views,opinions,statements or claims
represented in the following be accepted by anyone reading these texts
at *face* value. If this interests you, please endeavor to research it
yourself and investigate it to *your* satisfaction, and as such I will
leave it in your hands to either prove it or de-bunk it :-)
As I do not have a great amount of time available to pursue follow-ups
exclusively, comments to me should be directed to dona@bilver.uucp
in mail.
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------Krill part 1 -----------------------------------------------------------
****************
* CONFIDENTIAL *
****************
A SITUATION REPORT ON OUR ACQUISITION OF ADVANCED
TECHNOLOGY AND INTERACTION WITH ALIEN CULTURES
JANUARY 1988
BY
O.H. KRILL
ABSTRACT
Throughout the forty year period when UFO have been actively
observed in our civilization, a lot of data has been gathered --
data which has often pointed to aspects of the phenomena that have
been supressed. As a result of the suppression and
compartmentalization of the information, our culture has been
fragmented into several levels of "reality" which both co-exist
and oppose each other. Part of our culture does not or will not
believe in the existence of other species; part of our culture
acknowledges their existence or the probability of their
existence; part of our culture is actually interacting with the
other species. These simultaneous realities contribute to the
condition of extreme confusion in which we find ourselves.
Research into UFO's follows a similar pattern. Some view the
matter in a completely empirical perspective; others search for
patterns and functional relationships in events; still others go
out and ask the right questions at the right time and get answers.
Some of those answers that have appeared are, to some people,
quite disturbing and fantastic.
All in all, we are dealing with new concepts in physics, new
concepts in psychology, and the gradually growing awareness that
we are not only not alone here, but we have never been alone here.
As if that were not enough, it turns out that factions of our
society have known this, and apparently have been interacting with
some of these alien species for quite a while.
The bottom line is that all along, humanity has been led down
a false path, a path that has been plagued by layer upon layer of
conspiracies and disinformation. Technological knowledge and
absolute power have been the motives on the human side. Survival
has been the motive on the alien side, or at least as far as the
predominant alien visitors are concerned.
The intent of this paper is to bring much of the details
regarding this into the open. You are not being asked to believe
it, but to consider it in the light of what has happened, what is
happening, and what may be developing right under our very noses.
If you find that you cannot stomach such thoughts, or that you
cannot deal with it, read no further.
It is quite evident, or it should be, that the UFO situation
is both complex and dangerous. The UFO problem is a multi-
situational and multi-dimensional phenomena. We have established
the following as having a basis in fact:
o Craft from other worlds have crashed on Earth.
o Alien craft are from both ultra-dimensional sources
and sources within this dimension.
o Early U.S. government efforts at acquiring alien
technology were successful.
o The U.S. government has had live alien hostages at
some point in time.
o The government has conducted autopsies on alien
cadavers.
o U.S. intelligence agencies, security agencies, and
public agencies are involved in the coverup of facts
pertaining to the situation.
o People have been and are currently abducted,
mutilated, murdered and kidnapped as a result of the
UFO situation.
o There is a current active alien presence on this
planet among us that controls difference elements of
our society.
o Alien forces maintain bases on Earth and on the Moon.
o The U.S. government has had a working relationship
with alien forces for some time, with the express
purpose of gaining technology in gravitational
propulsion, beam weaponry and mind control.
o Millions of cattle have been killed in the process
of acquiring biological materials.
o Both aliens and the U.S. government are responsible
for mutilations, but for different reasons.
o We live in a multi-dimensional world that is
overlapped and visited by entities from other
dimensions. Many of these entities are hostile.
Many are not hostile.
o The basis of our genetic development and religions
lies in intervention by non-terrestrial and
terrestrial forces.
o Actual technology far exceeds that perceived by
the public.
o The United States space program is a cover operation
that exists for public relations purposes.
o People are being actively killed in order to suppress
the facts about the situation. The CIA and the NSA
are involved so deeply that exposure would cause
collapse of their overt structure.
o Facts indicate alien overt presence within five to
ten years.
o Our civilization is one of many that have existed in
the last billion years.
You will probably have more conclusions. To see, just read on....
Animal Mutilations and UFOs
General Chronology
In the middle of 1963, a series of livestock attacks occurred
in Haskell County, Texas. In a typical case, an Angus bull was
found with its throat slashed and a saucer-sized wound in its
stomach. The citizenry attributed the attacks to a wild beast of
some sort, a "vanishing varmint." As it continued its furtive
forays through the Haskell County outback, the bloodluster assumed
somewhat more mythic proportions and a new name was destined to
endure: The Haskell Rascal.
Throughout the following decade, there would be sporadic
reports of similar attacks on livestock. These attacks were
occasionally described as "mutilations." The most prominent of
these infrequent reports was the mutilation death of "Snippy" the
horse in southern Colorado in 1967, accompanied by area UFO
sightings, a Condon Committee investigation and worldwide press
coverage.
It was in 1973 that the modern animal mutilation wave can be
said to have begun in earnest. That year is generally thought of
as the year of the last concerted UFO flap, although there may be
reason to question that contention, given the events of two years
later.
In 1973 and 1974 the majority of the classic mutilation
reports originated in the central United States.
In 1975, an unprecedented onslaught spread across the western
two-thirds of the United States. Mutilation reports peaked in that
year, accompanied by accounts of UFOs and unidentified
helicopters. In 1978, the attacks increased.
By 1979, numerous livestock mutilations were occurring in
Canada, primarily in Alberta and Saskatchewan. Attacks in the
United States leveled off.
In 1980, there was an increase in activity in the United
States. Mutilations have been reported less frequently since that
year, though this may be due in part to an increased reluctance to
report mutilations on the part of ranchers and farmers. The
mutilations still continue. Over ten thousand animals have died in
the United States; although the mutilations have been occurring
worldwide, the same circumstances are always present.
General Observations
Any investigation which intends to probe the systematic
occurrence of the mutilation attacks upon livestock and other
animals must include within its purview certain factors which may
or may not be directly related to the acts of mutilation
themselves. These mutilations -- the killing and furtive removal
of external or internal parts -- have been directed at literally
thousands of animals (primarily livestock) since the 1960s. The
surgery on these animals is primarily conducted with uncanny
precision, suggesting the use of highly sophisticated implements
and techniques. The numbing and persistent regularity of the
mutilations and the seemingly casual disposal of the useless
carcasses all hint at extreme confidence -- even arrogance -- of
the mutilators. It is an arrogance which appears to be justified
by the freedom and impunity with which these acts have been
carried out.
The pertinence of a specific element of the problem is
shortly revealed in the course of any thorough investigation into
the mutilations. I refer to the appearance of unmarked and
otherwise unidentified helicopters within a spatial and temporal
proximity of animal mutilation sites. The occurrence of the two has
been persistent enough to supercede coincidence.
These mystery helicopters are almost always without
identifying markings, or markings may appear to have been painted
over or covered with something. The helicopters are frequently
reported flying at abnormal, unsafe or illegal altitudes. They may
shy away if witnesses of law officers try to approach.
There are several accounts of aggressive behavior on the part
of the helicopter occupants, with witnesses chased, "buzzed,"
hovered over or even fired upon. At times these choppers appear
very near mutilation sites, even hovering over a pasture where a
mutilated carcass is later found. They may be observed shortly
before or after mutilations occur -- or within days of a
mutilation. The intention here is merely to stress that the
"mystery helicopter" element is a part of the issue which deserves
scrutiny.
The idea of "mystery helicopters" did not develop
concurrently with the animal mutilations themselves. Such
helicopters -- unmarked, flying at low levels, soundless (or
sounding like helicopters) -- have been reported for years, and
have been linked to an even more widespread phenomenon -- the
"phantom" (fixed wing) aircraft. The helicopters themselves have
been seen in area where UFOs were reported, in many countries. In
some of the more interesting accounts, the mystery helicopters
were seen with UFOs, or shortly after the UFOs were sighted.
The most apt case I can think of, but certainly not the most
isolated, is a case described by Virgil Armstrong in his lecture
on "What NASA Didn't Tell Us About the Moon." He discusses
helicopters and UFOs in general.
Armstrong describes a friend of his that had invented a
special camera arrangement with the idea that it would increase
the chances of getting good pictures of UFOs. The camera was
mounted on a gunstock along with a laser. The idea was to fire the
laser at the UFO, if one appeared, and hopefully the UFO would
come to a halt, enabling him to take some quality pictures.
Not too long after they were set up in the desert, a UFO did
in fact appear, and they fired the laser and the disk stopped in a
hovering mode. They took quite a few good pictures of it. Shortly
thereafter, the disk flew away. Within minutes, they heard the
unmistakable sound of helicopters coming their way. The
helicopters landed strategically around their group, and out of
the choppers came a croup of Black Berets, which are strategic Air
Force security forces. The commander of the Berets walked up to
the group and said, "What are you doing here?" "Obviously, we are
photographing flying objects, and we just saw a flying saucer and
we got some very very good pictures of it." The commander then
asked the leader of the group if he knew where he was. The group
leader replied "No." The commander then said, "We suggest you get
out of here right now!" The group leader then asked, "What right
do you have to tell us to get out of here? Is this government
land?" The commander of the Black Berets replied, "Indeed it is.
It is Andrews Air Force Base, and if you are not out of here in
ten minutes, you are under arrest." With that, the Berets removed
the film from the camera, and the group left.
Not only does this illustrate one kind of instance where UFOs
are seen in relationship to helicopters, but it also illustrates
the fact that either some of the disks are ours, or we have a
military/government relationship with those who fly them. The
helicopters mentioned above are not the mystery ones, but were
United States military ones.
Another case of military helicopters and United States-owned
disks comes from the book "UFO Crash at Aztec," by Wendell
Stevens. In the book he relates the incident where an Indian was
backpacking in the mountains in the vicinity of Area 51, Groom
Lake, on the Nellis AFB range north of Las Vegas. He heard
approaching helicopters and hid out of sight. The helicopters were
broadcasting a warning over public address systems for anyone in
the area to show themselves because they were going to conduct a
"dangerous military test." The Indian maintained his hidden
posture, and the helicopters flew overhead and back down toward
the Groom Lake facility. Minutes later, two helicopters were seen
flying up the canyon with a black disk flying between them and
slightly above them. They flew overhead and then the helicopters
turned around and flew back towards the base, followed shortly
afterward by the disk. The individual's name and how to contact
him for further details is given in the book.
The Mystery Choppers
Situations involving the mystery helicopters appear to be a
little more insidious. A good example is an event which occurred
in Madison County, Montana, between June and October of 1976.
Twenty-two confirmed cattle mutilations had occurred during that
period, and they were accompanied by reports throughout the county
of silent, unmarked, jet-black helicopters, flashing or steady
anomalous lights in the air and near the ground, unmarked fixed-
wing aircraft and white vans in remote and previously inaccessible
areas.
Toward the latter part of this period, in early autumn of
1976, a hunter from Bozeman, Montana, was out alone around 3:00pm
one day in the Red Mountain area near Norris. He watched as a
black helicopter without markings flew overhead and disappeared
below a small hill. The curious hunter climbed to the top of the
hill. There was the black chopper (a Bell Jet Ranger, he thought)
on the ground, the engine still running. Seven men had apparently
exited from the craft and were walking up the hill toward the
observer. As the hunter advanced toward the seven, he waved and
shouted congenial greetings. It was then that he realized there
was something about the men -- they were all Oriental. They had
slanted eyes and olive skin and were jabbering among themselves in
some indecipherable language. They wore "everyday" clothes, not
uniforms. Suddenly they began to return to the helicopter. The
hunter, still waving and shouting friendly greetings, started
after them. The Orientals quickened their pace. When the hunter
approached within five or six feet, they broke into a dead run,
crowded into the chopper and took off.
In a documented "mystery helicopter" wave in England,
accounts place Oriental-appearing occupants in an unidentified
chopper. Slant-eyed, olive skinned, Oriental-seeming occupants
have been a staple at the heart and at the periphery of UFO
accounts for years. Significant numbers of the infamous "men-in-
black" (MIB) have a similar appearance, but very often they are
seen as very pale and gaunt men who are sensitive to light.
In STIGMATA No. 5 (Fall-Winter 1978) Tom Adams outlined the
most prominent speculative explanations accounting for the
mutilation/helicopter link, including the following:
o The helicopters are themselves UFOs, disguised to
appear as terrestrial craft.
o The choppers originate from within the U.S.
government/military and are directly involved in
conducting the actual mutilations.
o The helicopters are government/military and are not
involved in the mutilations but are investigating
them.
o The helicopters are government/military, and they
know about the identity and motives of the
mutilators and by their presence, they are trying to
divert attention to the possibility of involvement
by the military.
The answer, as far as Tom Adams is concerned, could be a
combination of the above explanations. There also has been
speculation that they are involved in biological experiments with
chemical or biological warfare or the geobotanical pursuit
of petroleum and mineral deposits. On one occasion, an army
standard-type scalpel was found at a mutilation site. Since the
disks have been mostly involved with the mutilations, it is
thought that this was a diversionary event.
These events, or the discussion of them, is just the
precursor to the actual revelations of what is behind the
mutilations: alien acquisition of biological materials for their
own use. To discuss this in a logical and sequential manner, we
must review what has been really happening right under our noses:
direct interaction with extraterrestrial biological entities
(EBE's). To discuss that, however, we must attempt to start at the
beginning with what we now know to be true.
The Saga Begins
It seemingly all began thousands of years ago, but for the
purposes of this discussion, let's start with some events that we
all are familiar with. In 1947, two years after we set off the
first nuclear explosion that our current civilization detonated,
came the Mantell episode, where we had the first recorded incident
of a military confrontation with extraterrestrials that resulted
in the death of a military pilot. It is quite evident now that our
government did not known quite how to handle the situation. In
1952, the nation's capital was overflown by a series of disks. It
was this event which led to the involvement of United States
security forces (CIA, NSA, DIA, FBI) to try to keep the situation
under control until they could understand what was happening.
During this period, the government established a working group,
known as Majestic Twelve (MJ-12). The original members were:
Admiral Roscoe H. Hillenkoetter, Dr. Vannevar Bush, Secretary
James Forrestal, General Nathan P. Twining, General Hoyt S.
Vandenburg, Dr. Detlev Bronk, Dr. Jerome Hunsaker, Mr. Sidney W.
Souers, Mr. Gordon Gray, Dr. Donald Menzel, General Robert M.
Montague, and Dr. Lloyd V. Berkner.
The MJ-12 group has been a continuously existing group since
it was created, with new members replacing others that die. For
example, when Secretary Forrestal was upset at seeing the United
States sold out in World War II, he wound up being sent to a Naval
hospital for emotional strain. Before relatives could get to him,
he "jumped out a 16th story window." Most persons close to him
consider his suicide contrived. When Forrestal died, he was
replaced by General Walter B. Smith.
In December of 1947, Project Sign was created to acquire as
much information as possible about UFOs, their performance
characteristics and their purposes. In order to preserve security,
liaison between Project Sign and MJ-12 was limited to two
individuals within the intelligence division of the Air Materiel
Command whose role it was to pass along certain types of
information through channels. Project Sign evolved into Project
Grudge in December, 1948. Project Grudge had an over civilian
counterpart named Project Bluebook, with which we are all
familiar. Only "safe" reports were passed to Bluebook. In 1949,
MJ-12 evolved an initial plan of contingency called MJ-1949-04P/78
that was to make allowance for public disclosure of some data
should the necessity present itself.
Majestic Twelve was originally organized by General George C.
Marshall in July, 1947, to study the Roswell-Magdalena UFO crash
recovery and debris. Admiral Hillenkoetter, director of the CIA
from May 1, 1947, until September, 1950, decided to activate the
"Robertson Panel," which was designed to monitor civilian UFO
study groups that were appearing all over the country. He also
joined NICAP in 1956 and was chosen as a member of its board of
directors. It was from this position that he was able to act as
the MJ-12 "mole," along with his team of other covert experts.
They were able to steer NICAP in any direction they wanted to go.
With the "Flying Saucer Program" under complete control of MJ-12
and with the physical evidence hidden away, General Marshall felt
more at ease with this very bizarre situation. These men and their
successors have most successfully kept most of the public fooled
for 39 years, including much of the western world, by setting up
false experts and throwing their influence behind them to make
their plan work, with considerable success. Until now.
Within six months of the Roswell crash on 2 July 1947 and the
finding of another crashed UFO at San Augustine Flats near
Magdalena, New Mexico, on 3 July 1947, a great deal of
reorganization of agencies and shuffling of people took place. The
main thrust behind the original "security lid," and the very
reason for its construction, was the analysis and attempted
duplication of the technologies of the disks. That activity is
headed up by the following groups:
o The Research and Development Board (R&DB)
o Air Force Research and Development (AFRD)
o The Office of Naval Research (ONR)
o CIA Office of Scientific Intelligence (CIA-OSI)
o NSA Office Of Scientific Intelligence (NSA-OSI)
No single one of these groups was supposed to know the whole
story. Each group was to know only the parts that MJ-12 allowed
them to know. MJ-12 also operates through the various civilian
intelligence and investigative groups. The CIA and the FBI are
manipulated by MJ-12 to carry out their purposes. The NSA was
created in the first place to protect the secret of the recovered
flying disks, and eventually got complete control over all
communications intelligence.
This control allows the NSA to monitor any individual through
mail, telephone, telexes, telegrams, and now through online
computers, monitoring private and personal communications as they
choose. In fact, the present-day NSA is the current main extension
of MJ-12 pertaining to the "Flying Saucer Program." Vast amounts
of disinformation are spread throughout the UFO research field.
Any witnesses to any aspect of the program have their lives
monitored in every detail, for each has signed a security oath.
For people who have worked in the program, including military
members, breaking that oath could have any on of the following
direct consequences:
o A verbal warning accompanied by a review of the
security oath.
o A stronger warning, sometimes accompanied by a brow-
beating and intimidation.
o Psychologically working on an individual to bring on
depression that will lead to suicide.
o Murder of the person made to appear as a suicide or
accident.
o Strange and sudden accidents, always fatal.
o Confinement in special "detention centers."
o Confinement in "insane asylums" where they are
"treated" by mind-control and deprogramming
techniques. Individuals are released with changed
personalities, identities, and altered memories.
o Bringing the individual into the "inside," where he
is employed and works for "them," and where he can be
watched. This is usually in closed facilities with
little contact with the outside world. Underground
facilities are the usual place for this.
Any individual who they perceive to be "too close to the
truth" will be treated in the same manner. MJ-12 will go to any
length to preserve and protect the ultimate secret. As we will see
later, the characteristics of what this ultimate secret would turn
out to be would change drastically, for it was something even MJ-
12 could not predict -- actual contact with alien groups.
How the actual contact between the government and aliens was
initially made is not known, but the government was made aware
that it could be done by a civilian using the right equipment.
Dr. Paul Bennewitz, civilian scientist, did so using computer
equipment and informed the government he had done so, not
realizing that by then, in 1983, that the government was in truth
as deep into dealing with the aliens as his communications with
them revealed. Dr. Bennewitz lives next to Manzano Weapons Storage
Area in Albuquerque, New Mexico. He observed UFOs constantly over
the area and initially decided that they were a threat to the
installation. He proceeded to figure out a coding system and
attempted and was successful in communicating with the aliens that
were flying over that area.
What he found out is that after initial contacts with the
aliens years ago, we agreed to to provide them with bases
underground in the United States in return for certain
technological secrets which the aliens would reveal to us. The
aliens would also be allowed to carry out certain operations,
abductions, and mutilations without intervention.
The original contact between the government and the
extraterrestrial biological entities, who are grey in color and
about 3.5 to 4.5 feet high (hereafter referred to as the Greys),
was achieved between 1947 and 1951. We knew that the Greys were
instrumental in performing the mutilations of animals (and some
humans) and that they were using the glandular substances derived
from these materials for food (absorbed through the skin) and to
clone more Greys in their underground laboratories. The government
was also aware that the Greys performed some of the abductions to
secure genetic materials. The government insisted that the Greys
provide them with a list that would be presented to the National
Security Council.
Through all this, the government thought that the Greys were
basically tolerable creatures, although a bit distasteful. They
presumed at the time that it was not unreasonable to assume that
the public would and could get used to their presence. Between
1968 and 1969 a plan was formulated to make the public aware of
their existence over the succeeding twenty years. This time period
would culminate with a series of documentaries that would explain
the history and intentions of the Greys.
The Greys assured us that the real purpose of the abductions
was for monitoring of our civilization, and when we learned that
the abductions were a lot more frequent and insidious than we were
led to believe, the government became concerned. Their concern was
also based on additional information regarding the purposes for
the abductions:
o Insertion of a 3mm spherical biological monitoring
device through the nasal cavity into the brain of the
abductee.
o Implementing subliminal post-hypnotic suggestions
that would compel the abductee to perform some
specific act at a time to be within the next two
to five years.
o Genetic crossbreeding between the Greys and human
beings.
o Insertion of discoid monitoring devices into the
muscle tissue of the abductees. Presence of these has
been verified by x-ray.
By the time we had found out the truth about the intentions
of the Greys (they intend to stay here and stay in control of our
world) it was too late. We had already "sold out" humanity. Not
that it would have made any difference, because they were here
doing what they were doing anyway.
In 1983, a story was outlined by government sources that said
that the Greys are responsible for our biological evolution
through manipulation of the DNA of already evolving primates on
this planet. Various time intervals of the DNA manipulation were
specified for 25,000, 15,000, 5,000, and 2,500 years ago.
Originally, the government thought that the Greys meant us no
harm, but today, in 1988, the picture that is emerging is exactly
the opposite. The story now is one of great deception at several
different levels: the Greys Trojan Horse-style manipulation and
lying which allied MJ-12 forces with them four decades ago; the
government's disinformation of the subject of UFOs in order to
perpetuate the agreement with the Greys free of public scrutiny;
the lies to the abductees; the Greys on-going abduction of people
and mutilation of animals in order to harvest enzymes, blood and
other tissues for their own survival needs; and a genetic blend of
the Grey race and a tall Nordic race to enable Grey interface with
humans to be done with greater ease.
Information from a source at a southwest Army base reveals
that these multiple levels of deception are true. It is also
indicated that the goal of SDI (Star Wars) is actually to follow
through with an attack, proposed by the Greys, on the Nordics when
they arrive en masse between now and 1992. This time schedule
seems to match with the post-hypnotic programming of many
abductees for actions between the next two to five years.
This same source sees the world dominated and controlled by
the Greys in a way similar to that portrayed in the "V" television
series -- they are concerned only for their own survival agenda,
and this agenda requires biological substances from other life
forms on our planet.
The apparent reasoning for the Grey preoccupation with this
is due to their lack of a formal digestive tract and the fact that
they absorb nutrients and excrete waste directly through the skin.
The substances that they acquire are mixed with hydrogen peroxide
and "painted" on their skin, allowing absorption of the required
nutrients. It is construed from this that some weaponry against
them might be geared in this direction.
---------Continued in krill part 2 -----------------------------------
--
-* Don Allen *- InterNet: dona@bilver.UUCP // Amiga..for the best of us.
USnail: 1818G Landing Dr, Sanford Fl 32771 \X/ Why use anything else? :-)
UUCP: ..uunet!tarpit!bilver!vicstoy!dona 0110 0110 0110 Just say NO!
Illuminati < MJ-12|Greys|TLC|CFR|FED|Bilderbergs > UN = "New World Order"
Article 5600 of alt.conspiracy:
Path: lassie!voder!pyramid!decwrl!uunet!crdgw1!ge-dab!tarpit!bilver!dona
From: dona@bilver.uucp (Don Allen)
Newsgroups: alt.alien.visitors,alt.conspiracy
Subject: FILE: OH Krill part 2
Message-ID: <1991Aug8.055040.24308@bilver.uucp>
Date: 8 Aug 91 05:50:40 GMT
Organization: W. J. Vermillion - Winter Park, FL
Lines: 316
Xref: lassie alt.conspiracy:5600
--------Krill part 2 ----------------------------------------------------------
****************
* CONFIDENTIAL *
****************
A SITUATION REPORT ON OUR ACQUISITION OF ADVANCED
TECHNOLOGY AND INTERACTION WITH ALIEN CULTURES
by O.H. KRILL
Observations by a Visiting Nordic
In October, 1987, UFO researcher George Andrews was
successfully able to contact one of the Nordics not associated
with the Greys, through a woman in California. What follows are
the comments made by the alien:
"Were you a culture about to invade, you would not do it with
a flourish of ships showing up in the heavens and undergo risk of
being fired upon. That's the type of warfare slightly less evolved
beings get into. You would create intense confusion and
disagreement with only inferences to your presence -- inferences
which would [in turn] cause controversial disagreement.
"The Greys are insidious little fiends. They did exactly [to
us] what they're doing here [to you]. You are not on the verge of
an invasion. You are not in the middle of an invasion. The
invasion has already taken place. It's merely in its final stages.
"What would you invade? [Here he describes the operational
plan of the Greys from the beginning.] You would go to the most
secret of communities within a society. In the case of the United
States, you would go and infiltrate the CIA. You would take over
some of them and you would take over part of the KGB.
"You would create great dissension and disagreement between
factions of the public at large -- some groups saying they have
seen UFOs, others saying 'No, no, this is not possible.' You would
involve two major countries in an on-going idiotic philosophical
disagreement so that while the Soviet Union and the United States
constantly battle back and forth about who has which piece of
territory or whether one invades Iran or whether one invades
Afghanistan or whatever... whether one dismantles one nuclear
warhead or the other dismantles another group of warheads -- you
would sit back and laugh if you had the capacity to laugh.
"You would present yourself indeed to some in a group who
would protect you [CIA or MJ-12] thinking they had a secret more
secret and more perfect knowledge of something than anyone else on
this planet had, and they would covet you and you would trust
their own greed and you would trust their own mass stupidity to
trap them. And you'd do it on both sides.
"You'd show yourself to some of the mass populace to further
involve [factions of] the government in an attempt to shut them
up, to keep them even more busy quieting them and trying to 'stop
more information about UFOs from getting out.' You'd have the mass
populace to a state where they distrusted the government. 'Oh, why
don't they believe us? Why can't they understand that these things
are really happening? We're not crazy!'
"So you would have battles constantly about whether UFOs
exist or they don't exist. You would have the public and the
government at each other's throats. You would set two major
superpowers at each other's throats. And you would have set up
groups like 'haves' -- the wealthy but contented -- and the 'have-
nots.' You would plant the seeds of massive discontent.
"Eventually you might have some show of ships landing in the
1990s. One or two. By the time they have landed, be assured they
will be in complete control. You will start doing crossbreeds and
more crossbreeds, generation after generation.
"You bribe the government with a few tidbits -- a Star Wars
system. You tease and tempt the Soviet Union with a laser system
far finer than any of their own scientists could think of. And you
always have that subtle inference -- just on the borderline of
consciousness so that UFOs don't seem to believable, yet you keep
it couched in secrecy and make it seem quite so insane that no one
would believe them. On top of it, you would unleash forces that
would want to kill them [UFO contactees] if they disclosed that
the CIA is dealing with the exact same things the [contact victim]
is.
"Maybe one or two hundred years from now, some of the Greys
will even physically mingle and you may have some creatures
walking around who are pretty much hybrids between Greys and your
own race. For now, anything that walks around will look much like
yourselves. It's simpler. It holds down on mass panic.
"Everyone who has experiences with them [Greys] will be at
odds with the government. To add to that, we will go into a
complete phased of earthquake after earthquake and upheaval after
upheaval.
"The inner core of the CIA is deeply controlled by the Greys.
The CIA sees interaction with the Greys as a path to greater
scientific achievement.
"One reason you are seeing so many different kinds of UFOs is
that other cultures are watching with extreme interest. Scientists
from other cultures arrive to watch. The Greys have not only taken
over the intelligence agencies, they have also taken over what
those agencies call 'lunatic fringe groups.'"
*****************************************************************
Well, that's what they Nordic had to say. The source of this
also makes the following commentary:
"The ultimate evil is that masked form of psychological
complacency that leads one to adhere to a group philosophy rather
than eke out one's own horizons. As soon as you acquire an
awareness of being a so-called 'chosen special group,' you are on
the way to a fall. That is the seed of destruction in any society
and any culture and it leaves it vulnerable. It will be the
eventual undoing of the Greys as well. They see not their error --
it is the very weakness they seize upon that is their own inherent
weakness. To try and change a Grey, or a cultish type of 'Star
Person,' or a CIA member is futile. It will happen, but all in its
own good time... it is the spirit that makes anyone stand up and
disagree with something that is untrue and incorrect that will be
the thorn in the side of the Greys, and the other forces that have
allied with them."
During the occupation of the Greys, they have established
quite a number of underground bases all over the world, especially
in the United States. One such base (among others in the same
state) is under Archuleta Mesa, which is about 2.5 miles northwest
of Dulce, New Mexico. Details about that base have come across by
way of two sources. The first source is by way of an abduction of
a woman and her son who witnessed the pickup of a calf for
extraction of biological materials.
"In May, 1980, a most interesting case occurred in northern
New Mexico. A mother and her son were driving on a rural highway
near Cimarron when they observed two craft in the process of
abducting a calf. Both of them were then abducted and taken on
separate craft to the underground installation, where the woman
witnessed the mutilation of the calf. It was alleged that she also
observed vats containing cattle body parts floating in a liquid,
and another vat containing the body of a male human. The woman was
subjected to an exam and it was further alleged that small
metallic objects were implanted into her body as well as into her
son's body. More than one source has informed us that catscans
have confirmed the presence of these implants."
The above extract is from a transcript of a conversation
between Jim McCampbell and Dr. Paul Bennewitz on July 13, 1984.
Bennewitz reports that through regressive hypnosis of the mother
and child (required only in about 30% of abduction cases)and his
own follow-up investigation (including communications receive via
his computer terminal, which are ostensibly from a UFO-related
source), he was able to determine the location of the underground
facility: a kilometer underground beneath Archuleta Mesa on the
Jicarilla Apache Indian Reservation near Dulce, New Mexico (since
1976, one of the area of the U.S. hardest hit by mutilations).
Bennewitz' information is that this installation is operated
jointly as part of an on-going program of cooperation between the
U.S. government and EBEs.
There are also underground bases at Kirtland AFB and Holloman
AFB, as well as at scores of other bases around the world,
including Bentwaters, England.
Back to the base under discussion.... After Bennewitz briefed
Air Force officials on what he had found, a trip to the area
revealed the following data:
The base is 2.5 miles northwest of Dulce, and almost
overlooks the town. There is a level highway 36 feet wide going
into the area. It is a government road. One can see telemetry
trailers and buildings that are five-sided with a dome. Net to the
domes, a black limousine was noted -- a CIA vehicle. These limos
will run you off the road if you try to get into the area. To the
north there is a launch site. There are two wrecked ships there;
they are 36 feet long with wings, and one can see oxygen and
hydrogen tanks. The ships that we got out of the trade are atomic-
powered with plutonium pellets. Refueling of the plutonium is
accomplished at Los Alamos. The base has been there since 1948.
Some of the disks are piloted by the NSA. The base is 4,000
feet long and helicopters are going in and out of there all the
time. When it became known that Bennewitz was familiar with this,
the mutilations in the area stopped. In 1979, something happened
and the base was temporarily closed. There was an argument over
weapons and our people were chased out. The aliens killed 66 of
our people, and 44 got away.
One of the people who in fact got away was a CIA agent who,
before leaving, made some notes, photos, and videotapes, and went
into hiding. He has been in hiding ever since, and every six
months he contacts each of five people he left copies of the
material with. His instructions were that if he missed four
successive contacts, the people could do whatever they want with
the material.
This agent calls an individual known to MUFON. Somehow, a
description of the "Dulce Papers" was issued, and was received in
December, 1987, by many researchers. The "Dulce Papers" were
composed of 25 black and white photos, a videotape with no
dialogue and a set of papers that included technical information
regarding the jointly occupied (U.S.-Alien) facility one kilometer
beneath the Archuleta Mesa near Dulce, New Mexico. The facility
still exists and is currently operational. It is believed that
there are four additional facilities of the same type, one being
located a few miles to the southeast of Groom Lake, Nevada.
****************************************************************
"A general description of what these papers contain is that
they contain documents that discuss copper and molybdenum, and
papers that discuss magnesium and potassium, but mostly papers
about copper. Sheets of paper with charts and strange diagrams.
Papers that discuss UV light and gamma rays. These papers tell
what the aliens are after and how the blood (taken from cattle) is
used. The aliens seem to absorb atoms to eat. They put their hands
in blood, sort of like a sponge, for nourishment. It's not just
food they want; the DNA in cattle and humans is being altered. The
'Type One' creature is a lab animal. They know how to change the
atoms to create a temporary 'almost human being.' It is made with
animal tissue and depends on a computer to simulate memory, a
memory the computer has withdrawn from another human. Clones. The
'almost human being' is slow and clumsy. Real humans are used for
training, to experiment with and to breed with these 'almost
humans.' Some humans are kidnapped and used completely. Some are
kept in large tubes, and are kept alive in an amber liquid.
"Some humans are brainwashed and used to distort the truth.
Certain male humans have a high sperm count and are kept alive.
Their sperm is used to alter the DNA and create a non-gender being
called 'Type Two.' That sperm is grown in some way and altered
again, put in wombs. They resemble 'ugly humans' when growing but
look normal when fully grown, which only takes a few months from
fetus-size.
"They have a short life span, less than a year. Some female
humans are used for breeding. Countless women have had a sudden
miscarriage after about three months' pregnancy. Some never know
they were pregnant, others remember contact some way. The fetus is
used to mix the DNA in types one and two. The atomic makeup in
that fetus is half human, half 'almost human,' and would not
survive in the mother's womb. It is taken at three months and
grown elsewhere."
****************************************************************
Well, that's what the "Dulce Papers" review says. There are
some pen and ink reproductions of some of the photos made in the
laboratories (3), an illustration of what one of the wombs looks
like (2' x 4'), an illustration showing one of the tubes where one
of the "almost humans" is grown, a page showing a simple diagram
of crystalline metal, pure gold crystal, and what looks like
either a genetic or metallurgical diagram or chart. Also attached
is what looks like an x-ray diffraction pattern and a diagram of
hexagonal crystals, with a comment that they are best for
electrical conduction.
It would appear that the last half of material in the
"review" applies to the supercrystalline metal used for hull
structure, or something along that line.
****************************************************************
Obviously, this is all rather bizarre from a certain point of
view -- any point of view, in fact. Nevertheless, material that is
supported by years of descriptions and multitudes of
corroborations must mean something, especially when bumped against
what is seen to be going on.
It is apparent from this and other data that has been
accumulated over the years, that there are underground bases and
tunnel complexes all over the world, and that more are being
constructed all the time. Many of you may recall the "Shaver"
mysteries and inner-earth city stories. Well, all that is true.
There are cities down there, amongst other things, and some of
them have nothing to do with the main subject of this paper.
They've been there for a long time.
Let's change direction for a moment. One individual by the
name of Lew Tery has been working on some ideas regarding UFOs and
geomagnetic anomalies. I will go into what he has discovered
(although the concept of the relationship is not new) and let you
judge that for yourself.
After purchasing aeromagnetic and gravitational anomaly maps
from the United States Geological Survey, it becomes evident that
there was indeed a valid connection between these areas and UFOs.
Mr. Tery gave a lecture in Arizona about that relationship, and
was subsequently harassed by the FBI, and told that the
information is "sensitive." Mr. Tery took the hint and declined to
talk publicly about it to the degree that he had been doing.
Both the aeromagnetic and gravitational (Bougier Gravity)
maps indicate basic field strength, as well as areas of high and
low field strength. Interestingly enough, the areas of maximum and
minimum field strength have the following:
o All have frequent UFO sightings.
o All are either on Indian Reservations, government
land, or the government is trying to buy up the land.
o Many of them, especially where several are clustered
together, are suspected bases areas and/or areas
where mutilations and abductions have historically
taken place.
In these observations, Mr. Tery has gone far, but he has gone
a little farther in noting that there are times when the UFOs are
seen in these areas. Through painstaking research, Mr. Tery found
that the sightings, as well as many abductions and mutilations,
occur:
o On the new moon or within two days before the new
moon.
o On the full moon or within two days before the full
moon.
o At the perihelion (moon closest to earth) or within
two days before the perihelion.
A glance at the nearest farmers' almanac will give you the
information you require as far as the days for this year or any
other one. There seems to be no concrete explanation for the
coincidence of the times and the events, but it is true.
-------Continued in krill part 3 --------------------------------------------
--
-* Don Allen *- InterNet: dona@bilver.UUCP // Amiga..for the best of us.
USnail: 1818G Landing Dr, Sanford Fl 32771 \X/ Why use anything else? :-)
UUCP: ..uunet!tarpit!bilver!vicstoy!dona 0110 0110 0110 Just say NO!
Illuminati < MJ-12|Greys|TLC|CFR|FED|Bilderbergs > UN = "New World Order"
Article 5601 of alt.conspiracy:
Path: lassie!voder!pyramid!decwrl!uunet!crdgw1!ge-dab!tarpit!bilver!dona
From: dona@bilver.uucp (Don Allen)
Newsgroups: alt.alien.visitors,alt.conspiracy
Subject: FILE: OH Krill part 3
Message-ID: <1991Aug8.055219.24384@bilver.uucp>
Date: 8 Aug 91 05:52:19 GMT
Organization: W. J. Vermillion - Winter Park, FL
Lines: 788
Xref: lassie alt.conspiracy:5601
------------Krill part 3 -------------------------------------------------
****************
* CONFIDENTIAL *
****************
A SITUATION REPORT ON OUR ACQUISITION OF ADVANCED
TECHNOLOGY AND INTERACTION WITH ALIEN CULTURES
by O.H. KRILL
The Men in Black
All things considered, UFO research has become pretty much of
a circus today, and the most intriguing and controversial sideshow
skirting the edges is the question of the "silencers," or the
mysterious "Men in Black." There is a strong subliminal appeal in
these accounts of visits by mysterious dark-suited figures (I have
been visited myself, as have others I've known) attempting to
silence UFO witnesses. A typical situation would be that a witness
has a UFO sighting or UFO-related experience. Shortly thereafter
he is visited by one or more "odd"-looking men who relate to him
the minutest details of his experience, even though he has as yet
told no one for fear of ridicule or other reasons.
The men warn him about spreading the story of his experience
around and sometimes even threaten him personally, sometimes
obliquely, sometimes directly. Any evidence, if it exists, is
confiscated in one way or another. Sometimes the visit is for some
totally meaningless reason and the subject of UFOs is hardly
mentioned, if at all. But again, the men all seem to look alike.
We actually seem to find ourselves in close proximity to
beings who obviously must be directly connected in some way with
the objects themselves or the source behind them, yet they seem to
be functioning unobtrusively within the framework of our own
everyday existence.
The classic conception of an MIB is a man of indefinite age,
medium height and dressed completely in black. He always has a
black hat and often a black turtleneck sweater. They present an
appearance often described as "strange" or "odd." They speak in a
dull monotone voice, "like a computer," and are dark-complected
with high cheekbones, thin lips, pointed chin, and eyes that are
mildly slanted.
The visitors themselves are often on absurd missions. They
have reportedly posed as salesmen, telephone repairmen or
representatives from official or unofficial organizations. Their
mode of transportation is usually large and expensive cars --
Buicks or Lincolns, sometimes Cadillacs, all black, of course.
I might note at this point that their physical appearance
also has included beings that have pale-greyish skin, and that
some of them have been seen to have blond hair, yet they wear the
clothing and drive the cars previously described.
Their cars often operate with the headlights off, but ghostly
purple or greenish glows illuminate the interior. Unusual insignia
have been seen emblazoned on the doors and the license plates are
always unidentifiable or untraceable.
The fabric of their clothes has been described as strangely
"shiny" or thin, but not silky -- almost as if they have been cut
from a new type of fabric.
Their often mechanical behavior has caused them to be
described by some as being like robots or androids (think back to
the Dulce lab).
A lot of descriptions of some of these "folks" are pretty
bizarre. A businessman's family in Wildwood, New Jersey, was
visited by an unusually large man whose pants legs hiked up when
he sat down, revealing a green wire grafted onto his skin and
running up his leg.
There are other cases of MIB appearing on the other side of a
wet, muddy field after a heavy rain, but having no mud whatever on
their brightly shined shoes and in the bitter cold, out of
nowhere, wearing only a thin coat. Their shoes and wallets all
seem new and hardly broken in.
They are not alone. They seem to have faceless conspirators
in the nation's post offices and phone companies. Researchers and
witnesses often report their mail going astray at an unusually
high rate and being bothered by bizarre phone calls where they are
spoken to by metallic, unhuman-sounding voices.
Unusual noises on the phone, intensifying whenever UFOs are
mentioned, and voices breaking in on conversations, have all led
many people to suspect that their phones are being tapped.
One can't discuss the MIB for long without mentioning the
name of John A. Keel, an author who has written much about them.
Keel has done more than any other writer to publicize this bizarre
aspect of the UFO situation. Keel suggests that the UFO are part
of the environment itself and come from another time-space
continua; that most of the UFO phenomena is psychic and
psychological rather than physical. Well, I personally would not
define it that way, although those two components are certainly
deeply involved in what's going on.
The first noted appearance of the MIB was in 1947, at the
scene of the Maury Island incident, where some debris was ejected
from a disk, and subsequently recovered by officials, who loaded
them on an Army bomber which crashed on takeoff.
To illustrate a little how bizarre some of the incidents are
regarding the MIB, I have assembled a short list of some of the
more interesting factors in some cases:
o An ex-Air Force man is gassed and interrogated by MIB
after he has learned classified NASA secrets.
o Closeup photos of UFOs were seized from a teenager
who is also directly threatened by MIB.
o MIB sighted in the lobby of the U.S. State Department
leave a mysterious artifact.
o MIB pose as Air Force officers to silence witnesses.
o MIB tries to buy before-hours Coke and sings to birds
in trees.
o MIB disintegrates a coin in a witness' hand and tells
him that his heart will do the same if he talks.
****************************************************************
Throughout all this information, I have neglected to mention
some aspects of the psychology of the Greys. Dr. Paul Bennewitz,
in his original report to the government entitled "Project Beta,"
goes into some detail, which I will now discuss:
o The alien, either through evolvement or because the
humanoid types are "made," will exhibit tendencies
for bad logic. They appear to have more frailties
and weaknesses than the normal Homo Sapien.
o They are not to be trusted.
o Because of the aliens' apparent logic system, a key
decision cannot be made without higher clearance.
All are under control of what they call "The Keeper,"
yet it would appear that even this is not the final
authority. Delays as long as 12-15 hours can occur
for a decision.
o Because of this apparent control, individual
instantaneous decision-making by the alien is
limited. If the "plan" goes even slightly out of
balance or context, they become confused. Faced with
this, possibly, the humanoids would be the first to
run.
o Psychologically their morale is near disintegration.
There is pronounced dissension in the ranks -- even
with the humanoids.
o Because of their own internal vulnerability mind-wise
to each other, there is a basic lack of trust between
them.
o They appear to be totally death-oriented, and because
of this, absolutely death-fear oriented. This is a
psychological advantage.
o The prime, and weakest area discovered, probed and
tested is exactly what they have used, thinking it
their key strength -- that being the manipulation of
and control of the mind. Manipulated in reverse-
psychology they face a situation where they have a
vulnerable, integrated weakness.
o They totally respect force.
****************************************************************
Grey Physiology and Anatomy
The approximate height of most specimens is between 3.5 and
4.5 feet. The head, by human standards, is large in comparison
with the body. Facial features show a pair of eyes described as
large, sunken or deeply set, far apart or distended more than the
human, and slightly slanted as Oriental or Mongoloid. No ear lobes
or apertures on the side of the head were seen. The nose is vague.
One or tow holes have been mentioned. The mouth area is described
as a small slit or fissure. In some cases there is no mouth at
all. It appears not to function as a means for communication or
for food. The neck area is described as being thin, in some
instances not being visible at all because of the tightly-knit
garment. Most observers describe these humanoids as being
hairless. Some of the bodies recovered have a slight hair-patch
atop the head. Others have what appears to be like a silver
skullcap. There were no breathing attachments or communications
devices. This suggests telepathy with higher intelligence. In one
instance there was an opening in the right frontal lobe area,
revealing a crystalline network. This network implies the
development of a third brain.
The arms are described as long and thin, reaching down to the
knee section. The hangers each contain four fingers, with no
thumbs. Three fingers are longer than the other. Some are very
long. Some are very long. Others are very short. No description is
available of the legs and feet. Some pathologists indicate that
that section of the body was not developed as we would anticipate,
showing that some of these beings were adapted to life in the
water. There was a webbing effect between the fingers on most of
the specimens.
According to most observers, the skin is grey. Some claim it
is beige, tan or pinkish-grey. No reproductive organs or
capabilities were discovered. No phallus. No womb. Confirms
cloning mentioned by other sources. The humanoids appear to be
from a mold, sharing identical racial and biological
characteristics. There is no blood as we know it, but there is a
fluid which is greyish in color.
****************************************************************
The "Taxonomy of Extra-Terrestrial Humanoids," another
offering by George Andrews, yields some other observations:
o Working under the instructions of the humanoids
from Rigel (the Greys), CIA and former Nazi
scientists have developed and deployed malignant
strains of bacteria and viruses, including AIDS, in
order to exterminate undesirable elements of the
human population.
o The Greys are almost entirely devoid of emotions,
but can obtain a "high" by telepathically tuning in
the different kinds of intense human emotion, such
as ecstasy or agony. (Does that explain why UFOs
have always been seen in regions of war and human
conflict?)
o There are over 1,000 humans in the United States
alone who are the offspring of intergalactic or
extragalactic beings and terrestrial humans. (The
son of an acquaintance of [deleted in original]
is one.)
o Throughout recorded history, as well as during
prehistoric times, there has been constant genetic
manipulation of and interbreeding with humans in
order to breed out the less evolved simian traits.
The Nordic races have participated in this from the
beginning, and we are as much a part of them as we
might suppose.
o Greys have the ability to camouflage themselves as
tall Blonds through mental energy projection. Blonds
never project themselves as Greys. Some Blonds seen
with the Greys are physically real, but are
prisoners of the Greys who have either paralyzed
them or have destroyed their ability to teleport
through time and other dimensions. Note: A lot of
the material obtained by George Andrews has as its
source a Blond that is a time traveler that escaped
the Grey takeover of their system.
o Both Blonds and Greys have the ability to
disintegrate matter into energy and then
reintegrate the energy back into matter. This
ability allows them to pass through walls and to
transport abductees out of their cars with the
doors still locked.
o The original Rigelians were the Blonds until they
were invaded by the Greys, a parasitic race, who
took over and interbred with them. The original
Rigelians were the ones who seeded the earth. It
is because of this common ancestry that terrestrial
humanity is of such interest to both the Blonds and
the Greys.
o Terrestrial human females can be impregnated either
on board ship or while they sleep in their homes.
Males need not be manifested in visible form for
this to occur.
o The Blonds now habitate the Procyon system. The
conflict between the Blonds and the Greys is in a
state of temporary truce, although the conflict
between the Rigelian and the Sirius system is being
fought actively.
o The Blonds with speech abilities will respond
violently if attacked or threatened, but the
telepathic ones will respond peacefully.
o Blonds were sometimes mistaken for angels in
earlier centuries. They do not seem to age, and
consistently appear to be from 27 to 35 human years
old.
****************************************************************
Confused? Well, now you can see why the natural diversity of
the way things are are hard to sort out for the average
researcher. The probability that this information is true or
partially true remains fairly high, based on analysis of what we
know about abductions and general contact between humans and EBEs
that has been documented.
****************************************************************
Real Esoterica -- Sirius and the MIB
Let's regress for a moment back to the MIB. According to John
Keel, the MIB often state that they are representatives of the
"Nation of the Third Eye."
Based on some of the info we have already researched, it is
apparent that Sirius has been in contact with us for a long time.
According to George Hunt Williamson (one of the early contactees)
in his book "Other Tongues, Other Flesh," the earth allies of
Sirius, i.e., the secret societies, use the Eye of Horus as an
insignia. This symbol has also been seen on the MIB. Secret
societies believe that there is a Great White Lodge on earth. They
call it Shamballa -- and consider it to be the spiritual center of
the world. Now, theosophists such as Alice Bailey say that the
Great White Lodge is on Sirius. If the All-Seeing-Eye is a symbol
of Sirius' earth-allies and the MIB wear that symbol, and if
Shamballa represents the Great White Lodge on earth -- then the
MIB are emissaries of Shamballa. Sirius and Shamballa are two
sides of the same coin. This is verified in the book "The
Undiscovered Country," by Stephen Jenkins. Jenkins was told by
Buddhist priests that Shamballa was located in the constellation
of Orion.
The entrance to Shamballa on earth is usually placed in the
trans-Himalayan region. Some assert it is in the heart of the Gobi
Desert (where there have been allegations of crashed disks and
bases). According to the explorer Nicholas Roerich, there are
caves in the Himalayan foothills that have subterranean passages.
In one of the these passages, there is a stone door that has never
been opened, because the time for its opening has not yet arrived.
In 1930, Doreal founded the Brotherhood of the White Temple. He
says that the entrance to Shamballa is far underground. he goes on
to say that space bends around Shamballa, and that there is a warp
which leads into another universe.
****************************************************************
Let's get back to something we can have more of a direct
handle on. Many times psychics have been called upon by
investigative authorities to evaluate situations, and in many
cases what they have contributed has been very helpful.
This was done in the case of animal mutilations back in 1980
by Peter Jordan, who engaged several psychics to render their
impressions from photos and maps of mutilations and mutilation
areas. What follows is a condensation of what was found during
this exercise.
Name of Psychic: Ronald Mangravite
o This animal has been dead a few days.
o Some parts are decaying faster than others.
o There is an overload of electrolytes in the body
possibly due to injection of a citrate.
o Something wrong with blood. Picking up higher
portion of plasma which may be lymphatic fluid.
o Two men working on the animal. Very sharp surgical
knives.
o Men dressed in black. Jumpsuits. Shiny black nylon.
o Winch line coming down from chopper.
o Men are skilled ex-military.
o Something is going to be done with the tissue.
o Flurometry connection. Spectrophotometers.
o Choppers are brown or grey.
o Underground implications.
o Experimentation with different analytical techniques.
Name of Psychic: Elisabeth Lerner
o Paramilitary forces.
o A serious invasion of American privacy.
o Non-American Indians part of secret project.
o The word "Annide."
o The word "Carmine" or "Karmine."
o The symbol "dk."
o A new wave of mutilations will strike near southwest
New Mexico.
o The Hobart Company is involved in this.
(Refrigeration equipment?)
o Three huge, doughnut-shaped objects will be seen in
conjunction with these new mutilations.
o Breakthrough in research.
o Muscle relaxant injections.
o Someone with the name "Empeda."
o This is a Mexican operation.
o Names "Kielman" and "Kelman."
o Institution with many Lincoln Continentals and
Cadillacs.
o Laboratory underground.
o Lilly Pharmaceuticals.
o Roman numerals IVIII [sic].
o Name "Stephano."
o The number "1714."
o Last name "Audler."
o First name "Mase."
o Last name "Audli."
o Jet rocket labs nearby.
o Domes above the ground.
o Vehicle ID # MP 1936. Small jeeps.
o Last name "Plento."
o Initials "C.B.P." heads operation. Wears brown
military shoes. Army.
o Number "1161."
o Around an oil field.
o Place where oil crosses in an "X" pattern.
o Chemical engineering connections.
o Mustard.
o Periscope device on bottom of craft. Chopper called
"The Shark."
o Man with blond hair. English features. High forehead.
Wears square ring. Insignia reads "C.B.P." Has
something to do with ammunition. Colonel.
Name of Psychic: Nancy Fuchs
o Dusk scene. Men talking about some animal's throat.
Something missing.
o Cylindrical object.
o Long thick object inserted into jugular vein.
o Powerful energy flow emanating from device used to
kill cattle.
o Feeling of tremendous anger and hostility.
o Research implication. Minerals needed for research.
o Intimidation of rancher Gomez.
o Embryos.
o Thousands of samples needed for this breeding effect.
o Crossbreeding.
o Animal dies in seconds.
o Jolts of electricity through animal.
o Breeding and genetics involved.
o Army background.
o Liquid-filled shoes leave no prints.
o Marshall. Army. Cap with black rim and gold braid.
Pompous. White-haired. Very influential. Walks into
Pentagon whenever he pleases. Commission given 15-18
years ago for mutilation project when he was
overseas. Grand Marshall. Friend of General
MacArthur. Lives in Dakotas. Money invested. High-
priority issue. Tall. Heavyset. Only 17 people know
of this.
o Project with $2.5 million allocated early in game for
breeding experimentation. Late 1960s through
Pentagon. More and more money invested every year.
o Land wanted. Want to destroy ranchers prime source
of income.
o John Mitchell connected to this.
o Howard Hughes.
o Uranium connection.
o Picture complex. Faction-ridden.
o Interest in speeding up growth of cattle.
o Importance of pancreas.
****************************************************************
Well, there you have that little presentation. I don't know
what exactly to make of it, but there it is. Certainly a non-UFO
implication here, however, it only relates to THREE mutilations.
How about the other 10,000 -- most of which have the UFO
connection? What did I tell you about a multi-level reality?
****************************************************************
At this point, I will put some references and excerpts from
some volumes that I believe are relevant to all the things we've
been talking about. Where I feel it is applicable, I will comment
on them.
"The Goblin Universe"
(p222) The ability to materialize mental constructs is not
unknown. Suppose one creates a field with the mind that is strong
enough to attract supercharged particles. The particles are real
but unstable in their assemblage since the stability depends on
the intermediate mental component.
(p223) Physical aspect of UFOs and other phenomena lie in the
behavior of electromagnetic fields.
(p124) If all UFO incidents were chance encounters, someone
would have obtained a filmed record or a series of stills years
ago. The only way that such episodes can be engineered so that
they remain total mysteries is for the entities to have advance
knowledge of any situation before it occurs.
(p117, referencing John Keel) These entities labor to
cultivate belief in various frames of reference, and then they
create new manifestation which support those beliefs.
(p120) Illness is common after close contact with some
beings.
(p122) Guy Underwood classified primary geomagnetic currents
into three classes: water lines, aquastats, and track lines. Some
magnetic signals appear as spirals, others are linear. Gnats and
flies congregate above magnetic patterns.
****************************************************************
"Extra-Terrestrials Among Us"
(p2-3) On several occasions after UFOs flew over missile
sites, it was found that the targeting of the missiles had
changed, and the warheads had to be replaced.
(p3) On 22 June 1980 a UFO that was 10 miles in diameter was
reported over the Kuwait oil fields.
(p4) On July 30, 1985, a UFO over Mongolia that was 10 km in
diameter was reported heading south. It was sighted by a Chinese
jet and reported in the "Japan Times." The Unites States ignored
this report.
(p8) JANAP-146 specifies up to 10 years in prison and $10,000
in fines for anyone in government service who makes unauthorized
public statements about UFO phenomena. The British Official
Secrets Act makes similar provisions.
(p9) Many routes of UFOs take the form of an isosceles
triangle.
(p16) On September 14, 1978, a UFO as big as an ocean liner
flew over Italy, and over Rome on the 15th and 16th.
Comment: This was two weeks before Pope John Paul I was found
dead under suspicious circumstances. He was killed between
September 28-29. Autopsy was refused. It was rumored he intended
to reveal the Fatima message of 1917.
(p 20) UFOs dart around in daylight at speeds which cannot be
seen.
(p22) An individual having one CE experience usually has
another.
(p24) There is no basis to support psychiatric pathology for
UFO witnesses.
(p24) Dr. Brian T. Clifford (Pentagon) announces on October
5, 1982, that contact between U.S. citizens and extraterrestrials
on their vehicles is illegal. Title 14, Section 1211 of the Code
of Federal Regulations (adopted July 16, 1969, before the first
manned lunar landing) says that anyone guilty of this becomes a
wanted criminal to be jailed for one year and fined $5,000. The
NASA administrator is empowered to determine WITH OR WITHOUT A
HEARING that a person has been "ET-exposed" and impose
INDETERMINATE quarantine under armed guard, which cannot be broken
even by court order.
(p89) Mars has a history of transient phenomena.
(p90) Temporary brilliant spots on Mars were reported by
astronomers in 1890, 1892, 1900, 1911, 1924, 1937, 1952, 1954,
1967, and 1971. The distribution was non-random. Intensely dark
spots, transient in nature, were reported on Mars in 1925, 1952,
and 1954.
(p93) About 33% of abductees are able to remember the
experiences without hypnotic regression. 66% of the abductees were
alone when abducted.
(p94) Some abductees did not return but vanished permanently
or were found dead after a UFO encounter.
(p25) Records of the 687 B.C. battle between the Assyrians
and the Hebrews indicate that "a blast from heaven" reduced the
bodies of 185,000 Assyrians to ashes but left their clothes
intact.
(p145) Morris K. Jessup died under mysterious circumstances
after a copy of his book "Case for the UFO" was sent to the Chief
of the Office of Naval Research (ONR) in Washington.
(p146 -- comments from "Case for the UFO")
o Falls from the sky of flesh, blood, reptiles, etc.,
were due to either spoiled food or cleaning of
holding tanks.
o Comments describe TWO different space races who share
the planet with us without our knowledge. They are
not visitors -- they have been here longer than we
have. They feel more at ease in the ocean.
o The little men were almost wiped out by a serpent
race identified only as the "S-men." S-men are
ravenous for red meat, extremely materialistic, and
are greedy for power. Comment: Sounds like the Deros
of Shavarian fame.
(p147) Thanks to Allen Dulles in partnership with Reinhard
Gehlen, the Gestapo was transplanted intact into the United States
system as the CIA, without the knowledge or consent of American
citizens. Comment: Remember Reagan placing wreaths on graves of SS
stormtroopers at the 40th anniversary of WWII? Roots of that
symbolic gesture go deep.
(p147) Reference the Intelligence Identity Protection Act of
1981: Freedom to speak about anything but the CIA. Some claim that
concentration camps have already been built. Activation was sealed
by Executive Order Rex 84. The next REX exercise in in 1988.
(p148) Jessup: "I believe that space structures of 5-10 miles
in diameter are sufficiently large to produce intelligently
directed storms."
(p150) Alleged alien comment in annotated edition of "Case
for the UFO": "Men frozen helpless make good prey."
(p151) Dr. James E. McDonald thought that the Federal Power
Commission was evading the evidence concerning UFO involvement in
the total power failure that paralyzed New York on July 13, 1965,
and dared to say so in front of a Congressional committee.
(p152) On June 13, 1971, James E. McDonald was found dead
under mysterious circumstances, shot through the head with a
pistol by his side.
(p153) Murder disguised as suicide is one of the well-known
specialties of the CIA.
(p153) There is ample documentation suggesting that among the
highest-priority covert operations of the CIA are those supplying
heroin to the Mafia. The "war on drugs" is in fact a war on the
independent drug dealer who constitutes a threat to the Mafia
monopoly. Comment: Additional ways to subdue the population or
eliminate undesirables?
(p156) Karen Silkwood's murder disguised as auto accident.
(p159) George Adamski, contactee in the 1950s had a special
government passport. Possible CIA disinformation agent.
(p162) Although mutilations were reported in England as early
as 1904-1905, ("Winter of Weirdness"), the large-scale operations
there began in 1973.
(p163) A rancher and his sons saw a UFO as big as a hotel
which was accompanied by four smaller ones. Rectangular in shape,
300-400 feet long, and 60 feet high. A helicopter approached it
and turned into a small UFO.
(p163) Phantom cars appear on roads, follow people, and
disappear.
(p163) A rancher and his wife looked at a UFO 5/8 of a mile
away and reported that two appendages emerged from the egg-shaped
object.
(p164) Apparently UFOs have the capability of invisibility.
(p164) Materialization of a Bigfoot before a witness.
(p164) Dematerialization of Bigfoot before witness who shot
it with a 16-gauge shotgun at point-blank range into its stomach.
(p166) On August 21, 1975, a sheriff was chasing an unmarked
helicopter in his plane in southwestern Nebraska at 0430 when
the lights on the helicopter went out, and the only thing seem on
the ground was a missile silo.
(p166) About the time mutilations began in earnest (1973
wave), a new branch of science was beginning to develop --
biogeochemistry -- analysis of mineral and oil deposits by
analysis of tissues of herbivorous animals.
(p168) An elderly lady in Arkansas in 1979 injured herself
and was cut during a fall. The injuries were repaired by two
aliens, who gave her a piece of metal with pyramids and six-
pointed stars on it. The aliens told her they "consumed juice,"
but not the kind consumed by humans. Six weeks later, she was out
looking for her dog and spotted a horse lying on its side,
unconscious.
Two men in white, dressed like surgeons, were at work on the
horse. There were two Air Force helicopters parked in the
clearing, two men in Air Force uniforms, and the same two aliens
who had helped her after her fall. The lady was spotted by the
group and she was overtaken by a helicopter which flashed a blue
light on her which burned her clothing. Help arrived as the
helicopter retreated, and she was brought to the local hospital.
People having nothing to do with the hospital staff began turning
up to question her. After release she was harassed at all hours by
strangers who insisted on questioning her, repeating the same
questions over and over again. The couple moved to a different
state, only to have it start all over again. MUFON began
investigating this case, but as of 1986 had not yet made public
its conclusions. Research into the case began in 1980.
(p171) Tissue samples taken from a carcass revealed the
presence of chlorpromazine, a tranquilizer.
(p171 comment by Gabe Valdez) "Whoever is doing these
mutilations are highly organized and have a lot of resources."
(p172) The theory of biogeochemical basis for the mutilations
fails to account for the fact that mutilations are worldwide.
(p174) When FBI agent Rommel was given $50K to investigate
the mutilations in one district in New Mexico, all mutilations in
that district stopped during the year.
(p177) The Condon Report, Rommel Report, and the Warren
Report all have a resemblance.
(p177) The human tendency to avoid facing unpleasant facts
may allow parasitic entities to "farm us."
(p178) A seven-year-old heifer was found whose unborn calf
had been removed with breaking the placental bag.
(p181) U.S. Senate lied to by Pentagon in 1968 during Senate
hearings on UFOs.
(p200) In an anonymous letter to a Denver paper on April 8,
1983, it was told that the mutilations are being done by a secret
government group called Delta. Animal parts are used to test
effects of germ warfare and poison (cyanide and dioxin) they are
testing on civilians in America. Testing is associated with black
helicopters. Helicopters are also used to ferry heroin and
cocaine. Delta bases said to be all underground on Indian
Reservations. HQ for operations and where a lot of choppers are
based in 28 miles east of Albuquerque on I-40, then 14 miles north
on a dirt road into the Laguna Indian Reservation. Comment:
Disinformation attempt?
(p204, UPI story, February 2, 1984) Dr. James Womack at
Texas A&M University announced his discovery that humans share
"perfect match" chromosomes with cattle. The perfect match is with
portions of the 21st chromosome pair, a strand known to carry
characteristics of Mongolism or Down's Syndrome, associated with
mental retardation. Dr. Womack says, "We must have more in common
than previously believed."
(p205, 1984 letter) A recent arrival on the nutritional scene
is protomorphogens, or glandulars -- ground up glands of cattle. If
one takes these for a year you get "hooked" on them. Your own
glands stop producing hormones.
Many EBEs have no alimentary canals and no glands.
In some cancer clinics, these glandulars are used to treat
cancer victims, and so are glands from human fetuses.
(p206) What is happening with the mutilations would make
sense in human terms if the location on which the cattle grazed
was important, or the parts taken could be used geobiologically
(which they aren't).
(p208) UFOs are: Extraterrestrial, ultraterrestrial,
interdimensional, and time travelers.
(p208) Some UFOs behave as if the UFO itself was a living
organism. Comment: Refer to Trevor James Constable's book "Sky
Creatures," for a discussion of biological aeroforms, of "Flying
Saucers at Etibi-Raa," by Wendell Stevens for a discussion of just
that subject.
(p208) Entities with cyborg-like traits, having both
mechanical and biological features, turn up quite frequently in
reports.
(p208) It is odd that among the viruses there are some that
look like UFOs, like T. Bacteriophage. Do some UFO have the
ability to operate in the micro-dimension of viruses? Comment: In
the discipline of Yoga is noted the ability to become large or
small.
(p209) Anyone with more access to even one more dimension
than we have access to could evade our most carefully planned
investigations indefinitely.
(p210) Modern brain capacity: 1300cc
Cro-magnon man: 1400cc
Baskop man (megroid [sic] race): 1800cc
The last two appeared quite suddenly.
(p210) Theory of Max H. Flindt attributes paradoxically rapid
development of the human brain to interbreeding between primitive
humanity and ETs.
According to Flindt, schizophrenia is caused by subconscious
racial memory of the ET branch of the family tree, longing for
home. Considerable differences between glandular and nervous
systems between primitive humans and ETs would provide a basis for
traumatic tension associated with regressed memory.
(p210) Our civilization has forgotten the existence of other
intelligent beings in the universe.
(p211) The idea that Homo Sapiens is unique is becoming no
longer tenable.
****************************************************************
----------Concluded in krill part 4 --------------------------------------
--
-* Don Allen *- InterNet: dona@bilver.UUCP // Amiga..for the best of us.
USnail: 1818G Landing Dr, Sanford Fl 32771 \X/ Why use anything else? :-)
UUCP: ..uunet!tarpit!bilver!vicstoy!dona 0110 0110 0110 Just say NO!
Illuminati < MJ-12|Greys|TLC|CFR|FED|Bilderbergs > UN = "New World Order"
Article 5603 of alt.conspiracy:
Path: lassie!voder!pyramid!decwrl!olivea!uunet!crdgw1!ge-dab!tarpit!bilver!dona
From: dona@bilver.uucp (Don Allen)
Newsgroups: alt.alien.visitors,alt.conspiracy
Subject: FILE: OH Krill part 4 (Conclusion)
Message-ID: <1991Aug8.055411.24453@bilver.uucp>
Date: 8 Aug 91 05:54:11 GMT
Organization: W. J. Vermillion - Winter Park, FL
Lines: 841
Xref: lassie alt.conspiracy:5603
-----krill part 4 (Conclusion) --------------------------------------------------
****************
* CONFIDENTIAL *
****************
A SITUATION REPORT ON OUR ACQUISITION OF ADVANCED
TECHNOLOGY AND INTERACTION WITH ALIEN CULTURES
by O.H. KRILL
Well, as if this weren't enough, let's examine the basic
allegations that were raised by Gary Stollman when he held an
empty BB gun to David Horowitz on KNBC Channel 4, Los Angeles, in
October, 1987. Gary clearly though that he was alone in his
knowledge, and evidently turned to desperation to have the public
become aware of what he knew. For the sake of brevity, I will
simply summarize the allegations, and make comments where I wish
to do so:
o His physical father is in fact a clone created by
the CIA and alien forces.
o Cloning is a part of a plot to overthrow the U.S
government.
o The CIA maintains mental-retraining hospitals.
o Phones were turned off at Rohlman Psychiatric
Hospital in Cincinnati for 48 hours after his
arrival.
o A former CIA official had an interview on KPFK radio
in which he told a college audience that the CIA has
towed barges across New York Harbor that were
disease-ridden.
o The CIA may have created the AIDS virus to wipe out
the gay population. Comment: Hmmm, where have we
heard THAT before?
o The CIA assassinated John F. Kennedy and the 22
material witnesses who died with two years. Comment:
Hmmmm, I have heard that as well.
o He demands that the Air Force release all
information on UFOs.
o He demands that the information about Hanger 18 at
Wright-Patterson [AFB] be released.
o He relates that he spoke to a girl at Florida Junior
College who told him that seven of her friends had
been "replaced."
o The CIA doesn't trust people on computers.
o Individuals at the Optimist Boys School in Pasadena
were recruited by others and given false IDs and
birth certificates.
o There is a secret group led by the President's own
staff.
o There are beings around with the power to teleport
instantly and do the same to others; who can read
and control minds, and transform matter into other
forms and create it at will.
o He asks for a congressional investigation and
federal protection.
o He states that he cannot harm anyone with an empty
BB gun.
****************************************************************
Well, what do you think? [Name deleted in original, replaced
with the word "MUFON"] contacted Mr. Stollman's lawyer in
December, 1987, and told him that some of what Gary had said may
be true. His lawyer promptly made himself scarce.
****************************************************************
For some of you who keep an eye on the news, the President
(Reagan) has said some mighty interesting things in some speeches
of his:
To the students of Fallston High School in Fallston, Maryland, on
December 4, 1985, he said:
"I couldn't but -- one point in our discussions with General
Secretary Gorbachev -- when you stop to think that we're all God's
children, wherever we may live in the world, I couldn't help but
say to him, just think how easy his task and mine might be in
these meetings that we held if suddenly there was a threat to this
world from some other species from another planet outside in the
universe. We'd forget all the little local differences that we
have between our countries and we would find out once and for all
that we really are all human beings on this earth together.
"Well, I don't suppose we can wait for some alien race to
come down and threaten us...."
To the 42nd General Assembly of the United Nations, September 21,
1987:
"In our obsession with antagonisms of the moment, we often
forget how much unites all the members of humanity. Perhaps we
need some outside universal threat to make us recognize this
common bond. I occasionally think how quickly our differences
worldwide would vanish if we were facing an alien threat from
outside this world. And yet, I ask you, is not an alien force
already among us? What could be more alien to the universal
aspirations of our peoples than war and the threat of war?"
Comment: Apparently Mr. Reagan doesn't realize that war is NOT
alien to the aspirations of peace -- it's always been here.
****************************************************************
Does Mr. Reagan know something that we know but the general public
doesn't know about what is happening and what will happen within
the next five years?
General Types of Entities
The Greys are known to be of three types:
o Grey 1: 3.5 feet tall. Large head. Large slanted eyes. Worship
Technology and don't care about us. Type popularized in
"Communion" by Strieber.
o Grey 2: Same general appearance, although has a different
finger arrangement and a slightly different face.
More sophisticated than Grey 1. They possess a degree
of common sense and are somewhat passive. It is not
known if they require the secretions needed by Grey 1.
o Grey 3: Same basic type. Lips thinner. Subservient to other
two types.
Other entities known to frequent this planet:
o Blonds/Swedes/Nordics: Known by any of these names. Similar to
us. Blond hair, blue eyes. Will not break law of non-
interference to help us. Would only intervene if the
Greys' activity would affect other parts of the
universe.
o Interdimensional: Entities that can assume a variety of shapes.
Basically of a peaceful nature.
o Short Humanoids: 1.5 to 2.5 feet tall, skin bluish in color.
Seen quite frequently in Mexico near Chihuahua.
o Hairy Dwarfs: 4 feet tall. Weigh about 35 pounds. Hairy.
Neutral. Respect intelligent life.
o Very Tall Race: Look like us but 7-8 feet tall. United with
the Swedes.
o Nordic Clones: Appear similar to us but with grey tinge to their
skin. These are drones created by the Greys. Child-
like mentality.
o Men-In-Black (MIB): Oriental or olive-skinned. Eyes sensitive to
light. Eyes have vertical pupils. Very pale skin in
some types. Do not conform easily to our social
patterns. Usually wear black clothes, drive black cars,
and wear sunglasses. In groups they all dress alike.
Sometimes time-disoriented. they cannot handle a
psychological "curve-ball" or interruption to their
plan. Often intimidate UFO witnesses and impersonate
government officials. Equivalent of our CIA. From
another galaxy.
Although there are some 40 or more known types of aliens visiting
our world at the present time, these are the most commonly seen
types.
Extract of information from: "UFO Contact from Undersea,"
Sanchez/Stevens
Section 1: Regression session, Filiberto Cardenas (subject)
Event date: 3 January 1979 UFO CEIII
During the regression session(s) the following
information came forth:
1. Subject was taken to one of three pyramid bases. Two pyramid
bases are under ocean, one on land. Subject was taken to base
between Berin and Santiago of the coast of Chile. Other underwater
base is in the Atlantic in an unspecified location. The base was
entered through an underwater tunnel. The aliens stated that they
had been there 36 months at that time.
2. Aliens told the subject that there were six (6) other
individuals whom the aliens had contacted.
3. Subject stated that the aliens voiced that they were eventually
going to make themselves known to the world.
4. Aliens stated that they control the Chinese, and they have
provided the Chinese with a device that can "paralyze cities and
towns completely."
5. Aliens stated that the device will cause a change that "is
going to be something for which the world cannot wait." The
Chinese are to provoke certain unspecified changes, and that in
those changes, "people who are negative will disappear."
6. Subject remembers seeing (future) scenes of people running
disoriented along roads, and that there is a disaster coming.
7. Details of underwater tunnel described as walls of " firmed
water," not rock. The ship evidently generated a force field which
repelled the water around it.
8. Devices were supposedly installed in subject's head by aliens.
Subsequent x-rays revealed nothing.
(Session 3)
1. First contact with these groups of aliens began 4,000 years
ago.
2. It has been thousands of years since this group last descended
to earth.
3. If progress on earth does not continue, aliens will use more
forceful demonstrations to get their point across that we must
have peace and progress.
4. Subject was interrogated for 15 days after the events by US
security and intelligence services.
5. Information from aliens had also to do with "an atrocity in the
plans certain forces on earth had planned."
6. Subject was seven years old when contact with aliens first
occurred.
7. Aliens have ability to dematerialize their craft.
8. Aliens stated that we should beware of other alien groups who
will present themselves in a good light but if they pursue "bad
objectives against us they could do two things. They could destroy
this planet with the same arms that this planet has, or on the
contrary, transport away all our arms in one operation, which
would take no more than 20 minutes of our time. They can be
visible or not, whatever they choose."
8. [sic] Treatise references 81 other crossbreeds from (negative)
aliens who have performed duties on earth. Half alien-half
earthling = Crossbreed
9. Aliens spoke of great portions of land and whole cities will
[sic] disappear. Mexico City and major cities in California.
History and Operations -- Operation Trojan Horse
The amusing little mystery of flying saucers slowly evolves
into a complicated series of coincidences and paradoxes as we
plunge deeper and deeper into the data, excluding nothing, and
considering everything as objectively as possible.
Our skies have been filled with "Trojan Horses" throughout
history, and like the original Trojan Horse, the SEEM to conceal
hostile intent.
Several facts are now apparent:
o The objects have always chosen to operate in a
clandestine manner, furtively choosing the hours of
darkness for their enigmatic activities over thinly-
populated areas, where the possibility of being detected
is slight.
o The hostility factor is further supported by the fact
that the objects chose, most often, to appear in forms
which we can readily accept and explain to our own
satisfaction -- ranging from dirigibles to meteors and
conventional-appearing airplanes.
o The objects of unusual configuration, undoubtedly
constituting a deceptive minority of all the
paraphysical objects flitting about in our atmosphere.
In other words, flying saucers are not at all what we have
hoped they were. They are a part of something else. John A. Keel
called that something else "Operation Trojan Horse."
When one really digs into UFO literature, it readily becomes
clear that the ultraterrestrials deliberately conveyed whatever
impression that would meet the available frame of reference for
that time.
Until 1848, the religious frame of reference was constantly
used by the phenomenon. As man's technology improved many of our
old beliefs were discarded and the "phenomenon" was obliged to
update its manifestations and establish new frames of reference.
No more objects were seen in 1947 than had been seen in 1847. We
were simply seeing them in a new way. A new game was being played
with us.
A new game has emerged: the artifact or hardware game. The
phenomenon has always obliged us by planting false evidence all
over the landscape.
UFO cultists trapped themselves into a hopeless situation
almost from the outset. The apparent purpose of most of the
landings seems to have been to advance belief in the frame of
reference, not to provide absolute proof that the frame of
reference is authentic.
Physical Evidence
All kinds of junk have fallen out of the sky throughout
recorded history. Ivan T. Sanderson has in his files extensive
lists that go back to Roman times. Ridiculous things such as stone
pillars and heavy metal wheels have come crashing out of the blue,
and there are countless cases of ice blocks, some weighing
hundreds of pounds, dropping all over this planet. The flying
saucers have been spewing all kinds of trash all over the
landscape. In nearly every instance, these materials always prove
to be ordinary earthly substances like magnesium, aluminum,
chromium, and even plain old tin. Each of these incidents give the
skeptics new ammunition.
Mysterious hollow spheres have also been dropping out of the
sky all over the world. Three such spheres were found in the
Australian desert in 1963. They were about 14 inches in diameter
and had a shiny polished surface. Efforts to open the spheres
failed, and they were turned over to the USAF. Other metal spheres
have dropped out of the sky in Mexico (1967) and Conway, Arkansas
(1967). The Mexican steel ball was identified as titanium, the one
in Arkansas steel.
Smaller colored spheres were found scattered over the French
countryside in 1966-67, as if it had been raining balls there.
Where is all this stuff coming from? The same place as the stone
pillars and blocks of ice. Innumerable cases of contact and
landings have been flushed down the ufological drain because of
the deliberate "negative factors." Sincere witnesses have actually
been ruined because the amateur UFO investigators have accused
them of being liars and worse.
Another fascinating game which the ufonauts play with a
vengeance is the "repair" gambit. Beginning in 1897, there has
been an endless stream of stories and reports, many from reliable
witnesses, on how they encountered a grounded UFO and observed the
occupants making repairs of some kind. The basic details in all
these stories are so similar that it seems as if the ufonauts are
following a carefully rehearsed procedure.
Generally speaking, there are three (3) types of beings
observed in relation to UFOs:
o Normal-looking people, including females.
o Oriental, dark-skinned beings.
o Unidentifiable creatures, who have made a real effort to
hide from witnesses.
Oddly enough, when all the reports and the data is in, the
scope of the phenomenon and the overwhelming quantity of reports
negates its validity. An analysis of cases indicates that flying
saucers are not, in most cases, stable machines requiring fuel,
maintenance, and logistical support. Most of them are, in all
probability, transmutations of energy from other dimensions and do
not exist in the same way that this paper exists.
The UFO phenomenon seems to be largely subjective: that is,
specific kinds of people become involved and are actually
manipulated by the phenomenon in the same way that it manipulates
matter. These subjective experiences are far more important to our
study that the "random" superficial sightings. We are obliged to
forget about the sightings and concentrate on the claims and
experiences of the contactees.
Thousands of UFO photos have been taken since 1882. There's
just one problem. With very few exceptions, no two UFO photos are
alike. The sightings force two unacceptable answers upon us:
o All the witnesses were mistaken or lying.
o Some tremendous unknown civilization is exerting an all-
out effort to manufacture thousands of different types of
UFOs and is sending them all to our planet.
The governments of the world overtly have maintained
variations of the first proposal. UFO enthusiasts accept the
second. There is a third proposal which merits some attention:
some "hard" objects definitely exist as temporary materializations
from other dimensions. They leave indentations in the ground when
they land. Witnesses have touched them and even been inside them.
These "hard" objects may be decoys to cover the multitudinous
activities of the "soft" objects. The "soft" objects hold one of
the keys of the mystery. There are countless sightings of objects
which changed size and shape in front of witnesses who often get
the impression that it was alive, that it was not behaving like a
mechanical object at all.
There is no question at all that there are intelligences that
can manipulate or materialize any kind of object into our
dimension. Let's take a look, for a second, at the electromagnetic
spectrum. As you know, our visual spectrum makes up a small
portion of the whole. Look at what's involved with UFOs:
Ultraviolet
Blue UFO ENTRY FIELD _________________
Cyan ____________________________________
Green Visible
Yellow
Red __________________ Spectrum
Magenta _________________
Infra-red UFO DEPARTURE
Heat FIELD
Radio
If you will relate this to cases that you are familiar with,
as far as appearance, spectrum shift when in flight, etc., you
will see the applicability of the above diagram.
When UFO stabilize in our dimension they radiate energy on
all frequencies and become glowing white. Radical maneuvers
require a frequency alteration, which produces color changes. It
is interesting to note that in Blue Book Report #14, they replaced
the phrase "Electromagnetic Phenomenon" with the word "Unknown" in
a majority of those cases. Why? There is no doubt that again, a
situation exists where we have multiple realities within the UFO
realm as well. It is clear that we are not dealing with random ET
visitors. It has an extreme element of intention to do with all of
it. Mutilations started in April, 1897, with the abduction of
Alexander Hamilton's calf, witnessed by several people. That is
one of the constants that has been with us that has not changed
frame of reference. How many people give thought to the three
dark-skinned wise men who appeared before the birth of Jesus,
spread the reality of the happening, and disappeared again. All
the dark-skinned men in threes. MIB. It makes you wonder. Hmmmm.
Charting the Enigma
Well, here we are again. Taking a sample of 33% of 10,000 or
so cases, or about 3,330 cases, we find that 730 are so-called
Type I, a low-level object observed and reported by reliable
witnesses. It was found that 2,600 were Type II, high-altitude
objects performing in a controlled manner and distinct from normal
aircraft and natural phenomena. The time of the sightings depends
on where you are. If you are in a rural area, sightings
conveniently begin after 10 p.m. A populated area would have them
between 2 a.m. and 4 a.m. For some reason, in many "flaps,"
Wednesday had about 20.5% of the sightings. Hmmm.
Now, if the UFO phenomenon (and I dislike that word) had a
purely psychic basis then I would think there would be more
sightings on a Saturday, when people are statistically out and
about than on Wednesday. There are notable exceptions to
everything of course, one of which was the "flap" of August 16,
1966, which was on a Tuesday.
Reports seem to cluster within political boundaries of
states, as if there were a methodical exploration of states from
border to border. If the UFO were a natural occurrence, one would
expect otherwise.
Thousands of sightings can be fitted into the "great circle"
route, and often the dates are staggered so that it appears that
the phenomenon moves systematically from point to point.
Every state in the United States has from two to ten
"windows." These are areas where UFOs appear repeatedly year after
year. The objects will appear in these places and pursue courses
confined to sectors with a radius of about 200 miles. The great
circle from Canada (not to be confused with the traditional Great
Circle) in the northwest through the central states and back into
northeast Canada is a major window. Hundreds of smaller windows
lie within that circle. Another major window is centered in the
Gulf of Mexico and encompasses much of Mexico, Texas and the
Southwest.
As mentioned previously, many windows center directly over
area of magnetic deviation.
UFOs seem to congregate about the highest available hills in
these window areas. They become visible in these centers and then
radiate outward, traveling sometimes 100-200 miles before
disappearing again.
****************************************************************
Among the great heaps of neglected and ignored UFO data, we
find hundreds of "minipeople" accounts. These are very rarely
published anywhere because they tend to be so unbelievable. Most of
them are identical to the fairy and gnome stories of yesteryear.
Witnesses to these events can experience conjunctivitis, akinesia
(paralysis), amnesia, and the other effects often noted by
witnesses to more conventional events. One notable event is one
that occurred in Seattle, Washington, in the latter part of
August, 1965. A woman awoke around 2 a.m. and discovered she could
not move a muscle or make a sound. Her window was open, and
suddenly a tiny, football-sized dull-grey object floated through
the window and hovered over the carpet near her bed. Three legs
lowered from the object and it settled to the floor. A small ramp
extended from it and five or six tiny people clambered out and
seemed to work on some kind of repairs on the object. They wore
tight-fitting clothing. When they were finished, they got in and
the object took off and sailed out the window. At that point, she
was able to move. The case was investigated by J. Russell Jenkins
of Seattle.
You can readily see why almost none of these kinds of stories
ever appear in print, except in occult-oriented literature.
Nevertheless, if we hope to assess the true UFO situation, we must
examine all these stories. We can learn nothing by considering
only those incidents which are emotionally and intellectually
acceptable to us.
****************************************************************
TIME is one of the most important aspects of the UFO thing.
It plays a strange but significant role. Part of the answer may
not lie in the stars but in the clock ticking on your fireplace.
Our world exists in three dimensions. We can move in many
directions within these dimensions. Space does not exist except
when we make it exist. To us, the distance between atoms in our
matter is so minute that it can only be calculated with
hypothetical measurements. Yet, if we lived on an atom, and our
size was relative to its size, the distance to the next atom would
seem awesome.
There is another man-made measurement called time. Unlike the
other three dimensions, time has us seemingly trapped. Time
becomes very real to us, and it appears that we couldn't live
without it. Yet time doesn't really exist at all. This moment
exists to us. Does this mean the same moment is being shared by
other planets?
The UFO phenomenon does seem to be controlled. It does follow
intelligent patterns. If the objects themselves are manifestations
of higher energies, then something has to manipulate those
energies somehow and reduce them to the visible frequencies. Not
only do they enter the visible frequencies, but they take forms
which seem physical and real to us, and they carry out actions
which seem to be intelligent.
Thus we arrive at the source. The source has to be a form of
intelligent energy operating at the highest possible point of the
frequency spectrum. If such an energy exists at all, it might
permeate the universe and maintain equal control of each
component part. Because of its very high frequency, so high that
the energy particles are virtually standing still, the source has
no need to replenish itself in any way that would be acceptable to
our environmental sciences. It could actually create and destroy
matter by manipulating the lower energies. It would be timeless,
because it exists beyond all time fields. It would be infinite
because it is not confined by three-dimensional "space."
Children. Children figure neatly into this, and they always
have. The child's mind, especially before the so-called age of
reason when the logic circuits begin to form, is a clear
instrument, open and uninfluenced by opinions and conclusions.
This is an important point in the UFO mystery.
Perhaps if we were in a pure energy state, each particle of
energy would itself serve as a synapse, and information could be
stored by a slight alteration in frequency. All the memory
fragments of a rose, for example, would be recorded at one
frequency, and the whole energy form could tune into that memory
by adjusting frequencies, as we might adjust a radio receiver. In
other words, no complex circuitry would be required. No body would
be necessary. The energy patterns would not need material form. It
would permeate the entire universe. It could surround you
completely at this very moment and be aware of all the feeble
impulses of low energy passing through your brain. If it so
desired, it could control those pulses and thus control your
thoughts. Man has always been aware of this intelligent energy or
force. He has always worshipped it.
Our first conclusion is that the UFOs originate from beyond
our own time frame or time cycle. Our second conclusion is that
the source has total foreknowledge of human events and even of
individual lives. Since time and space are not absolutes, these
two conclusions are compatible.
It is that all human events occur simultaneously when viewed
by a greater intelligence. If a greater intelligence wants to
communicate with a lower form, all kinds of problems are
presented. The communication must be conducted in a manner which
will be meaningful and understandable to the lower life form. An
acceptable frame of reference must be found and utilized.
UFO phenomenon, especially the "soft" ones, are frequently
reflective; that is, the observed manifestations seem to be
deliberately tailored and adjusted to the individual beliefs and
attitudes of the witnesses. Contactees are given information
which, in most cases, conforms to their beliefs. UFO researchers
who concentrate on one particular aspect or theory find themselves
inundated with seemingly reliable reports which seem to
substantiate that theory.
John Keel's extensive experiences with this reflective factor
led him to carry out weird experiments which confirmed that a
large part of the reported data is engineered and deliberately
false. The witnesses are not the perpetrators, but merely the
victims.
The apparent purpose of all this false data is multifold.
Much of it is meant to create confusion and diversion. Some of it
has served to support certain beliefs which were erroneous but
which would serve as stepping-stones to the higher, more complex
truth. Whole generations have come and gone, happily believing in
the false data, unaware that they were mere links in the chain.
If it were all understood too soon, we might crumble under
the weight of the truth. This earth is covered with windows into
those other unseen worlds. If we had the instruments to detect
them, we would find that these windows are the focal points for
super high-frequency waves -- the "rays" of ancient lore. These
rays might come from Orion or the Pleiades as the ancients
claimed, or they might be part of the great force that emanates
throughout the universe. The UFOs have given us the evidence that
such rays exist. Now, slowly, we are being told why.
****************************************************************
It is also apparent that some entities are having a good
laugh at our expense. As mentioned before, literature indicates
that the phenomenon carefully cultivated the religious frame of
reference in early times, just as the modern manifestations have
carefully supported the extraterrestrial frame of reference.
The Devil's emissaries of yesteryear have been replaced by
the mysterious "men in black." A major, but little-explored,
aspect of the UFO phenomenon is therefore theological and
philosophical rather than purely scientific. The UFO problem can
never be untangled by physicists and scientists unless they are
men who also are schooled in the other disciplines.
The earth was occupied before man arrived or was created.
That's an important point to consider. The original occupants were
paraphysical and possessed the power of transmutation of matter.
Man was the interloper. The inevitable conflict arose between
physical man and the paraphysical owners of the planet. Man
accepted the interpretation that this conflict raged between his
creator and the Devil. The religious viewpoint has always been
that the Devil has been attacking man (trying to get rid of him)
by causing havoc upon him. There is historical and modern proof
that this may be so.
It is interesting that parapsychologists have long concluded
that the paralysis that contactees experience is a contributing
cause; that the entity may materialize by utilizing energy from
the percipient himself.
John Keel has in his files hundreds of cases, some of which
have now been investigated by qualified psychiatrists, in which
young men and women obsessed with the UFO phenomenon have suffered
frightening visits from apparitions, followed up by mysterious
black Cadillacs which appeared and disappeared suddenly, and have
been terrified into up their pursuit of the UFOs. The phenomenon
is again reflective in nature; the more frightened the victim
becomes, the more the manifestations are escalated. Think about
it.
****************************************************************
The Other Side of the Coin
There is a balance in nature, and there also seems to be a
balance in the UFO picture. People have actually died after
exposure to the gamma and UV rays from UFOs. But other people have
actually had their ailments cured by similar rays. Occult
literature is filled with accounts of this type.
Except for those who might be specially constructed for
incubus-succubus activities, it does appear that our "angels" and
"spacemen" come from a world, in many cases, with sex -- and very
probably, a world without an organized society; a world in which
each individual is merely a unit in the whole and is totally
controlled by the collective intelligence or energy mass of that
whole. In other words, these beings, or some of them anyway, have
no free will. They are slaves of a very high order. Often they try
to convey this to percipients with their statements, "We are One,"
"We are in bondage."
We face a great task in trying to isolate the UFO phenomenon
from the larger and more important "big picture," the overall
situation of which the UFOs are merely a small part.
Elemental beings are another aspect of the world we live in.
Children see them more than adults, perhaps for the reasons
described before. Historical records certainly indicate that the
little people have always existed all over this planet; that they
possess the power of flight, the power of invisibility, and, to
varying degrees, the power to dominate and control the human mind.
Accounts of little humanoids with supernatural powers can be found
in almost every culture.
The manifestations have remained the same throughout history.
Only our interpretations of those events have changed. It brought
the birth of Spiritualism, which was in its heyday in the 1850s
and 1860s, and was just another form of communication between the
ultraterrestrials and ourselves.
UFO flaps also parallel outbreaks of poltergeist cases. It
all ties in together.
Assuming that each discovered historical report represents a
larger number of unpublished or undiscovered reports, just as
today's UFO reports represent on the average 250 unreported or
unpublished sightings, we can conclude that a flap condition
existed, for example, in the years 1820, 1834, 1844, 1846, and
1849. We also find that there was an outbreak of poltergeists in
1835, 1846, and 1849.
As the 19th century progressed, reporting improved, and we
are able to make more precise correlations. A UFO flap took place
in 1850, and there was also a series of poltergeist cases. A
larger poltergeist outbreak occurred in 1867, following flaps in
1863-64. UFO activity became more intense beginning in 1870, and
there were notable flaps in 1872, 1877, and 1879. The 1880s
produced a major explosion of all kinds of phenomena, including
the sudden disappearance of people. Poltergeist cases were in
abundance in that decade, particularly in the big flap years of
1883 and 1885.
Astrophysicist Morris K. Jessup labeled the years 1877-87 the
"Incredible Decade" after scouring astronomical journals of the
period. Astronomers made some remarkable discoveries during those
years. The previously unobserved satellites of Mars popped into
view in 1877, new craters appeared on the moon, all kinds of
strange objects flitted around the upper atmosphere.
****************************************************************
The trance phenomenon deserves extensive study because so
many aspects of it are directly related to the contactee
phenomenon. In both, you will find the same contradictions. There
seem to be both good and evil forces at work. The good guys latch
onto people with particularly receptive minds and turn them into
trance mediums and the bad guys use the same methods to tamper
with the minds of contactees and even to commit murder indirectly.
Since incidents of these types can be traced throughout history,
it seems probably that these forces have always been here on this
planet. do the ultraterrestrials really care about us? There is
much evidence to suggest that they don't. They care only to the
extent that we can fulfill our enigmatic use to them.
There have been innumerable psychic hoaxes for the past 150
years, and many of these parallel the UFO hoaxes. In ufology we
have to contend with the teenager's hot air balloon, and in
psychic phenomenon we have to worry about youngsters firing rocks
at houses. There are, however, more UFO sightings than there are
plastic balloons, and more poltergeists dumping rocks in living
rooms than there are wild-eyed youngsters with slingshots. There
are also more ultraterrestrial entities than either the occultists
or the UFO researchers can dream of.
Giant winged beings, usually described as headless, are an
integral part of the UFO phenomenon. Winged human forms have been
seen flying over many areas of the world. John A. Keel wrote a
book called the "Mothman Prophecies" and Gray Barker a book called
"The Silver Bridge" that go into some detail. They are usually
described as having blazing red eyes set deep in their shoulders.
****************************************************************
On May 13, 1917, three girls in Portugal were in the meadows
of a place called Cova da Iria outside of Fatima, Portugal, when
they saw a flash of light in the clear sky. They ran for shelter
under a tree, thinking that was lightning. When they reached the
tree, they stopped in amazement, for there hovering just above a
3-foot evergreen nearby, a brilliant globe of light hung
suspended.
Within this globe there was an entity garbed in a luminous
white robe with a face of light which dazzled and hurt the eyes.
The figure stated that it was from heaven, and asked the
girls to come there on the 13th day, for six months in succession.
On October 13, 1917, an estimated 70,000 people had gathered at
the site. Suddenly the crowd screamed, for something came through
the clouds: a huge silver disk which rotated rapidly as it
descended towards the crowd. It seemed to change color, going
through the spectrum. These gyrations continued for ten minutes.
Miles from there, others were also watching the same object.
The incident at Fatima was obviously a carefully planned and
deliberately executed demonstration. The major prophecies of
Fatima had been written down and sealed in an envelope, and turned
over to the Vatican. They were supposed to be revealed to the
world in 1960. The secret of Fatima? One Pope was murdered after
only 30 days in office when the Vatican thought he would reveal
it. It is said to be a prediction of the end of the world. The
demonstration was therefore a failure as far as the
ultraterrestrials were concerned. Such demos proved highly
effective in Biblical times, but times were changing and new
methods were called for.
A similar event such as Fatima took place in Garabandal,
Germany, on July 2, 1961. Even more startling, on the entity's
right side they could see "a square of red fire framing a triangle
with an eye and some writing. The lettering was in an old
Oriental script." The Third Eye. Haven't we heard of that before?
Remember the Nation of the Third Eye -- the MIB. etc?
****************************************************************
ADDENDUM BY THE AUTHOR
Gravitational Propulsion
Well, I have gotten this far in explaining some things to
you. I might as well turn to my favorite subject of all --
gravitational propulsion. The best place to start is with the
efforts of a personal acquaintance of mine who had the good
fortune to meet in England -- Mr. J. R. Searl. His investigations
into gravitational propulsion have proven to be quite revealing --
he's done it, and I want to tell you about it.
In 1949, he was employed by the Midlands Board as an
electronic fitter. He was very enthusiastic about the subject of
electricity, though he had no formal education on the subject
other than was required by his job. Unhindered by conventional
ideas about electricity, he carried out his own investigation into
the subject. During work on electrical motors and generators, he
noticed that a small electromotive force (EMF) was produced by the
spinning metal parts -- the negative toward the outside and the
positive toward the rotational axis.
In 1950, he experimented with rotating slip rings and
measured a small EMF on a conventional meter. He also noticed that
when the rings were spinning freely and no electrical current was
taken, his hair bristled. His conclusions were that free electrons
in the metal were spun out by centrifugal force being produced by
the static field in the metal. He then decided to build a
generator on the same principle.
It had a segmented rotor disc, passing through electromagnets
at its periphery. The electromagnets were energized from the
rotor, and were intended to boost the EMF.
By 1952, the first generator had been constructed and was
about three feet in diameter. It was tested in the open by Searl
and a friend. The armature was set in motion by a small engine.
The device produced the expected electrical power, but at an
unexpectedly high potential. At relatively low armature speeds a
potential of the order of 10^5 volts was produced, as indicated by
static effects on nearby objects.
The really unexpected then occurred. While still speeding up,
the generator lifted and rose to a height of about 50 feet above
the ground, breaking the union between itself and the engine. Here
it stayed for a while, still speeding up and surrounding itself
with a pink glow. This indicated ionization of air at a much
reduced pressure of about 10^-3 mm Hg. More interesting was the
side effect, causing local radio receivers to go on by themselves.
Finally, the whole generator accelerated at a fantastic rate and
is thought to have gone off into space.
Since that day, Searl and others have made some ten or more
small flying craft, some of which have been similarly lost, and
have developed a form of control. Larger craft have been built --
some 12 feet and two 30 feet in diameter.
Once the machine has passed a certain threshold of potential
voltage, the energy output exceeds the input. The energy output
seems to be virtually limitless. We made some measurements when I
was there, and as far as we could see, the estimated output is
somewhere in the vicinity of 10^13 to 10^15 watts. Above what
appears to be the threshold potential, some 10^13 volts, the
generator and attached parts become inertia-free. There is also
some "matter snatch" upon acceleration away from the ground, since
it tends to take a little "turf" with it when it goes.
Analyzing what is happening is fairly easy. What the
generator is doing is placing a "stress" on the ambient space
around it. The space breaks down to provide the magnetism to
relieve the stress, but the energy by-product is absorbed by the
generator, which reinforces the field.
It should be noted at this point that only a very small
amount of space fabric passes through the craft and an even
smaller amount is converted for energy. However, I have noticed
that small changes in etheric forces lead to large physical
effects. It was aptly demonstrated and I was impressed.
Recently, Mr. Searl had (1987) a brush with authorities, when
he began simply generating his own power for his own house. Now he
doesn't have a very large house, but the Utility Board didn't like
the fact that they had lost their monopoly. Now he lives in
Birmingham under an assumed name. Simple, eh?
----- END OF FILE -------------------------------------------------------
--
-* Don Allen *- InterNet: dona@bilver.UUCP // Amiga..for the best of us.
USnail: 1818G Landing Dr, Sanford Fl 32771 \X/ Why use anything else? :-)
UUCP: ..uunet!tarpit!bilver!vicstoy!dona 0110 0110 0110 Just say NO!
Illuminati < MJ-12|Greys|TLC|CFR|FED|Bilderbergs > UN = "New World Order"
----- End Included Message -----
% ====== Internet headers and postmarks (see DECWRL::GATEWAY.DOC) ======
% Received: by enet-gw.pa.dec.com; id AA07893; Mon, 23 Sep 91 11:29:15 -0700
% Received: from stratus ([134.111.20.37]) by transfer.stratus.com (4.1/SMI-4.0 Stratus Computer) id AA29231; Mon, 23 Sep 91 14:29:11 ED
% Return-Path: <lpb@swdc.stratus.com>
% Received: from echidna.swdc.stratus.com (echidna.ARPA) by stratus.swdc.stratus.com (FTX1.2/1.27 Stratus WDC) id AA05076; Mon, 23 Sep 91 11:27:03 ps
% Received: from wolfen.swdc.stratus.com by echidna.swdc.stratus.com (4.0/SMI-4.0) id AA17777; Mon, 23 Sep 91 11:28:13 PD
% Date: Mon, 23 Sep 91 11:28:13 PDT
% From: lpb@stratus.swdc.stratus.com (Len Bucuvalas)
% Message-Id: <9109231828.AA17777@echidna.swdc.stratus.com>
% To: verga::stanley
% Subject: The Krll File
|
| 1541.13 | Michael Harner - The Way of the Shaman | GAIN::SHUMAKER | | Tue Sep 24 1991 17:24 | 117 |
| RE .10, .0, .1, .2, .3
Whoops, that was suppose to be Michael Harner's _The Way of the Shaman_
book. The "shamanic journey" is the name of a workshop he does. The
experience I was referring to is the following (quotes from pp 2-9). I
think it interesting to compare this shamanic journey with the contents of
the C.A.C. From _The Way of the Shaman_:
I had been living for the better part of a year in a Conibo Indian
village beside a remote lake off a tributary of the Rio Ucayali.
...Finally they told me that if I really wished to learn, I must take the
shamans' sacred drink made from *ayahuasca*, the "soul vine."...
...
Then from my position near the surface of the water, I began to see two
strange boats wafting back and forth, floating through the air towards
me, coming closer and closer. They slowly combined to form a single
vessel with a huge dragon-headed prow, not unlike that of a Viking ship.
...
... As I looked more closely at the deck, I could make out large numbers
of people with the heads of blue jays and the bodies of humans, not
unlike the bird-headed gods of ancient Egyptian tomb paintings. ...A was
completely certain that I was dying and that the bird-headed people had
come to take my soul away on the boat. ...
...
Now I was virtual certain I was about to die. As I tried to accept my
fate, an even lower portion of my brain began to transmit more visions
and information. I was "told" that this new material was being presented
to me because I was dying and therefore "safe" to receive these
revelations. These were the secrets reserved for the dying and the dead,
I was informed. I could only very dimly perceive the givers of these
>> thoughts: *giant reptilian* creatures reposing sluggishly at the
lowermost depths of the back of my brain, where it met the top of the
spinal column. I could only vaguely see them in what seemed to be gloomy,
dark depths.
Then they projected a visual scene in front of me. First they showed me
the planet Earth as it was eons ago, before there was any life on it. I
saw an ocean, barren land, and a bright blue sky. Then black specks
dropped from the sky by the hundreds and landed in front of me on the
barren landscape. I could see that the "specks" were actually large,
shiny, black creatures with stubby pterodactyl-like wings and huge
whale-like bodies. Their heads were not visible to me. They flopped down,
utterly exhausted from their trip, resting for eons. They explained to me
in a kind of thought language that they were fleeing from something out
in space. They had come to the planet Earth to escape their enemy.
The creatures then showed me how they had created life on the planet in
order to hide within the multitudinous forms and thus disguise their
presence. Before me, the magnificence of plant and animal creation and
speciation - hundreds of millions of years of activity - took place on a
scale and with a vividness impossible to describe. I learned that the
dragon-like creatures were thus inside of all forms of life, including
man. [In retrospect one could say they were almost like DNA, although at
that time, 1961, I knew nothing of DNA.] They were the true masters of
humanity and the entire planet, they told me. We humans were but the
receptacles and servants of these creatures. For this reason they could
speak to me from within myself.
...
I suddenly felt my distinctive humanness, the contrast between my species
and the ancient reptilian ancestors. I began to struggle against
returning to the ancient ones, who were beginning to feel increasingly
alien and possibly evil. Each heart beat was a major undertaking. I
turned to human help.
With an unimaginable last effort, I barely managed to utter one word to
the Indians: "Medicine!" I saw them rushing around to make an antidote,
... Gradually, the dragons disappeared back into the lower depths; the
soul boat and the fjord were no more. I relaxed with relief.
...
The work of recall went easily except for one portion of the trance that
I could not remember. It remained blank, as though a tape had been
erased. I struggled for hours to remember what had happened in that part
of the experience, and I virtually wrestled it back into my
consciousness. The recalcitrant material turned out to be the
communication from the dragon-like creatures, including the revelation of
their role in the evolution of life on this planet and their innate
domination of living matter, including man. I was highly excited at
rediscovering this material, and could not help but feel that I was not
supposed to be able to bring in back from the nether regions of the mind.
I even had a peculiar sense of fear for my safety, because I now
possessed a secret that the creatures had indicated was only intended for
the dying. I immediately decided to share this knowledge with others so
that the "secret" would not reside in me alone, and my life would not be
in jeopardy. ...
... (skip some quotes comparing to the Bible - Revelations)
I was now eager to solicit a professional opinion from the most
supernaturally knowledgeable of the Indians, a blind shaman who had made
many excursions into the spirit world with the aid of the *ayahuasca*
drink. It seemed only proper that a blind man might be able to be my
guide to the world of darkness.
I went to his hut, taking my notebook with me, and described my visions
to him segment by segment. ..."There were these giant black animals,
something like great bats, longer than the length of this house, who said
that they were the true masters of the world"...
He stared up toward me with his sightless eyes, and said with a grin,
"Oh, they're always saying that. But they are only the Masters of Outer
Darkness."
He waved his hand casually toward the sky. I felt a chill along the lower
part of my spine, for I had not yet told him that I had seen them, in my
trance, coming from outer space.
Wayne
|
| 1541.14 | Many Thanks for your Courage in speaking out! | ASDS::ATKINSON | | Tue Oct 08 1991 14:10 | 40 |
| Good Morning Everyone,
I would like to thank "the Samurai Writer" and Mary Stanley for bringing this
information to you all. This is what I alluded to in file 1460, that made Joel
Grant demand more specific detailed information as to just what I was implying.
Perhaps it is now clear that I was not just implying. I did not give more
detailed information to you because that was not part of my purpose here. There
are others that have the dissemination of such information as part of their
mission and I am grateful that they are coming forward to do so.
I am here to facilitate as many as possible in the activation of their
beings into full Divine consciousness and rememberance of their mission and the
anchoring of the Love ray on this planetary body under the guidance of Sananda
(Jesus).
Re: .10 Wayne
>>What is a Grey?
There are several different types of Greys, Wayne...however,to make it easy to
relate to, they are the entities that Whitley Striber refers to in his book
Communion.
No-ones assemblage point has slipped at all....it is just that the world govern-
ments have been covering up their knowledge and complicity with these life-
streams all this time,and debunking even the possibility that UFO's and/or
alien life forms do exist on this planet and other planets, that it makes it
seem so totally beyond the realm of the possible to you. You received a glimpse
of the Dracos (reptilians) in the TV series "V".
The important thing to remember is not to go into "fear" about any of this...but
to stay centered in the "LIGHT" and know that you are a divine being that has
come here for a purpose and a mission which does not include being Draco food or
a guinea pig for the Greys.
With LOVE to you ALL in the LIGHT,
I AM
Talligai
|
| 1541.15 | re: Delta Force references | DSSDEV::GRIFFIN | Throw the gnome at it | Tue Oct 08 1991 14:56 | 10 |
| I'm not trying to debunk any of this, but I felt I had to add this.
My husband, Sean, feels fairly confident that the description of the
purpose of Delta Force is not correct, however he admits that there is
the possibility that he was misinformed. His source: personal
acquaintance with the man who came up with the concept for, organized,
recruited for, and led the original Delta Force (he told me the name,
but I've forgotten it).
Beth
|
| 1541.16 | Delta Force concept | PRMS00::TSTARK | Priorities confuse the mind | Tue Oct 08 1991 15:34 | 5 |
| re: .15, Beth,
I think you may mean Army Colonel Charlie Beckwith.
todd
|
| 1541.17 | | VERGA::STANLEY | what a long strange trip it's been | Tue Oct 08 1991 15:55 | 1 |
| So what is the real purpose of Delta Force? Does anyone know?
|
| 1541.18 | | DSSDEV::GRIFFIN | Throw the gnome at it | Tue Oct 08 1991 16:52 | 15 |
| re: .16 That's it!!
Re: .17 "real" purpose of Delta force: to be a completely secret
special operations unit (mostly rescue, probably did some
assassinations when we were in the business, and other stuff), just like
in the movie (however, Sean says the real Delta Force would have
considered any operation that went as the one in the movie did as a
failure). They did maintain their anonymity for quite some time. One
of the things they did to cover their operations was that they all used
seperate means of transportation to get as close as possible to the final
target, with various covers as to why they were there. Once word of
their existence was out, the effectiveness of the group decreased
drastically - the activeties of members could be traced.
Beth
|
| 1541.19 | Posted by request... | VERGA::STANLEY | what a long strange trip it's been | Tue Oct 08 1991 17:05 | 3293 |
| There is a group of stars called "The Plieades Star Cluster".
Greeks used to call them the Seven Sisters...in fact the Oracle Temple at
Delphi is aligned to the Plieades.
The Lakota and Hopi Indians claim ancestry to the Plieadians....the "other"
group of PLieadians are allegedly 5-dimensional beings ... unlike their 3
dimensional counterparts. As reference, we (humanity) are 3 dimensional beings.
The woman listed below goes about channelling and allowing tapes to be made
and distributed.....it provides some thought-provoking material!!!
Lenny (Samurai Writer)
----- Begin Included Message -----
GREETINGS AND SALUTATIONS TO ALL!!!! .... Samurai_Writer
I hope you all find something in the following that may ring a note of truth
to what is happening to our fragile and delicate planet Earth.
--- Part 1 -----
THE PLElADlANS channeled lecture by Barbara J. Marciniak Thursday,
November 15 & Friday, November 16 7:30 PM - Terman Auditorium,
Stanford, California
In her dedication to the enlightenment and transformation of Planet
Earth, Barbara has invited us to freely share the information that
was presented by the Pleiadians, so long as it is not sold. However,
the information remains the property of Barbara Marciniak, and Bold
Connections, under copyright protection, and it may not in total of
in part be reproduced in other forms without her written permission.
John Hornecker
THE PLEIADIANS are a collective of extraterrestrials from the star
system the Pleiades. The Pleiadian culture is ancient and was
"seeded" from another universe of love long before Earth was created.
They have formed a tremendous society which operates with love, with
ideas and ideals that we are yet unfamiliar with. The Pleiadians call
themselves our ancient family because many of us came here from the
Pleiades to participate in the new experiment of Earth. The
Pleiadians are now here as ambassadors to help
Earth through her difficult transition from the third dimension to the
fourth dimension and to assist each of us in our personal endeavors of
awakening, remembering and knowing.
BARBARA J. MARCINIAK has been a student of Metaphysics for many
years. She gives credit to the Seth material channeled by Jane
Roberts for her insight into the necessity for conscious, intentional
creation of personal experience. Barbara travels extensively. In
Athens, Greece in May of 1988, she began channeling the Pleiadians
after she and a group of friends experienced a spiritual awakening in
the Great Pyramid at Giza. Barbara currently lives in Raleigh, North
Carolina where she gives class sessions and workshops with the
Pleiadians.
EDlTOR'S/TRANSCRIBER'S NOTE
The information in this booklet was transcribed from audio
tapes of channeling sessions of the Pleiadians, through Barbara
Marciniak, held on the campus of Stanford University, on the
evenings of November 15 & 16, 1990. Each session was approximately 3
hours in length.
I have attempted to transcribe the information presented by
the Pleiadians essentially verbatim. However, since some of the
question from the participants were somewhat rambling in nature, I
have attempted to synthesize some of the questions into a more concise
form. Also, I have omitted a portion -- perhaps 15% -- of the
questions and responses that were of a more personal nature, and
thus, of less general interest.
Also, since approximately half of the participants on the
second evening had not been present the previous evening, it was
necessary for Barbara and the Pleiadians to recap some of fundamental
information. I have thus excluded some of the repeated information
from the transcription of the session on November 16, 1990.
In transcribing the audio tapes into written words, it is
impossible to capture and portray that portion of the information that
is presented by the Pleiadians through emphasis, intonation, and
feeling expressed through their spoken words. However, I would
suggest that if one is interested in a deeper study of the information
and concepts presented, one might want to order copies of the tapes
from:
Barbara Marciniak Bold Connections Unlimited P. 0. Box 6521
Raleigh, NC 27628
The cost of the tapes for the 4-tape set (90 minutes per tape) is
$24.00 plus $3.00 shipping and handling. Many, many tapes of other
sessions are also available. John Hornecker
November 15, 1990
Good evening! We are here. It is our pleasure to be in your reality
once again -- especially in this most auspicious setting -- we are
pleased. We understand that those of you who are of Light frequencies
have drawn us here. Congratulate yourselves on your cleverness. It
is not easy to get our vehicle (Barbara) to travel around and go
places -- she has a mind of her own. And that is as it should be,
and as it is, and as it will be. Understand that all of you need to
have minds of your own, and come into contact and into charge of your
own life. So, we are excited to be here.
We are, of course, the Pleiadians, and we are broadcasting live
from Stanford University, in Palo Alto, California, among the
auspicious hallways of the renowned intellectuals and soon to be
renowned Cosmic travelers of this, your Planet Earth.
So, we would like to speak to you about a variety of subjects this
evening. "Genetic Encoding-- is that the title that has been given to
us? Well, we will expand upon it. We would like to talk to you about
the "Harmonics of Frequency Modulation and the Human DNA. Sounds
boring as can be, does it not? But we guarantee that we will give you
an exciting time tonight-- absolutely, positively!
It will be up to you to demonstrate how clever you are -- how much you
perceive. Those of you who are familiar with our work understand that
we are not the encyclopedia of the universe, though we can pride
ourselves that we can be upon occasion. When one has an encyclopedia
in front of oneself all of the time, one simply begins to regurgitate
what someone else has called truth. Yes? And your have all been,
some of you impeccable regurgitators, with letters, etcetera, after
your name. Yes? You have valued that regurgitation, as it would be.
We would like you to begin to use other sources of information, to
begin to access the human creation, and to unfold it through a
variety of new methodologies.
Frequency Modulation and the Human DNA" -- it is a grand story. This
is Part One of a two part session. We are going to speak to you to
set the tone, to set the history, a little bit, of your planet.
And then we will see what questions you will have to further
comprehend the story.
Mankind is an experiment. Mankind has been designed. So has just
about everything else that exists within creation. Prime Creator --
we will use that term -- began the whole shebang a long time ago, in
this that you call your local universe, for an experiment -- for
greater, what would be called from your terms, self exploration--
self gratification -- self expression. Prime Creator, as it would
be, brought energies and essences to life -- extensions of itself in
this what you call your local universe -- endowing extensions of
Itself the same gifts that It had. Prime Creator in this your local
universe gave willingly and freely of its capabilities. Now there are
many other universes -- many other ways of designing universes. This
one is designed as a free will zone. All would be allowed -- all
things.
And so, these extensions of the prime creator went out, and began to
experiment with the Prime Creator's energy as it existed within
themselves. And of course they took to task what the Prime Creator
said. The Prime Creator said, Go out and create, and bring all
things back to me . Quite a simple assignment, is it not? Go out and
create, and bring all things back to me. In other words, l am going
to gift you of myself -- you go out and gift of yourselves freely, so
that all that you create in this universe can understand its essence,
my identity. We are anthrophilosophizing our Prime Creator a little
bit here.
Now, these energies-- we will call them Gods -- Creator Gods -- went
out, and began to create their own hierarchy. And each succeeding
hierarchy created another hierarchy -- to endow --to assist in the
development of this, your local universe. Eventually, in one of the
galactic systems, the plan came together to create the place that is
called, 'Earth-- designed originally to be an Intergalactic Exchange
Center for information. Ah, an incredible plan -- a beautiful place
-- located on the fringes of one of the galactic systems, ideally to
be reached from one galaxy to another -- existing close to many what
would be called way portals -- the highways that exist for energies
to travel throughout what you call your space zone.
So, the original plan was brought about, and let us say that there
was impeccable scurrying and shuffling -- all kinds of things -- to
bring about individual representatives of all of the galaxies, so
that they could have their representatives here upon this planet. Now
some of these Creator Gods, as their jobs were defined to be, were
what would be called -master geneticists- -- able to take some of this
stuff -- the Creator Gods were able through their hierarchies to bring
about and discover and to tie these molecules together-- encoded
molecules of identity -- of frequency-- of electrical charges -- to
create, Life. And so many sentient civilizations -- many, many,
many --gave of their DNA, willingly, to have a representative of
their coding -- their DNA-- on this planet. And the master
geneticists set to work, and they designed what would be called
varieties of species-- some human -- some different than human-- some
what you call animals -- all by playing with the varieties of DNA that
the sentient civilizations contributed to make this exchange center of
information -- this Light Center.
When we speak of Light. We speak of information. Those of you who
have had experiences where you allowed Light to come into your
physical body, unflegingly know that once you expose yourself to
Light, you begin to increase the amount of information. Your
perceptions -- everything about yourself -- begin to change -- you
begin to awaken. The darkness of the veil is removed. So when we
speak of Light, we speak of the return of information-- the intending
of bringing a great amount of information to this planet, whose
frequency has been drastically controlled -- but that comes later in
the story.
So, the plan of the Earth was a grand one. An as these Creator Gods
did not exist in time as you know it, let us say that a few hundred
thousand years -- a few million years -- in their terms, were
nothing. And different energies were brought to existence. There
have been species of man -- yes, just like you -- man looking like
you, whose DNA were intact at one time who developed very highly
evolved civilizations. This, of course, was a long time ago -- we
are speaking prior to 500,000 years ago upon your planet. We are not
speaking of civilizations that. you call Lemuria , or the
civilizations that you call Atlantis -- that is what we call
modern, man . We are talking about civilizations that are ancient
-- civilizations that -- to give you a little scoop, for those of you
who like a scoop --let us say that they are buried under some of the
ice caps under what is called your far, far Southern continent --
Antarctica. But that we will save for another evenings discussion.
So, this project as it would be called Earth, was fought over. It
looked enticing It looked to be something of desirability of
ownership by others -- and so during Earth's early history there were
wars in your space for ownership of this, your planet. Had you ever
wondered who owns Earth? Prime hunk of real estate? You think that it
is ownerless in space? Ah, you have something to learn about space
territories. So there were changes , as it would be, of
administration. And the original planners, who by the way, we will
say the original planners of your universe of course were of the
Family of Light. They designed an information center -- they designed
a place where galaxies would contribute the information. The Earth
was to be a library-- do you understand -- a Cosmic library a place
of incredible beauty -- a place of experimenting how information could
be stored through frequencies, through the genetic process.
So, the skirmishes took place. Different zones of the Earth became
-- let us say -- lost -- to certain original owners, and the Earth
became a place of duality. It became a place of course in this
free-will universe, where others, who had the right to do what ever
they wanted -- because it is free-will -- came in and took over. We
call it raiding your Earth. They did like corporate raiding on Wall
Street. Do you understand? They raided the Earth. The raid that you
are now to be concerned about is a raid that occurred approximately
300,000 years ago-- what historically speaking you would call, from a
Biblical point of view -- certainly from most of your esteemed
scientifics -- the beginning of human civilization. But it was only
the beginning of the later phase -- as we said, what we call modern
man.
The interesting thing about the skirmish that occurred about 300,000
years ago, is that a certain group of entities came, and they fought
in space -- as of course many others have fought in space for this
Earth principality, this territory, this prime hunk of real estate
-- and they won. They beat out Light. It gives you a new idea of
Light, doesn t it? So it became their territory. There was great
radioactivity -- nuclear action-- much of the Earth was rent asunder.
And the original specie -- human creation -- the Adam man, as it
would later be called -- was in great destruction -- scattered.
So those new gods -- those new creator gods-- were also master
geneticists. They understood the process. They understood how to
create life. They wanted this territory for their own reasons. Let
us give you another hint about why territories are created, and why
territories are held.
There is consciousnesses in all things. This your scientifics will
one day step off of their ladders and begin to realize. And then you
will begin to really own the planet yourselves. There is
consciousness within all things. Consciousness communicates
continuously. Consciousness vibrates -- or can be led to vibrate --
at certain --what would be called electromagnetic frequencies.
Electromagnetic frequencies are very interesting. They tend to act in
a variety of ways. One of the ways that we are going to be concerned
about in speaking with you this evening is that electromagnetic
energies of consciousness can act as 'food'. Feel that concept out --
it can act as food. So that means that just like apples can be
prepared an eaten and ingested -- in a variety of ways, perhaps
consciousness could be prepared and ingested in a variety of ways. Do
you understand?
So, some entities, in the process of their own evolution, began to
discover that as they created life, and put consciousness into things
through varying the frequencies -- through modulating the frequencies
of forms of consciousness. They could feed themselves. They could
keep themselves in a existence. They began to figure out that this is
how the Prime Creator nourished itself. It sends out others to create
a food source for itself.
Now, the new owners of your planet -- this principality in space out
on the fringes of your galactic system had a different appetite--
different preferences than the former owners. They nourished
themselves off of fear. They nourished themselves off of chaos --
though fear was their primary food source. In some ways, it fed them
-- it stimulated them -- it kept them in power. Understand? So
300,000 years ago, these creator gods that your Bible speaks of
--that the Babylonian tablets speak of -- that texts all over the
world, in actuality, speak of-- they came, and they rearranged what
would be called the native specie man. And they rearranged what
would be called your DNA, in order to have you broadcast within a
certain limited frequency band. This has been going on for a long
time now.
What part do you play in it? Why are you here? Why are you created
here in this story? For some of you, this is just like a dream. We
are reminding you of what you know inside of yourselves. We have come
onto your planet to trigger your memory banks. We have come onto your
planet to inspire the human race through the Family of Light, to
begin to create their own reality. We, as Pleiadians, create our
experience. We come back through what is called time in your terms,
into what would be called perhaps, our past, into a vestige of
representatives of Light, in order to share a frequency with you -- a
frequency that each one of you has agreed to carry on this planet --
to change the DNA of the rearranged human race. This is a big story
-- it could make headlines, you know.
Now, of course the original planners were not about to lose the
territory -- did you think they were going to give up so easily? Of
course they exist in a different time sector than you. So the new
owners came and worked in their laboratory, and created workers,
created versions of humans with a different DNA -- the two-stranded
double-heli DNA. They took the original DNA of the human specie, and
they disassembled it. Yes isn't that clever? They disassembled the
original DNA. And they left it, of course, within the human cell --
they simply split it apart.
Within the human cells are what we call Light encoded filaments --
fine glosimar threads of energy that carry information. And when
those glosimar threads are working together -- like a cable -- fiber
optics as it would be -- they form the heli -- the helix of your DNA.
Of course when you were rearranged, you were left with two heli --
the double helix -- half lit. In other words, anything that was
unnecessary -- that would keep you informed -- was unplugged. And so
you were left with a double heli that would keep you in what would be
called certain controllable, operable frequencies. And you were set,
of course, on your free-will zone -- you, we are speaking of the
humans, not necessarily those of you in this room of course -- you
are the Family of Light, which is more than human-- much more than
human. We will get to that in a bit.
And so, let us say that something like an electrical fence --
frequency fence -- was put around the planet. Some of you have seen
what your technological scientifics have created an electrical fence
that you can keep animals with in? So it is that the electrical fence
was put around your planet -- as a control as to how much the
frequencies of the humans could be modulated and changed. So, as the
story goes -- this frequency was set around the planet, and it was
made very difficult for frequencies of Light frequencies of
information to penetrate. And, when these Light frequencies were
able to penetrate the frequency control, who was there to receive
them? -- the DNA was unplugged. The Light encoded filaments were no
longer organized. And so the creative Cosmic rays that bring Life did
not have something to plug into and to hold onto.
Now there were many noble experiments. And of course the original
planners began to call on what would be the Family of Light, to go to
infiltrate the project to begin to incarnate -- to begin one-by-one
to bring Light information into the place it was lost. And so the
Family of Light began its work here -- coming into a system that was
devoid of Light -- devoid of information-- and allowing through what
would be called the redefining of the laws of man to let these
creative Cosmic rays pierce the body individual by individual -- and
then group by group. In very small numbers throughout these eons were
these frequencies of information brought onto your planet. In times,
great battles were fought-- wars were fought -- information was always
looking to be expressed. The original planners knew that, Cosmically
speaking, this was a lesson for them, in allowing in understanding
the creator gods who took their project.
And so they set about to create their own version of a plan -- at a
time when the frequency of the Earth would be altered -- a time when
the owners would perish if they could not change their frequency.
Their food source would be taken away -- food source of fear food
source of anxiety chaos -- hunger -- despondency. Get the picture?
Guess who is removing the food source? You are! As members of the
family of Light, you are renegades. You are systems busters. You
love to go in and cause trouble. You are famous, your branch of the
Family of Light -- your division you are famous for going into system
of reality and altering the frequency bringing always, information.
It is not your task, as members of the Family of Light, to
proselytize. You simply, as members of the Family of Light go into
systems, and you act as a receptacle, and you receive the creative
Cosmic rays into you body, the bodies that you occupy as humans
because you are in disguise as humans -- and your begin to allow a
process to take place. Because you are codified, and your memory
begins to rise and you begin to respond to the plan that you came
here to participate within -- to alter the frequencies -- to hold to
keep -- to maintain a certain frequency -- and then to live it -- and
as you live it, you affect everyone, every place that you go. This
is what you are doing now.
There are many who understand their assignment. There are many whose
memories are beginning to rise. We will explain in a few minutes how
those memories begin to arise.
The plan to change the frequency modulation of the human specie has to
do with the rebundling of what would be called your DNA, the
rebundling of the Light-encoded filaments. There is a plan that is
gigantic at this time. That you, as members of the Family of Light,
are operating in many, many places. In other words, you are not
just on assignment on Earth. You are multidimensional, and you have
many other versions of yourself where you are busting systems.
Paradigm breakers as it would be. So it will be part of your
assignment to make contact with these selves, and to understand how
other versions of your selves are handling their dilemmas-- how they
are busting their systems. Because you see, there are certain Gods,
as you would call them Gods, who are behind this process -- what
would be called a universal process.
Right now, it looks like it is a very local, Earthly process. It is
much more involved then all of that. The Earth is assisting, in its
own way, the evolution of the Universe. The Earth is where things
are happening at this time -- it is the destined point of frequency
modulation. And the human DNA is the recipient and the beginning of
this whole process that it is going to affect many, many, many
worlds. So, as members of the Family of Light, you agreed to come
onto the Earth many times, in many guises, and many different time
frames as it would be, to learn the ropes -- to figure out the
territory, as it would be -- to become trained to experience Earth
and to prepare yourself for the time when the frequency alteration
would be designed into the plan, and where you would all be called to
incarnate in large numbers, and to bring the plan into action.
This is the plan that is in operation, as we can most neutrally
explain it to you, on your planet at this time. This is why the
Family of Light, everywhere, is beginning to unite. One thing you
must all realize -- you must focus on what you have in common, not
what you do not have in common. As members of the Family of Light,
you bring information lo the planet neutrally to stimulate your own
growth. You need to do this.
The specifics of the plan have to do with an evolving DNA -- a DNA
that will evolve from two heli to twelve heli. These twelve heli will
correspond to what would be called 'energy centers-- chakras,
vortices whatever clever name you wish to attach to them inside and
outside of your body. There are millions of you at this time on the
planet on assignment, who have agreed to do this. Handfuls of you
are becoming impeccable. The handfuls are affecting the others, and
soon you will begin to have great clarity as to who you are, and what
your assignment is.
The chakra centers inside the body are seven-- seven basic ones as
they have been understood on your planet for a while, although they
are simply, let us say, representatives -- token representatives of
certain areas -- there are many, many energy centers in the body. In
order not to blow the experiment, so to speak, and to have the
frequencies of humans blow their minds to bits, as it would be,
great care was taken to bring certain rays, and to temper them, so
that humans could evolve quickly with the changes of knowledge,
identity, and information. The third heli, when it was evolved in
the human, brought about the recognition of feeling, and brought
back to the planet the use of the third chakra center. The first two
heli -- or double helix-- are involved with your first two chakra
centers, survival and sexuality. And if you look around the planet,
you will see that the large majority of those on the planet are
cycling through those two centers for eons, over, and over, and
over again. The third heli, as the Light- encoded filaments begin to
bundle, open the potentiality for this (solar plexus) area of your
body, the feeling center, where you can begin to perceive
information. Where you can begin to perceive reality. Where you can
begin to feel connected to your environment, your Earth.
The three heli, once they were taken in certain human bodies, in
time, would evolved to three more. They would correspond to the
fourth, chakra of the heart the fifth, the throat -- and the
sixth, the third eye. They would begin to move the experience of man
upward -- beyond the same old junk -- into something grander -- into
something compassionate and loving and feeling expressive in new
vision -- to really be able to experience and not just say it.
Then, the next three, connect to the crown, which when open,
allows the frequency of Light to enter, to rearrange the body -- to
connect man with his spirit self. It is the doorway, the gateway
between the physical and non-physical. The seventh, the eight, and
the ninth -- the eight is an information center located outside of the
human body -- for some people a few inches, a few feet, for some,
many feet, maybe even many miles -- depending on how far one is able
to push one's information gathering center. The ninth chakra, of
course, is a chakra center that exists outside the atmosphere of your
planet. So it is a planetary chakra. It gets you in touch with the
energies of your planet, and the areas in space just outside your
planet.
The final three heli which have not been implemented in most humans on
a general frequency basis. We can tell you that the story of the heli
involved the evolution of the solstices and equinoxes throughout this
year, and the final three of the twelve, for those who are able to
handle this mutation of energy, will come about in the month of
December -- in a period of 33 day energy acceleration (December 1st
through January 2nd), where these rays will begin to further
rearrange those who have been already rearranged.
Now the final three chakras -- what are they going to do? They are
going to connect you with your 10th, 11th and 12th centers. You are
going to begin to accept, in great volume, off-planet information.
And off planet realities are going to begin to really show their
faces. They are going to begin to be acknowledged. Because that is
what is necessary. The final three-- the 10th is a solar chakra. It
exists within your solar system, feeding you information. The 11th
is a galactic, and the 12th is a universal -- out in the auspices of
your universe.
Once you, as members of the Family of Light, are able to take this
mutation into your body, and are able to integrate various centers of
information -- what will happen to you? You will go beyond your
personal dramas. Many of you are already beyond your personal dramas
-- the nitpicking, the aggravation of everyday life. You relate to
it -- yes, so that you can understand how humans contract themselves.
It is not for you to become entrenched in these dramas. It is for you
to understand that you create your experience to become a conscious
creator. And more than that, to become a conscious rememberer of who
you are. So as the 10th, 11th, and 12th chakra begin to open
themselves, many off-planet energies will begin appearing in your
lives, and appearing on your planet, as more, and more, and more
of you hold this frequency. As you hold this frequency, you bring
information onto the planet. You bring information that will astound
and shock most of the world. This process will grow and change over
what we call about a 20-year period.
Already many things in certain portions of your world are coming out,
and in others they are still in the stone age. There will be a
merging of identities -- there will be a merging of cultures --there
will be an infusion of many new world orders. There will be much
chaos and much confusion. As members of the Family of Light you are
to observe it, you are to understand that here is an evolutionary
process taking place-- frequency modulation -- and that those who can
handle the change frequency by all means will evolve. And those who
cannot handle the frequency modulation, by all means still create
their reality, and they are never ever, ever, ever victims. The
planet is jam-packed with humanities at this time. Those who are here
knew darn well what was going to occur in this place -- they wanted to
be in the vicinity of great change. So that, in a nutshell, is the
plan. It is a good plan, is it not?
We have done our best to give you a summary of what has been going
on what you have been battling against, around, and for. And now we
would like to turn it over to you to have questions.
--- cont in part 2 ---
--- Part 2 ---
We understand that all of you would like to speak to us, or many of
you, so intend in your mind what you would like us to speak about,
and sometimes through someone else's question we can weave in your
answer as well. We are very good at reading the energies of those
humans that we come into contact with, and it is our intention to
assist you, as best we can, as you are here on assignment. It is
our intention to bring you a sense of upliftment, a sense of
understanding that there is a divine plane in operation. And we would
like to remind you that all you need do is become clear about what it
is that you are wanting, and you can move onto the highways of the
divine plan, and begin to operate with impeccability, operate with
ease. We will discuss some of the methodologies if this is what you
are interested in. So let us turn it over to you.
Question: I have had personal experiences with beings who seem to live
off of disharmonious emotional energy. It seems like those beings
will almost have to make a decision -- that if that food source is cut
off, they are destined to...
Starve! And guess what, they don't want to starve. And guess what,
they are coming back here. They are here. Because they understand
that there is system busting going on. So they are here to create
greater havoc and fear, to fight once again for this territory. Do
you understand this? Their food source is very important to them.
Question: Then what is going on in the Middle East would be an
excellent way to provoke a lot of food .
Yes. Very good. Also, since you have mentioned the Middle East,
let us give you a little tip on the Middle East. As we said to you in
our story, the area of what would be called Mesopotamia was where the
story was launched. Where these creator gods made their home base
some 300,000 years ago. Understand now, that there are portals, or
what would be called energy chutes, where one must enter onto
planetary existences. There is a gigantic portal in the Middle East
-- a pathway of entry onto your planet -- that certain creator gods
have owned and occupied for 300,000 years. There have been raids,
there have been fights, there have been all kinds of things over this
portal. Through this portal, the frequency of mankind can be
controlled -- it is not the only portal-- there are many other portals
although this is the prime portal that is being fought over at this
time. Those creator gods who were here 300,000 years ago are
returning. They are still in existence. They do not live, operate,
or exist under the same laws that you do. In other words, 300,000
years is not too long to live for them -- do you understand this? That
is your time sector, not theirs. They travel through what would be
called space. They are very interesting creatures. They have helped
develop your civilization. They have helped destroy your
civilization. Even amongst themselves they argue and fight. Believe
it or not, creator gods do this. Now, back to the question. They
are losing control of the planet, so they go back to their prime
portal, and they create fear and chaos in their portal area,
because that is their nest. Their nest is not above ground, their
nest is underneath the ground.
Question: Then this ties in with the greys and the 'dracos?
It is all part of what would be called a hierarchy. Many of those
within the hierarchy do not understand how things operate within the
ranks, just as those within the United States military service do not
always understand the military hierarchy. It is very
compartmentalized. That is a way of maintaining control,
compartmentalize the power.
Question: For us who are of the Light, is there something that we can
do consciously to help starve these...?
Yes. Maintain your frequency. Absolutely. The way you can best
operate at this time is to be a keeper of your own frequency and not
going around saving everyone else. Doing everything in your power to
keep yourself consistently aware, consistently in understanding of
what is going on, and consistent with the frequency of Light which
brings you information, and a frequency of Love, which is the
frequency of creation.
You see, what is happening now, as the food source is being taken
away, and the frequency barrier is being pierced -- Earth's gridwork
is being released. Earth, in actuality, is going through an
initiation. Earth cares about all of its inhabitants. And Earth is
evolving as its inhabitants are evolving into an existence where
greater possibilities are everyday occurrences. Where miracles can
become the way of life, because they exist within the frequency that
becomes available. Each of you assist in making that frequency alive
on this planet by living your lives according to your Light,
according to what you know. This work is a work of individual nature.
Yes, you work in groups, and you have certain leaders. But you
must, as individuals, evolve yourselves. For as you evolve
yourselves, and as you are led by your Light to live a certain way,
what occurs is that you begin to change society.
Question: Who exactly are those beings who think they are the owners?
They are space beings. They have what would be called their own home
in space. They are evolving. They are creator gods. They can create
life, although in some terms there are those who would kick them out
of the creator-god club, because they feel that they do not value the
life that they create. Yet in Prime Creator's universe here, all
things are love. Because as all things are love, many, many lessons
are learned. So these beings are space beings who came here -- whose
stories are in the ancient manuscripts -- they won the fight. They
came here because they wanted this place for their own reasons -- for
many reasons.
They were miners. For one thing they wanted to explore inside of the
Earth, and what was inside of the Earth. One of the things that is
very interesting about your education upon your planet is that all of
the advancement and understanding of what is going on in your Earth is
not made public in the university systems. It is very a secret
science -- the inner Earth science -- one that is rather shocking.
These beings have great machinery and they have built, or added onto
existing tunnel systems. They are great tunnelers. They have built
many, many systems underneath the surface of your Earth. These
beings like to work behind the scenes. They would not be humanoid in
your terms. They would be designed of a different collection of
molecules. Some of them can be labeled reptilian in nature -- that is
why they are nicknamed the lizies. We believe that if you look around
your society at this time, you will recognize -- some of your
television shows, certainly from the toys that your children play
with -- their return -- their re-emergence into your society. There
is quite a subtle program out to introduce you to your reptilian
ancestors.
So, they came to take this planet for whatever reasons. They wanted
to control the frequencies to have a food source, to mine the
interior, to set up a control base inside the interior, and then
they set other beings to play with the Earth --to create patterns of
thought -- by inserting holograms onto your planet, to influence an
entire generation to change the course of their beliefs through
events. They have been behind most of the major religions, or the
distortions of the major religions. They are very interesting
characters.
Question: Are they losing control?
Let us say this. They do not think that they are losing control. Do
you understand? Because Light is underestimated on this planet,
absolutely. The nature of the drama of your planet is quite
interesting. Whenever there is a frequency modulation of an existing
system. In other words, whenever an existing system is about to
change, and the idea or the concepts that the system exists within is
about to evolve itself into the bigger picture. Where the inhabitants
are about to grow up, as it would be, there is a certain magnetism
that moves out from the system. There is a certain magnetism that
moves out from the system. That magnetism draws every energy that was
ever involved with the system back to the system, so that every
energy can be part of the evolution, or the process. So these
creatures-- these creator gods of ancient times-- are drawn back here
at this time because of the plan. They must participate. They must
understand that their frequencies are going to be changed. They are
resisting it, just like many humans are resisting. And yet, they
create their own reality. And let us say, these beings these
creator gods of your last 300,000 years. They have forgotten who
created them! They have forgotten their gods. Now, as members of
the Family of Light, you are not to judge. Your task is
comprehension, and your task is pulling comprehension onto the planet
-- creating a stability of energy and a power to create, simply by
understanding.
Question: Do they know that we are here too, and that we are already
winning the war on another level?
Yes, but they underestimate you, though, even in their own
brilliance. Even in their own brilliance they have areas that would
be called blind spots. Do you understand? They are so enamored of
power that they fight amongst themselves.
Question: But since they know that we are here, wouldn't they want to
try to take away our power? Or are they afraid of us? Or would they
want to fight us?
Look at your society, what does your society do? Does it strive to
empower you, or to take your power away?
Questioner: Take it away.
And so what would you say the answer to your question is? Knowing that
these entities infiltrate governmental, religious institutions, and
educational systems?
Well, the United States is in for a big roller coaster ride. You
have the potentiality to have the suspension of your constitution, to
lose many of the rights. Why? Because the humans are entirely too
complacent. It is not the Family of Light that is so complacent. You
are systems busters. It is the rest of the population that is
complacent. That wants to sit back. That is dis-empowered by
frequency control, through television and radio. Through all of the
things that are designed to create static around the existing DNA.
Question: Yes, but I was talking about us Light Beings.
Let us say to you, you create your reality. No lizard creates your
reality. Do you understand?
Question: Yes, I understand. But all in all, wouldn't they want to
-- they wouldn't want us to be here if they know that we are powerful.
I have no fear of them. I feel like we are so much stronger. But
don't they know that in a way too?
Let us say this to you. As you are representatives of the Family of
Light within the human population -- within the human drama -- there
are versions of the Family of Light within the reptilian drama. All
things must evolve! Remember the Prime Creator -- the original decree?
'Go out and create and bring them back to me. Prime Creator is within
all things. And so as you choose to evolve in terms of this human
drama, and evolve as human. There are versions of yourselves that
are in the reptilian drama. Busting the system open from that end.
Within the drama of the greys, within all of the dramas of all of the
humans, of all of the players of this time. Because everyone must go
through frequency change. Because the old frequency is not going to
last. It is already not here. That is why everything is beginning to
crumble and fall apart on your planet. That is why there is no
stability, because a new order will arise after a period of time.
As members of the Family of Light, you bring about this chaos, to
bring new order. Do you understand? And if your vibration is fear.
It doesn t matter whether it is public fear or private fear or closet
fear. If you are going to vibrate in fear, number one, you had best
not pretend that you are not doing it. If you find that you have
fear, the first thing that you do is acknowledge that. This
frightens my wits out of me. l am frightened of this. Then you can
begin to work with it. Because as energy becomes so magnified,
intensified as it would be. You will begin, especially as you are
working with the evolved DNA, and you have an evolved system. You
will create with great rapidity whatever it is that you put your
emotional charge into.
Question: I feel that rather than just I create my reality, I am my
reality. So that everything out there is an aspect of me. So when
you speak about the lizies, does that possibly give me a message that
I haven t totally integrated my reptilian brain?
Yes.
Question: And in addition, there are several of us here who are
involved in a process in which we perceive our bodies, not as bodies
doing movement, but as being movement. And as we work with this
process in a sense deprivation environment, and see what impulses
come up, quite often deep inner experiences open up what you might
call the implicate order -- as yet unmanifested possibilities. Are
the heli that you are talking about?
These are what would be called the information on the Light-encoded
filaments. Remember the Light-encoded filaments are like fibers, and
they have this history of your universe in them, all in your body.
As you begin to evolve yourself, and as you begin to leave your
dramas at the door and as you begin to simply allow information to
connect from outside you.
You know, you all must get quiet every day. If you are not getting
quiet every day and moving into meditation/communication, you will
only get so much. You must do that and get into the practice of
receiving it. Then you will begin to accept the story of yourself,
and the story of your existence, and the story of your universe. Now
as members of the Family of Light, what you are going to show the
planet, is that you are not separated from anything -- that you are
all one. You are all part of the essence of the Creator.
Now on your planet, of course, different powerful humans and
different races of humans are all acting in separation. And you had a
President at one time -- clever man by the name of Mr. Regean -- and
he said something about, well, perhaps mankind would unite if we had
a common enemy some place. That is paraphrased from a speech back in
1988, if we recall correctly. Let us say that the story is bigger
than that. It is not for mankind to unite against something else. It
is for all of creation to unite and to work in cooperation, for all
of creation. And for this place that is called Earth to once again
move back to its original plan, an Intergalactic Exchange Center of
Information, of incredible harmony and frequency.
Question: I have heard you say on tapes from other sessions that one
should go to sacred sites, like the pyramids and Peru. Is it
necessary, when you do this inner work, to actually go to these
sites? Or can you let this unfold from within you, rather than having
it triggered from without?
Let us say this to you. No, it is not necessary to go. In other
words, if you never go to a sacred site and always spend your time in
your back yard, you are not going to necessarily miss out. Intent,
the ability to clearly map out what it is that you wish to
experience. The intent to open your memory banks, to activate memory
and the exposure to the frequency of others who have been to these
places, is all that you need to experience. In other words, enough
humans have gone to the places where data is encoded in stone, the
story of your planet and that stone frequency, that is a frequency of
information that is not recognized, at least officially, on your
planet. And the body, when it moves into a receptive state, can
receive the information of this type. That is why many times humans
have very interesting reaction to places that they visit.
Historically they are feeling the frequency of the history of the
site.
Also they are feeling the energy, the knowledge that was stored in
the stones of the sites. All of the stones of those sites are usually
granite, and there are crystalline structures within the granite Some
of them, of course, are limestone, to keep them from eroding from
water. The story is built into the stone -- the stone itself. It is
tempered, it is fed, with devices that make sound. It used to be
that humans understood the role of keeper of frequency. If you go to
Egypt and you look at the glyphs of the walls, you will see a human
being sitting in their strange positions, where they are half one way
and half another, and their hands will be over their heads. In
between their hands is a zig zag of what would be called lightening.
That is a keeper of frequency. It meant that the individual was
capable of honing into and broadcasting a certain frequency, and
implanting some structures with knowledge through frequency, and not
just through the written form. So when one goes to those places, one
encounters this.
An interesting thing is that there is a multitude of sacred sites that
are still below the surface, or still waiting for a dimensional merge
to take place. In the United States there have been many, many
ancient civilizations who have participated here, many who left their
remnant and these remnants have been covered and buried over quite
cleverly, quite purposely. And they will begin to break surface in
that ensuing 20 years. Many new discoveries will be brought about,
more so than in any other time period of what you call your recorded
history. Many have already been uncovered, particularly in the land
of Egypt this last year. Because many have gone to break the energy,
and yet this has been kept secret, has it not? In Peru was another
place the a tunnel system went under the Earth, and a very ancient
civilization was introduced by the Bird People in the area of Lake
Titicacca -- by far older than the Mesopotamian sites -- buried of
course under many layers.
Your planet is an exceptionally interesting place. If only those who
are receiving information would have greater freedom to disseminate
it, everyone's attitude would change, because they would find that
Earth was truly a place to Love, not a place to simply survive.
Question: Who controls our DNA? From what I have heard, there seem to
be different intelligences pulling the strings on our DNA. What I
would like -- I would to control my own DNA.
Let us say, you are the one who controls it-- once you wake up to
that knowledge. You see, the whole planet has been controlled in
such a way that you have been taught and trained from the time that
you first popped out onto this planet that you are not in control of
your reality -- that everything is circumstantial -- that everything
depends on something that you have no say in. Wrong! You have
complete control over everything. Until you discover that, and until
you believe it, you are subjected to whatever anyone else wishes to
do to you in this free-will zone. And in your innocence, you have
been exposed to things that have allowed your DNA -- your intelligence
and many other things-to be controlled.
Question: You said that the frequency that we have been operating on
is disappearing, or has disappeared?
It has been pierced at this time. In other words, think of the
frequency that has limited the human experiment as like a radio
station. The human experiment has had one radio station that has been
effecting it for 300,000 years same old tunes! How do you like that?
But the human experiment was unable to turn the dial to hear a
different band -- do you understand? The same frequency was broadcast.
This creates what would be called a quarantine -- a sealing of your
planet -- sealing it off.
The creative Cosmic rays set by the Prime Creator and the original
designers, pierce through this frequency seal. And they bombard the
Earth. However, they must have someone to receive them. Without a
receptacle of these creative Cosmic rays, they would create chaos,
havoc, confusion. And so you, as the members of the Family of Light,
come onto this system to receive the rays of knowledge, and to
disseminate the knowledge, and the new life style, and the new
frequency to the rest of the population -- to alter, literally, the
entire planet, and the way this paradigm is approached.
Question: Couldn't one go to the 10th, 11th and 12th chakras to get
this information?
It will evolve within you, when you are ready. Particularly when you
have finished with the ups and downs of emotional life. You see,
emotion is the key to all of this. You need, as human beings, the
emotion to connect you with your spiritual self. Emotion is essential
to understanding spirituality. Emotion generates feeling. Feeling is
the third center of the body, where the energy stopped.
In women, the feeling center stayed in tact because women brought
birth onto the planet. So they were connected with feeling through
life. Do you understand? Males became very disassociated with life --
so much so that in most societies men were not present -- they were
disassociated from the process of life. They were not present for the
birth, for the delivery of life. So it became very easy for them to
make war because they were not involved directly in the life process.
Women, of course, have a much more difficult time participating in
war because they are so involved in the feeling center and the
birthing process, even though it has been tremendously shut down in
the entire species.
When one begins to clear through understanding, issues of survival,
money, food, shelter. When you understand that you are provided for.
Simply by knowing it, you are provided for. When you begin to
understand the frequency of sexuality, and the distortions of
sexuality that have been presented to you on this planet. When you
begin to work through these things, through the dramas of your
lovers, your husbands, your children, your family. When you begin
to see everything as the divine plan. You will begin to access the
information of all of the evolved heli, and all of the evolving
energy centers. The story will become opened to you, because you
intend it. You will decree it. You will pull it into yourself. Do
you understand this?
Question: In reference to the lizies -- you said, sort of in passing,
that they created holograms?
Ah, someone listened here. You are clever. We love it when we throw
something out and someone picks up upon it. What kind of holograms
have they created?
Question: Exactly. Could you expand upon that? My understanding is
that everything is a hologram --is this all a distortion? And then the
second part of my question is that in the Bill Cooper information, he
states that the government officials were shown a hologram of the
crucifixion of the Christ. Now was that just a fabrication?
All right. Let us give you a little background here, and then you
decide for yourself. One of the things that we like to teach you all
is for you to decide. We give you information, and you decide what
to do with it. You are in charge of you life. We are not.
During the last century, your planet has become very clever with its
technologies, yes? Ever wonder where those technologies came from?
Well, let us say there was many gifts and many influences that came
from off your planet, that have been hushed up. Some information
was, of course, brought down to your planet in many different ways,
and the technologies brought about changes in lifestyles.
One of the changes in lifestyles would be your cinemas. And a whole
new way of influencing thought was brought to the planet by the
industry that is called film -- yes? Some of it has been for
entertainment, some of it has been for education, and some of it has
been purely for brainwashing. Do you understand? It is for you to
decide what is what.
Now, being that you are a controlled society-- frequency controlled
-- your ability to create technologies is some what limited. In a
society that is less controlled -- that has greater outreach or
greater travel capabilities through space, and interchange between
one system and another, technological advances are quite astounding.
And just as you have an industry upon your planet called the movie
industry, there are those who are clever in space in the Cosmos and
they have what you could call the holographic industry. And they make
holographic inserts. They make dramas that look just like they are
real. And they insert them, through portals, onto your reality.
Now, you can understand that since these space beings have been
around for so long --hundreds of thousands of years - and mankind's
frequencies has been controlled -- it is quite easy to hoodwink
mankind. Yes? Quite easy indeed.
We talked about the portal in the Middle East as being a dimensional
doorway -- an entryway onto your planet -- a way for certain energies
to find civilization.
Let us clarify something here. When you leave a planetary sphere,
and go out into space, once you traverse certain belts of
consciousness, you must find the proper portal, to come back onto
that planet in the precise time period -- or corridor of time -- that
you are looking for-- especially if you are looking for the one that
you left from! Your scientifics have discovered this in some of their
shots into space. Without the help of off-planet beings, your space
program never would have gotten anywhere -- because you must find the
portal to come back. There are different portals in different places.
There have been beings that have been lost in space, because they
could not find the portal. It is the same thing when you go to a
planet. If you do not find the portal, and go through the portal
that would allow you to have a dimensional merge into their corridor
of time, you may enter a very desolate, barren place that looks as
if nothing exists there. Do you understand? This is how systems are
kept locked -- how they are kept in tact -- how they are prevented
from being raided and taken over. Does this all make sense to you?
Now, you have portals in the Southern continent, portals in the
North American continent, you have portals, of course, over Asia,
China -- and the huge portal that we are presently discussing is the
portal in the Middle East -- it is gigantic. Many holographic
inserts, dramas, were inserted through that portal to effect the
minds -- to effect the beliefs of the population. Be aware-- being
that this portal is in the midst of crisis, and that it is being
fought over that it is prime for a holographic inserts. It is prime
for a belief system to alter this chaotic world --to enter and to get
everyone to move in a different direction. Be aware of your feeling
centers when these kind of events begin to occur on your planet.
Question: Could you give us an example, then, of something that has
occurred in the Middle East that has been a holographic insert?
All right -- the crucifixion of the Christ.
Question: It never really happened?
It did not happen in that way -- in other words it had a parallel
reality. And that is not the reality that the Christed one came into
play the drama that was played out and passed on historically to you.
That is an example of a holographic insert. In other words, a
version of this entities life was molded and designed into a
holographic entertainment movie, and inserted and played out as if it
were real.
Now, do you begin to understand why you have come here to bust the
system!? Do you understand how complex frequency control is? Do you
understand how fine and thin reality is? Do you understand how
available reality control is to the human specie if they would begin
to harmonize with one another? -- and if they would begin to act as if
they were all provided for, and to believe it? To create through
their minds?
What we want, more that anything else, is to see you, as the
members of the Family of Light to succeed in liberating the humans.
--- cont in part 3 ---
--- Part 3 ---
Question: I would like to know what particular holograms those of you
of the Pleiades have been providing us?
You are very clever!
Questioner: Well, everyone plays this game, I assume!
Of course! Yes, of course. Because, remember, it is a free-will
zone. If you can remember that you exist in a free-will zone we will
get to your question in a moment -- if you can remember that you exist
in a free-will zone, you can relax. Nothing is going to happen to
you, because you are in charge. As soon as you do not live that,
and do not believe it, then you move out of charge.
Now, you want to know what, in our cleverness, what we have been up
to. Well, we were involved in giving our DNA -- not we, but our
ancestors -- were involved in giving information-DNA -- to the
original planners. We have been greatly affected by the frequency
control that has been taken over on the Earth for the past 300,000
years -- we have been greatly affected. Whole sectors of the galaxies
are under stress and strain at this time, because there seemingly is
a war of opposition -- polarities-- what we call the white T-shirts
and the dark T-shirts, good guys and the bad guys, the forces of
Light bringing information, and forces of darkness withholding
information -- withholding the story. That is all that the forces of
darkness are-- they don't tell the truth.
All of this brings about a change of frequency-- a need to evolve, a
need to grow. During the last 300,000 years, we have, as
Pleiadians-- certainly not our group -- we are a new experiment.
Certainly our ancestors have been up to their shenanigans on your
planet -- bringing a history and a memory to different cultures to
different groups. We are associated with energies within the creative
process that comes from a family of Bird Creatures. If you study
ancient history upon your planet, you will understand-- that just as
the lizies have been part of your history, the Bird Creatures -- the
Bird man, the Bird Gods, have been a part of your history as well.
We have been representing, supporting, and guiding the evolution of
the Bird consciousness on this planet in many different places. And
so our inserts, as it would be, are designed around their dramas.
Do you understand?
Question: You are saying that your own holograms bring in the symbol
of the Bird as a Light-bearer?
Well, if you look into your cultures that had some vestige of
understanding the Earth; even though they only had two helix, there
were those who came from space, and who worked in many different ways
with the different cultures, and used the energies of the Birds, the
winged creatures. You can look at your Southern continent, South
America, you can look in your Native American continent in North
America. You can look at the drawings on the walls in Egypt. You can
go all over and see the signs of birds and the signs of reptiles. To
make the story older, we will say to you that at one time the Birds
and the Reptiles even worked together.
And then the Reptiles fought the Birds. The story is much bigger than
just Reptiles and Birds, but at this point in your ability to
comprehend information, we speak in the easiest way that you can get
it. As soon as the picture gets bigger, and as you comprehend it,
you make the story larger, because you remember the history.
Question: I am not clear from what you are saying whether those were
actual visitations or whether they were holographic inserts?
Let us say that sometimes they were holographic experiences --when
they sought to influence a large group -- in other words especially a
viewing in the sky ...
Question: So in other words, a UFO could well be holographic?
Very well. And yet teachers would come down and work, in what would
be called a physical body, sometimes. And sometimes there would be
simultaneous holographic inserts of one individual designed in many
different fashions -- simultaneously in many different cultures at one
time. That is why some of your gods are parallel from one corner of
your world to another, where there was no contact.
So, it has been complicated, what has been going on here. Some of
you have studied what would be called your UFO scientifics. They love
to fight and pick at each other. They love to discredit and argue and
create chaos and confusion. Some of them have begun to figure out
that this UFO thing is more like a phenomena. You see, part of the
problem of the UFO scientifics is that the cannot remove themselves
from this paradigm. They must define everything according to their
own experience, rather than looking to parallel or different complete
experiments, and then learning to plug into them to see what they
are, different laws.
So, for example, many of the sightings that are presently being seen
in Yugoslavia, are holographic inserts as well. Do you understand
what a holographic insert is now?
Question: The children of Fatima?
Yes, a holographic insert.
Question: Who is sending them?
Well, that is the question who is sending them?
Question: So basically it for us to determine who is sending them?
Yes! You see, it is not our task to say to you, this is good, this
is bad, don't go here, don't do this, etc. Although we do say to
you --one of our big don ts, is don't watch television. If you wish
to evolve, you do not even want to own one -- you do not want to even
have the appliance in the house. Do you understand? And if you have
it, unplug it, because it will jam your frequencies over, and over,
and over again. So, that is a don't. And that is a hint. We are
saying to you that if you do this, you can move along much more
quickly.
So what we say to you we give you the story --or we give you portions
of the story so that you can figure out the rest-- and then we teach
you the methodologies of how to deal with what your reality is. And
then we set you free to do it. Do you understand? We encourage you to
go do it on your own -- to come up with your own plan.
The best way to determine anything is to check the feeling center and
see how you feel about it. Your feeling center will always answer you
with clarity, if you begin to look there. The difficulty can be how
to quiet the portion of the mind that likes to be in charge to make
decisions-- and to allow the feeling center to be the area where
decisions and perceptions are made. Because, you cannot go wrong
from there -- if, of course, you understand these feeling centers.
If you are all paranoid, and if you have many defenses, then your
feeling center will not work for you. It will get you into more
trouble than it will do good
Question: As I see it, part of our individual laboratories have to do
with our relationships with the family that we have created in this
dimension, and it has to do with cleaning the emotional centers, so
that as a radar screen. it is accurate.
Yes, because it can be impeccable. Let us say something here. The
mental body and the physical body are very linked. The emotional body
is linked with the spiritual body. The Spiritual body is, of course,
the body that exists beyond the physical limitation, nonphysical. So
you need the emotions to comprehend the non-physical. That is why
emotions have been so controlled upon this planet. You have been
allowed very little room emotionally. You have been encouraged
emotionally to feel powerless or frightened. lf your planet would
begin to encourage every member to begin to feel safe, to feel
provided for from the time that they were born, and if your planet
was to honor each member as it was born, as well -- that every time a
child entered onto the planet, it was well -- well through power of
mind and conscious intention to create in the harmonics or peace -- it
would be an absolutely incredible place. It wouldn't take long. All
it would need would be a re-education of the value of the human being.
Question: We are in the process of re-educating ourselves. We also
need to re-educate our children...
Now let us say this about the children. Many on them came in with
their memory banks more intact -- their DNA more evolved than yours.
We say that they came with their codings fired. The others had to
fire their codings. In other words, the code is in the DNA. And as
Family of Light, you had to actively do something to develop that
knowledge -- to bring that knowledge, that code forward, and to
begin to live it. Now, those of you who have been active for 20,
25, 30, 50 years -- some of you -- you can look now and see someone
make progress in an afternoon. It is because you have altered the
frequency and made it available and everything happens much, much,
faster. It cannot happen too fast, otherwise it would destroy the
human. The frequency would be too much for them. The nervous system
must evolve as the DNA evolves --to handle the electrical current as
it is transmitted throughout the body.
The children know many, many, many things. As we like to remind our
audiences, you were all very clever when you were children, and you
certainly did not tell your parents everything that was going on with
you. Don't expect the same. Be aware. Many of the things that you
would worry about and fuss about -- your children will not tell you.
Be aware that many of you will understand that ten years from now.
There will be an incredible rise of power amongst children. Many of
them will seem as if they are mere babes to you. As they learn to
gather, and as they learn to harmonize their frequency, and alter
vast sections of your planet by peacefully making harmonics -- through
sounds and through silent sounds of group mind. Many of these
children are fully capable of telepathic communication. So let your
children go. Trust them. You must learn to trust yourselves. You
must learn to stop being suspicious. You must learn to trust the
integrity of who you are and to trust that you are part of the divine
plan that you are guided.
Question: As we hurl into the fourth dimension-this transition -- are
we going to be leaving behind the logical mind? And in so doing, will
we become more receptive to the Christ energies to integrate within
our beings?
The Christ energies are simply Light frequencies. It is one example
of what would be called a liberator of frequencies. And yes,
those frequencies will become prevalent -- to move into dimensional
merges. For some they will be dimensional merges -- for others they
will be dimensional collisions. What is the difference? What do you
think?
Questioner: One's perspective -- one's attitude.
Yes, very good. Also how much frequency one holds -- how much Light
one holds. See, when Light is brought into the body, it fires your
Light-encoded filaments, and helps re-bundle the DNA -- there is a
frequency change. Frequency is what you know -- frequency is your
identity.
There have been periods when many different dimensions existed upon
your planet at the same time -- when that was much more common. In
the last 1,000 years, there has been a receding of many different
dimensions, as great chaos and further darkness came over the
population. Now these dimensions -- these other realities --these
places where the laws of existence are a bit different -- are
returning. You help them return. You pull the dimensions onto your
planet and make what is called a dimensional merge.
Sometimes you move into these dimensions, and you do not recognize
that you are in them. You are in an altered state -- particularly
when you go to what would be called a sacred site on your planet. You
move into a different dimensional frequency -- everything changes --
you feel uplifted -- you feel full of energy, or you feel sick to
your stomach. Something goes on. You move into an altered state.
And yet, since you are in it, you do not always know that you are in
it. That is the beginning of dimensional merges. When you return
home, or you physically relocate yourself, you look back and say,
Wow, that was incredible -- what happened there? It is the beginning
of the feeling of experiencing different dimensions.
Dimensional collisions are another story. For those who are gripped
with fear -- within the human population -- whose purpose was to be on
the planet at this time to experience the changes --for those who,
even though they came here to experience the changes, they refuse to
change-- they will experience these dimensions as collisions. Because
they will not be able to merge with them. They will be like a solid
wall of cement, kicking another solid wall of cement. And so what
will occur on this planet for many, is there will be a great
discomfort -- and this already is occurring on a very small scale, a
discomfort in the nervous system. And there will be disease of the
nervous system simply because of the refusal to evolve. Refusal to
change one's stand of oneself and one's reality. And all of you who
are working with humans -- in all of your capacities --whether you are
medical, or body workers, or teaching, or music, or whatever --
understand that this is the human dilemma the need to shift the
definition of self and reality.
Question: What I am perceiving -- is it illusory, is it delusional?
-- I sense that I am looking at the inanimate, hollow, robotic,
synthetic, humans --and I puzzle. Am I seeing a reflection of
myself, or am I really seeing ...? It makes me back off, because I
observe these people for being impostors.
Let us say that what has happened -- and this is not uncommon at all
-- it is good that you have brought this up -- it is good that the
questions that are spoken to us from one end of the country to the
other are the same -- it shows that you are simultaneously evolving.
What has happened is that you are no longer asleep. You have
disassociated yourself from the controlled population -- because of
the blueprint inside of you -- because you came here to disassociate.
You came here to be a part of it in order to understand the human
dilemma --but then you came to wake up -- to receive all of the
information to be a receptacle for the creative Cosmic rays, and
allow this process to change you. What has happened now is that quite
subtly, moment by moment you have changed so much that everything
begins to look different to you. And you begin to see through the
illusion. You begin to see through the control of frequency on this
planet.
Most humans -- particularly in the United States --subject themselves
to either television or radio. These are the two methodologies that
were instituted almost 50 years ago for the sole purpose of
controlling human frequency. It has been a very successful marketing
plan very, very successful.
Question: Does this involve computers also-- because I love computers,
and I work with them every day?
Let us say this to you. It is not that technology is bad. There is
nothing wrong with technology. But it is how technology has been used
upon your planet. Check your feelings. Check your clarity.
It is very easy for you, as humans, to convince yourselves that you
are just fine. Our vehicle (Barbara) was saying to her friend on the
way over that when she goes into New York City, and when she goes
into Washington DC, the humans there don't think anything is wrong.
They don t want to hear it when we say to them, Human this is not a
healthy environment -- you are being synchotronically blasted -- it is
a good time for you to leave. They say No we are not, we are just
fine. They are in extreme denial over how clear they can be.
If you want to get clear -- if you want to understand yourself and
your universe -- go spend a week or two free from electricity -- in a
place of nature -- where you are nurtured, and you are having a good
time. Where there in no stress for you from anything. Then you begin
to see what you can accept for yourself. In the mean time go and sit
and hug a tree. Sit in a park. Get close to nature, and begin to
see the ability transmit -- how it comes through when you are next to
nature, versus how it comes through when you are next to a controlled
technology.
Question: But there is no way that we can escape the use of computers
-- and this is true more and more. I work for a small company, and
we work on computers using a word processor and we develop
illustrations on computers.
It is a fine technology. And one day it will be a loving technology
-- not a manipulative technology. See, it is made available to the
public. The public uses it in innocence -- not understanding the
great manipulation that was and is behind it.
Question: But if manipulation creates karma, cause and effect --
don t the manipulators realize that they are doing the manipulation to
themselves. That everything they send out into the universe is going
to come back to them?
No, of course they do not. They have not figured that out yet. They
are beginning to now --especially your honorable President Bush -- he
is beginning to realize that all he has set into effect is beginning
to turn around at him.
Question: But some of those beings -- the creator gods -- are very
intelligent beings. Don't they realize the obvious?
Let us say this. On your planet, it is assumed that because someone
is intelligent, they are spiritually aware. Absolutely a falsehood!
In other words, one can be brilliant -- one can learn to transcend
human laws -- and one can still not operate with the frequency of
Love. You see, the Light frequency brings information. The Love
frequency brings creation, and the respect and connection to all of
creation. The Love frequency by itself can be very crippling-- if you
think that the frequency is outside of yourself -- you can do what has
been done on this planet over and over again -- worship someone that
is promoting the Love frequency as if they were a saint.
The ideal is to carry the Light frequency of information -- to become
informed -- and couple it with the Love frequency that will allow one
to feel a part of all creation -- and to not judge it and to not be
frightened by it -- to simply see the divinity of it -- the perfection
of it -- as it evolves to teach every included consciousness about
itself.
Question: Why is it that when we live in certain places on the
physical planet that we feel in touch with certain magic in our lives,
and why in other places we don't?
Let us say this to you. Just as we said that there are portals major
portals -- where civilizations, intelligences, enter your planet to
make an effect upon it, there are different portals that have been
built by those who carry Light frequencies. And some of those portals
allow a tremendous amount of uplifting energy to come through. And
once you live in a place like that, you become so used to the energy
that when you are moved from it, you notice the difference.
Now in this area of the world that you are living --Northern
California -- California has agreed to carry a certain frequency of
change for the planet. Do you understand? California can be
epitomized as another planet on the planet Earth. (laughter) This is
its purpose. There is no place on the planet like California. It has
a certain frequency -- a frequency of creativity. It is giving its
creativity in a free-will way. California has more creativity and
more free-will than any other place. However, within that free will,
and within that creativity, is not always Light. And so there is a
stress, and a pulling, and a pushing of control for many things in
this area of creativity. In other words, you have many power
mongers, and many Light bearers living here at the same time. When
you enter this place, and especially if you enter an area that has
been flooded with Light, you begin to feel that change -- to feel the
difference in what has been made available to you.
Then you can go to a place like Washington, DC, and stay there for a
weekend, and notice the frequency there. As you become more
sensitive, you notice how different everything is everywhere. And
you will find that you will be led to places to broadcast your
frequency -- not to rent a megaphone and stand on the street corner --
but to simply live who you are -- to go into the malls -- to go into
the shopping centers --to go into the movie theaters -- to walk the
streets -- and to make available your electromagnetic frequency,
because it is.
Question: There is a book that I read recently called The Return of
the Bird Tribes, by Ken Carey. And this book gave me the same
feeling as the first time I heard one of your tapes.
Other people have said the same thing.
Question: (Con't): It is nothing that I can articulate beyond saying
that it stirred a sense of memory.
Let us say that you are right on track.
Question (Con't): .... In hearing you speak, this is the first time
that I have ever heard the Pleiadians referred to as the Bird People,
and it is amazing the connections that have been made for me.
Let us say that we are not necessarily the Bird People, though we
work with those who are of the Creator God rank of Bird People. We
have many friends -- many colleagues. Many who exist; in space have
become quite interested in our project, and our effectiveness on
your planet, so we have a large contingency of PIeiadian plus
energies that are available to work with us and many others.
Question: I feel a relationship to the Bird People; and the concept of
the angels ...
Yes, they are associated - absolutely. Now there is a question as to
who some of those angels are. You must understand that in the terms
of your Bible, some of these that were called angels were called
angel because -- if you understand the derivatives of words, and that
breaking down of words in different language-- the word angel refers
to one who was able to move in the heaven. And let us say to you,
with clarity, that many of those were called angels because they
could move through the heavens, not because they were what you would
call angelic beings. Get clear on your definitions. And get clear of
how you have been hoodwinked with terms and how you have conceptions
of ideas where you define a whole existence of yourself based on a
word like angel.
In actuality, many of the reptilians, as they came to mate with
their own creation, were space beings. They were not the angels that
we believe you were referring to in connection with the Bird Tribes.
There have been beings who have been quite literally half bird and
half human. Look at the god Horus, from Egypt. The Earth history is
fascinating!
Question: You were talking about radio frequency and TV frequency
about the negativity -- that certain negative frequencies can be
transmitted to us. But it comes to mind that it is also a medium
through which positive energies can be transmitted ?
Just like computers can be used in a positive manner. It depends on
how it is used. It depends the intent that is behind it. We are
saying that for quite a few years, the intent behind your television
was to create a nation of automatons -- to create a nation of humans
addicted to the frequency that was broadcast to them -- so that even
if they didn't like what they were seeing, they would still stay
there-- that it would immobilize you and keep you from thinking.
Question (Con't): But if the positive forces are starting to use it as
a medium ...?
Let us say this to you. It is one of those paradoxes where on one
hand liberating information is broadcast through a disruptive
frequency. So there you are. You are watching television, and some
television show is telling you all about how uplifted and how
unlimited you can be -- while subliminally you are being hit with a
frequency that keeps you from original thinking-that keeps you
immobilized -- that keeps you in a survive-arrive-be on time-be
silent-go to work society. We are seeing very little good in the
frequency of television. We recommend that you do not expose yourself
to it.
As a matter of fact, if you really wish to evolve, we are serious,
do not read your newspapers, do not listen to the radio, and do not
watch television. lf you are able to be media-free for periods of
time, and you disengage yourself from the frequency of chaos, and
anxiety, and stress, and hustle-bustle, and temptations of all
kinds that you don't need -- you begin to get clear. You begin to
listen to what is going on inside of yourself. You begin to be able
to live of the world, and not necessarily be lost in it. You will
become clear. We cannot re-emphasize this enough!
Everyone wants to argue with us for their last stand -- how about this
-- or let us watch this one program! Argue for all of the television
you want. But we are saying that as you travel around the world, and
you go into third-world countries where they do not have bathroom
facilities -- where they do not have running water -- where they do
not have stoves and refrigerators -- they have television. We ask
you, what is behind it?
Of course, if you were in a society that really cared about its
members, they wouldn't give you television. If you were in a society
that really valued its members, everything would be given to you in a
way that would bring you wholeness, not craziness. Television also
promotes inactivity-- it promotes a sedentary life -- it promotes an
obese life. Look around you. Wake up, humans!
Question: I have a question regarding subliminals and compact discs --
and I am not referring to rock music. I have a large collection of
mostly classical and new age music, and I used to love to listen to
them. But during the past couple of years, I find increasingly that
music aggravates me, not all of the classical and new age music, but
certain ones. Are they putting programming in ..?
There is sometimes stuff that is being layered in --unfortunately.
Our vehicle (Barbara) has gotten herself into the situation where she
can listen to very few things.
Back to the television idea, we will say that even when the
television is not on, in many instances it is set up to create a
distracting frequency-- to broadcast something. Your microwave ovens
are used in ways that you have not figured out yet either. Be aware.
If you do not feel good about something, if creates a static and
nervousness within you, stop it. Remove yourself from it.
What happens is that as you change, you become more finely tuned.
You become a more sensitive instrument. Do you understand? And so it
shows you that before what was around you -- you were so dense that
it would hit you and effect you and keep you in a more lowly
vibration, and you were not even aware of it. Now as you become
clear as you change your diet especially as you drink more purified
water, because water acts as a conductor of electricity in the body,
also as a purifier, everything begins to alter. Everything is sped
up -- time is collapsing. Cosmic rays are bringing a great energy
onto the planet, and the DNA is evolving. So all of you are going to
experience great sensitivities. You will find that the food that you
loved one or two years ago, you don't like them any more. Because
you are so sensitive to the frequencies that go into the food, that
you cannot cat them.
Oh, you will find this tremendously so. Our vehicle (Barbara)
sometimes wanders around without any idea what she wants to eat,
because nothing looks good to her. That is very common, that is part
of the process. What you could just grab and eat before, you cannot
do it anymore because you are so sensitive, particularly to animals,
the vibration, the fear that is in the animals that come out in food.
That is one of the largest ways of affecting the human population. It
is diabolical. We will say that again, it is a diabolical way of
affecting the human population by feeding the humans animals who are
in fear and anxiety as they are killed. There is nothing wrong with
eating animal flesh. The animals were designed here to be companions
for you, and if necessary, part of your nurturing and your survival.
To work with the animal, to ingest the animal, was actually an
honor, to become one with it. It is the fact that you are so
separated from life, and from consciousness that you act as if the
conscious life that is not treated well when it is killed, that you
can ingest it and nothing will be lost. No!
So, expect many things to change. You say, well goodness, my life
is going to change so much. Yes, drastically! More so, if you
think you have gone through changes in the '80s, this is the unnamed
decade-- the decade of the '90s-- it will be so fantastic, there will
be no way to define it. We are excited about it!
--- cont in part 4 ---
Part 4 ---
Question: I am involved with music that I am told has soul-group
encoded data transmission systems, and also I receive many space
signals from, I was told, the Pleiades, through my system. I am
surrounded by electronics and computers. I am now about to enter the
film industry, and it promises to incorporate all of this information
into frequencies...
Let us say something. With all of this electricity and all of the
electronics that are around you-- you love it and that is good, and
you are doing a good job of what it is that you do-- but let us say to
you, be Certain -- in order to always stay in charge of your life --
to always feel that you create it -- and that you are not lost in the
hubbub of creating it -- get away from those electronics quite
frequently. Seriously! We are reading your vibration. Keep yourself
free from those electronics quite frequently, so that you can have
the harmonics of nature, and then you can go and use the electronics
to the highest of your ability.
Now, as you move into the film industry, what you can do -- and what
any of you can do who are operating in film, as who work on and
around these things is that you can transmit electronically on film
the essence of frequency. Do you understand? You can transmit your
frequency, what you know, in other words-- onto a film, and then
that film can transmit your essence and your essence is your
frequency. This is what is beginning to show up in some of what would
be called the modern film. And there is a polarity at the same time,
where other frequencies are showing up on film as well.
One of the best films out -- you may not necessarily agree with us on
this but one of the best films out in the past few months, to show
you how complicated your identities are is Total Recall. Get past the
violence and understand that there is an incredibly coded story
within that movie -- a story that is seemingly about one thing, but
in actuality it is about you forgetting your identity, and then
remembering who you are. Anything else?
Question (Con't): The opportunity to take this kind of information and
put it on film is so vast. It represents an opportunity to transmit
it on a mass level.
Yes, absolutely. Let us say that after January 2, 1991, which is
the end of the next energy acceleration. December 1st through January
2nd after that, pardon the expression, but all hell is going to
break loose upon your plane-- because a number of people will have the
12 heli, and there it is going to be a rapid change of events. In
other words, those who are wanting to bring this broadcasting
frequency to a greater amplification will all of a sudden find events
synchronistically opening for them in ways that they could never
perceive.
Now for all of you, we recommend that in whatever endeavor you are
being led to participate in -- that it is part of your own blueprint
and your own plan, so that you can evolve -- and by you evolving,
you affect the evolution of your planet. Everything that you do,
everything that you do is for your evolution, and as you learn, and
as you come into comprehension of who humans are, and what this place
is, you begin to open new pathways for the others. You will find --
all of you who are ready to open and to step forward -- events that
you never could have imagined will somehow be put together before you.
Things that are beyond your comprehension -- setups we like to call
them-- opportunities that you never thought of and yet by doing it,
you create dozens more of opportunities. This is when you know that
you are living your life, and that you are living your life with
courage.
Let us say that there is a good possibility that Light carriers will
come into question in the next few years. Understand that this is
part of the plan.
All of you must make a clear intent as to how you would like your
reality to be designed. This does not mean that you are not flexible.
It means that you operate with clarity, and you say, Well, to my
guides and spirits and all of those who are assisting me in my
evolutionary journey on this Earth, it is my intention that I am
successful -- it is my intention that I am safe always in a!l the
things that I do -- it is my intention that I receive Love, and that
I give Love out in all the things that I do. It is my intention that
I have a darn good time -- that I am provided for with prosperity
according to my needs -- it is my intention that I do not become over
enamored with the material world.
Question: Earlier you mentioned the stress and strain connected with
the creativity in California. Is that stress and strain also
expressed in the Earth?
Yes. As we said to you, California is like no place else. And your
area here is honeycombed with geomagnetic faults potential shiftings
of the Earth's consciousness, yes? Remember now, the Earth is a
viable entity. When the Creators formed the Earth, there were
Energies that said, yes, we will be the Earth. We will take that
role and we will become the Planet. So there are energies who are
quite sentient who make up your Earth. And as you begin to work with
those energies and communicate with them. You begin to become the
bridge, man, the sacred bridge between Earth and Sky the conduit
through which this energy must flow for change.
Question: I have been talking to the Earth as a being. And when we
get our own feeling centers cleared up, would that then enable the
Earth to move more gently than in a cataclysmic kind of way is that
a reflection of our stress and strain and polarities?
Yes, in other words, the Earth's teachings or lessons at this time
have to do with many things. First of all, as someone was asking
earlier about thee coming of fourth dimension-- as frequencies change,
everything around changes. When the frequencies change, it is like
you move from your house. You don't live in the same environment any
longer, the whole environment changes. Now these changes are
designed to uplift everyone's life. They are designed to bring
everyone to a greater place of ease of comprehension of experience.
They are designed to disengage the human from the paradigm that has
defined your world as solid. That has defined your world in very
limited terms.
As humans, on their own, begin to place number one in their lives
the priority of quality of life, by honoring the quality of the
Earth's life. There will be very little Earth changes upon this
planet. However, many humans, particularly in your Western world,
your Western experiment, are concerned with a very different quality
of life. How much electronics they own. How many clothes are in the
closet. How many cars are in the garage. And they are not at all
connected to the affect of all of that material manufacturing on the
sentient being that is, let us say, your parent. And so, if humans
do not change, if they do not make the shift -- the shift in values
that begins to value this place that without this place, without the
Earth, we could not be here -- then the Earth, in its Love for its
own initiation -- its own reaching for a higher frequency -- will
bring about the cleansing that will re-balance the Earth itself once
again.
There is potential now -- and we have said this many times -- there is
the potential that many, million people will leave the plane in an
afternoon. Maybe then everyone will begin to wake up as to what is
going on.
You see, you have been having hints. You had been having events all
along here stimulating you. Encouraging you. Bringing you to the
realization that there must be global change. And yes, there are
grass roots movements and those grass roots movements are going to
grow phenomenally. It all depends on how willing everyone is to
change. What is your responsibility in it? Your responsibility is how
willing are you -- each one of you -- how willing are each one of you
to change? Not to just talk about it -- the time has come to do it.
And as you commit to change -- as you begin to do it in your own life
you automatically make it available to the entire planet.
Question: A question regarding underground hydrogen explosions -- the
information that I have been privileged to channel continues to say,
Don't do this -- don't do this! Yet, President Bush is insisting we
continue to do it. We are planning now that in January we get
everyone involved in saying No to this. We cannot have any more of it
-- we will not tolerate it. Do you have any further suggestions as to
what we can do that we are not presently doing?
You see, more people need to wake up. The way that more people are
going to wake up is when they realize the ramifications. Not in the
next city. When they realize the ramifications in their own back
yard.
Let us say that is why the quality of the food supply -- that is why
the pending lack of availability of stable economics, and the pending
chaos, is going to bring about a much greater commitment to all of
these actions. Do you understand? Because you see, many humans do
not want to put themselves on the line because they are afraid of
getting into trouble. And so, well, I will just keep my job and my
security, and what the heck ...? And one of the most incredible
things that can be noticed in any society is, take away everyone's
security, and courage begins to blossom like a freshly planted garden
because they have nothing to lose. And humans begin to stand up.
Never feel that your efforts are in vain. Also, do not break your
back over causes. Use the power of your mind to clearly intend what
it is that you wish. Ask for assistance from the non-physical realms.
Visualize the outcome that you would like to have. Understand that
you create your reality, that every other person creates their
reality -- and that everyone has the opportunity to wake up at any
time. When you approach anything, approach it from the bigger
picture.
Yes, those detonations under your Earth and in space are definitely
creating a certain lack of stability on your planet. The stability is
teetertottering at this time. And yet we will say to you, every
moment more and more humans wake up. Let us say this to you -- not to
upset you or to discourage you -- you are somewhat utopian in nature
-- do you understand this? It is a good way to be. We have no fault
with it. We are simply saying that you have memories, that are very
fresh and very close to the forefront of your mind, of places where
you had lived that are quite ideal. And you have a need and an urge
to want to pull that ideal unto the planet -- and to practice this
idealism -- to make this idealism a way of life. You do it for
yourself, and you trust that as you do it for yourself, others will
follow suit. All right? And when you don't see it happening on a
global scale, it doesn t mean it is not happening in your own life.
When enough people all create their own reality and consciously create
it. You will create a new plane. There will be literally a splitting
of worlds. This splitting will more than likely not occur for more
than 20 years. In the meantime, your world will more than likely be
ravaged by war quite a few times, and you will have some very
puzzling and very confusing space dramas begin to take place. You
will have some space cousins who are needing to figure out, quite
publicly, who they are.
Question: I would like to thank you so much for your generosity of
spirit in coming and being with us ...
Let us say something to you. We are not without our purpose. Let us
explain something to you. We come from your future. And in certain
instances, we can say that we have our hands full. We have come back
in what would be called a section of our time, to a place that we
call a kernel -- seed -- in order to affect change. We will tell you
that 9 months after the Harmonic Convergence, when our vehicle
(Barbara) made an intention that was quite clear as to what she
wanted, we were born, to our great purpose and enjoyment. We need
you, just as you need us, in order for us to understand what is
going on in our world presently, we need you so that we can evolve.
And so that you, as members of the Family of Light, can institute,
implement, insert, a grand new probability on the chain of realities
that will implode in the next 20 years from this sector of existence,
that so vastly affects us, where we are in your future. So we thank
you for showing up and participating, and for recognizing who you
are.
Question: I have a question having to do with Light Bearers, and
having to do with the fulfillment of the plan of the Earth. I am sure
you are probably aware of a being incarnated on Earth who identifies
himself as Maitreya. The press release, and the introduction by Ben
Creme, says that this Maitreya is indeed a world teacher, and is the
Christ, returning to Earth. On one hand, I have an incredible
attraction to want to be with him in order to bring more Light to the
planet. And yet there is a part of' me that is very aware of what you
said about measuring the feeling I experience in the solar plexus, as
a connection to the higher spiritual life. And I find, in my being
with him, that there seems to be a dichotomy between what you are
saying about the feeling power, and the mental polarization focused
at the third eye. It is confusing for me, can you help me? Is he a
great Light Bearer -- this Maitreya?
We would rather leave that for you to discover. We can say to you
this, if this will assist you. You have noticed something. When you
are clever enough to notice something, do not ignore if
We will also say this to you, that as far as we can tell. What we
can see there is no, the Christ. It is a collection -- a collective
-- a committee of energy representing impeccable information. And as
we have seen it, that energy is on, and around your planet in many
different shapes and guises -- in some instances knowing itself -- in
other instances, not knowing itself at all. You have been handed a
story about the Christed One that is rather limiting. We do not want
to do any Christ bashing because any bashing that we would do would
be a bashing of information that is incorrect, rather than bashing of
the office, or the energy.
Use your sense of discernment. You will find that there will be many
new emerging world orders. We recently did a session called Chaos and
Emerging World Orders. Chaos brings about change. When you are
baking a cake, and you take all of the separate ingredients, and
throw them together in a bowl, it looks like a mess, does it not? It
looks like you took the flour that was so complete, and the eggs that
were whole, and the oil, and the sugar, and you ruined them.
Minced them all up and made chaos. Except you new the next step --
you trusted that if you followed the recipe and put this mess, this
chaos, of ingredients that were all quite separate, and whole, and
integral, and put it into the oven, you would come up with something
fantastic. The heat was the catalyst -- do you understand? So let us
say that the energies of the Christed One are going to be mixed and
blended with one another, and with many other things, and allow an
invisible catalyst to bake it and bring it into something that is
presently unrecognizable-- even those things that you do not have a
good feeling about even if they are in the name of Christ.
Question: What about the ocean pollution, and the whales and dolphins
stranding themselves? They have a higher intelligence -- are they
trying to help out?
They are members of the Family of Light. They are carrying a
frequency. The dolphins and wales have for eons carried a frequency
from some of your ancient civilizations. The dolphins of those from
Atlantis. What you call your Atlantean culture, were coded before
the demise of Atlantis. They were given much information. The
dolphins are presently transmitting that information to the human
specie. And they are also giving you a message that is saying, that
their quality of life is in question. And if their quality of life is
in question, so is yours. They are a mirror for you at this time.
Question: So the strandings are almost like suicide in order to give
us a message?
They are for a message -- of course. These animals are not foolish.
You think an animal does not know when it is going to die? You think
an animal wonders when its death is going to come -- that they buy a
funeral plot and wait for it? Animals know when they are going to die.
They are incredibly clever. One of the major misnomers of your
scientifics is that man is the most evolved on your planet.
Everything is evolved. There is intelligence within the cricket who
chirps in your bedroom. There is intelligence in all things. There
is a harmony and synchronicity in all things.
And one thing about the animals, they know that they just change form
when they die. They know this -- they don't watch television!
(laughter) They trust themselves do you understand?
The ones who watch television, of course do not trust themselves.
They are your household pets. So they mirror for you all of your
fears, all of your joys, all of your everything.
The animals of nature, they are in tune with the planet. Many of
them know that there is a new world forming. And so many of the
species that are moving into extinction, are in actuality moving
through dimensional frequencies, and are moving onto what would be
called the new Earth as the old Earth, let us say, is dying.
Question: All this pollution, is that irreversible? All of the
nuclear waste, and all the toxic stuff, pesticides ...
Are you asking us to say it is hopeless? Of course not. There are of
course technologies that could clean this place up like Mr. Clean if
that was to be the plan. However, with the responsibility as it is
with the present specie, there would be no point. Because the
present specie must learn to honor their nest. All of you must learn
to honor your bodies, because without the body, you would not be
here. And without the Earth you would not be here. The body is the
greatest gift it is the most valuable thing you own -- along with the
Earth. And in the ideal, there would be a sacredness, and honoring,
and cherishing, and Love of the Earth, and of your physical being.
And when you live your life this way, it shows. Let beauty begin to
resonate in your home, in your property, in the land that you are
associated with, and the land of your body as well.
Question: Do we damage the Earth with mining-like all of the crystals
and things that we pull out? Is there a reason why they are there in
the formations they are in?
The Earth is more resilient than you would imagine. The Earth is not
hurt by your removal of crystals and stones. The Earth is here to
feed you. The Earth is here to sustain you. The animals are here to
work in cooperation with you. Done with Love, anything done with
Love, has the force of the Creator behind it. And done with Love,
there would be no hurt and no harm. And if you need a context, or if
you need a codicil for your behavior as to what you make decisions
on, ask yourself, Am I operating with my highest integrity here?
And, Am I operating with Love? Is Love my intention for all of those
people that I encounter and for all the things that I do? No matter
what your profession is.
Everyone must learn to Love the Earth. Everything can be used of the
Earth, if the Earth is Loved and honored in the process. It may be
difficult to imagine a gang of oil construction workers, before they
set the bit into the ground to stand and hold hands and ask for
guidance-- to ask for permission to penetrate the Earth (laughter).
And yet, if his were done, things would be much more incredible.
You laugh now because it is deemed foolishness to communicate to
something that does not talk back. Let us say that if all industry,
and if all educators, and if all people first stopped and asked for
the highest integrity, and a great Love for all involved and there be
no harm to an humans, and no harm to any of the Earth - that plan for
a high civilization would be absolutely phenomenally received. And
this is beginning to come. Absolutely. People are getting this kind
of information at this time.
Question: Going back to the chakras -- there are 12 chakras? Regarding
the new ones like the Universal chakra, do they relate somehow to our
physical body too?
They are your information centers that your physical body connects to
by ray, by frequency, to receive broadcasts -- to receive
information. These chakras are intelligence centers that each human
can access. You can connect with them collectively, you can do it
individually. It is a way for the humans to expand their intelligence
--by plugging into intelligence that comes from outside of the body,
rather than thinking that one must have intelligence from inside the
body, and be taught from outside.
Question: The first 7 chakras are related to certain centers, or
locations, within our body. Do the other ones?
The other ones will connect you to what we call the "multidimensional
self. You see, collectively as you exist, you certainly don't exist
just in one form -- in one place -- you are multidimensional. As
members of the Family of Light, you are exceedingly multidimensional.
You are systems busters. You are in many different systems, in many
different shapes and guises. Many of the humans who are on the
planet, and who are part of the "native stock, may not have the
varieties that some others have. That is why they are so shut down,
because they have not had the experiences of many different
incarnations. For many of them, their incarnations are human, or a
slight variation of human.
When you begin to access information from off the planet, you will
begin to make sense of your other-than-human identities. And those
other than-human identities will begin to contact you. You may look
in the mirror, and you may see one for a flash of a millisecond -- a
very foreign face looking back. Sometimes, when you are clever, you
can see the shows we put on. Sometimes we like to take the energies
of our vehicle (Barbara) and have many different shapes and energies,
if you would look very closely sometimes. This is the dimensional
shift-- the dimensional changes. The optic nerve in the eyes also is
evolving. The optic nerve is changing along with everything else.
Question: Could you speak of the role of bones? You said something
about the relationship of bones to stones?
We said that information is stored in bones, just as information is
stored in stone -- by sound, by frequency. That is why we have been
recommending for quite a long time now to get body work. Body work,
body work, body work! Yeah for the body workers!
We will give you an aside on the body workers. They are trained in
something in what they have no idea of what they are doing. lf some
of your world management team knew what the body workers would
eventually be doing body working would be banned! Absolutely! Body
workers are going to become frequency translators. And what you do,
you assist in clearing the physical body, and in raising up the
intelligence of the Light-encoded filaments. And the frequencies in
the bone are going to work with the Light-encoded filaments.
The skeleton is your structure -- the form. It is not so hard in form
as is thought. The bone is quite porous, and the same sound that is
stored in stone has been stored in the human bone. And when the
physical body is worked upon through all kinds of energy work, this
assists the body in recognizing its identity. And as its identity
begins to come forward, the human drama is cleared, it is more
deeply understood, and one is not lost in it. One becomes proud of
one's participation in it, rather than feeling victimized by it.
This information in the bone begins to set up a resonance with the
Light-encoded filaments that make up the evolving DNA, and then all
of a sudden, the human body widens to a greater attunement. Body
workers, in the next two years, are going to find that they have
outgrown their body-working instructors. We predict that there will
be many conferences of body workers where many new disciplines of an
old discipline will be birthed. New ideas, new ways of using
frequencies to alter and restructure the body, and activate memory.
The cranial area is particularly important. And in order to integrate
the reptilian self, the lower area of the skull is important.
Question: I have a question about body work. Are there any particular
stones or things -- like something that you can have on your body when
you are doing body work, to help protect you from taking on someone
else's energies?
Well, first of all, the best thing you can rely on to not take on
someone else's energies is your clarity. And your willingness to not
fix everyone.
We come in here, and we don't take on your energy. It is yours. We
share energies. If you can transform yourself, more power to you.
But we are not here to make certain that each one of you transforms
yourself or to fix yourself. We are here as conduits of energy. This
is the agreement our vehicle (Barbara) has set up -- you can use my
body, and you can use my voice -- I will allow myself to become a
conduit for another aspect of myself, and I will share my time on
this planet with you.
You become a conduit for energy as you work on someone's body to share
the energy that is available to you -- and to make it available to
them so that they can do with it as they would. As you learn how to
play with it, and orchestrate it, and make a tune of it.
Now, obsidian, of course is quite handy. But we don't like you
humans to get over-reliant on tools. Understand? Because then you
think that it is in the tool, rather than within yourself. And then
you become victimized, and you say, well, it didn't work.
You be clear about who you are, and you use the properties of certain
energies to keep yourself in balance. For body workers, we would say
obsidian for keeping off someone else's vibrations --for keeping yours
connected with your psychic centers open.
Question: You mentioned that the Light Workers may come under -- I
forget the word you used..?
Scrutiny we didn't say scrutiny before, but that is the word. And
you are already getting some of this in your California, are you not?
Where psychics are being penalized and having to pay certain amounts
of money to perform. That is happening in many places. It is
happening in Atlanta, in the Washington DC area, in the Boston area
where your free-for-all therapies, that are not regulated according
to officialdom, are going to come under license, and fines, and
penalties and many other things -- as fear grips those who are losing
control. All you need do is recognize it. And all you need do is say
listen, Do I fear that these other people are fearing that they are
losing control, so that they are going to penalize me? No, I am
safe, I am clean, I am pure, and that is not my drama, I am no
available to play a part in that one. You decide what dramas you are
going to be in. And you will find incredible dramas operating in
front of you -- going by you as if you are invisible -- because you
are no available for a bit part, or a leading role in it. You decide
what academy award you want to run for. Do you understand?
--- cont in part 5 ---
--- Part 5 ---
Question: I have a question for those of us who spend many, many
hours surrounded by electronic --is there anything we can put in the
area where we work?
There are many crystalline structure that are able to transmit a
tremendous amount of energy. Our vehicle (Barbara) has many friends
who work in such environments, some of who have come to us, and we
have recommended number one, a very clear intention every day of what
your purpose is and what you want, and what kind of frequencies you
are available to experience.
We see electronics, as electronics and as the current presently runs
through your system -- it is a current that is not compatible with the
human current that is in the body. Humans are electrical and these
various appliances run on electricity. The entire electrical system
is not in harmony with the physical body. Your Mr. Tesla came up
with an electrical system that was much more harmonious with the human
body, but it was not implemented.
So in order for you to make accelerated progress, you must learn to
move outside of this electronic showering that you constantly put
yourself in. Go into nature, and particularly to sit quietly in
nature -- to sit by a brook, by a pool of water-to put your back up
against a tree to get very silent, very still -- and to feel the
energy of the Earth. And when you are doing this, pull a pillar of
Light inside the body. We recommend that all of you use the pillar of
Light, to enter through the crown of your head, and let it wash you
over. And while you are doing this, you let it come out of the solar
plexus, and create a shield -- a bubble of Light -- around yourself.
So that anything that comes at you, comes and hits the bubble, and
not the physical body.
We recommend that you be very clear about your life, and what your
life is available for. A long time ago, we said that it would be
very good for you to say, In joy and safety and harmony, I step into
the unknown. Those are the conditions under which you will move into
the unknown. When you say this, this decrees your experience. It
lets the energy that collects around you know what your conditions
are.
By moving in nature, you remove yourself from this energy of
electronics that is a distracting energy, and you come into a clear
energy. And then you learn to recognize both spaces, you learn to
operate within them. We also recommend that while you are around
electronics, you drink plenty of water -- water, water, water,
purified water!
Learn to live without limitation. In other words, all of you
sometimes think, Oh, I can only get that this way. How am I going
to do those things? Get clear about what you want! You want
sovereignty, you want clarity, you want energy, you want
upliftment, you want rejuvenation, you want to alter and evolve
yourself. And then you have your day-to-day things that you would
like to add to that. Don't add that to your day-to-day things.
Understand? Add your day-to-day things to that so that your day to
day things work around that. And then intend for the impossible to
begin to happen, and then sit back and watch, You will be astounded!
Question: I am curious about the phenomenon of the circles in the
fields in England?
We will speak briefly about that. How many of you have heard us talk
about the, language of light geometry? Intelligence, of course, is
beyond the spoken word, and beyond the written word -- it is
frequency. It sometimes comes in shapes the shape of geometry. Your
ancient Pythagoras had a beginning grasp upon this, and his geometry
was not understood by others. Geometry is an evolved intelligence --
a collection of experience that can communicate huge amounts of
information. These shapes that are all over the planet are put on the
planet by sound. Sound above the human frequency, or below the human
frequency it varies -- were used to implement these language shapes,
which many times in the beginning are circles. They will evolve to
triangles, they will evolve to lines, and they will evolve to many,
many things.
They have been most prevalent in England, and throughout Europe,
they are in the Soviet Union, they are in Southern Continent, they
are even in the United States, although they are doing a darn good
job to pretend that they are not there. We understand that some of
your news broadcasters are planning upcoming shows about those lines,
and we will see how much they pretend they don't know about them. It
is going to be interesting!
So these geometric shapes are like hieroglyphs. The hieroglyphs, or
the pictographs, that are on your planet carved in stone
particularly in Egypt, but all over the planet. They are what would
be called a generation of intelligence. In other words, if one were
to read the hieroglyphs based on the Rosetta Stone, the hieroglyphs
would say one thing. If one were able to remember the secret language
of the priests, the hieroglyphs would say another different story.
And if one were able to understand the language of the Gods the
Creator Gods they would say something entirely different. These
circles and these shapes that are being put on your planet, are being
put there to assist you in holding your frequency, in managing it
and having the courage to live your light frequency. They make it
available in a very subtle way that no one can figure out yet. These
shapes are all connected to one another. If they were all written out
on some farmers field, something would happen with them immediately.
They are spaced from one continent to another. And they make a
frequency band around the planet that will help activate the Earth's
gridwork, and will allow you not to feel so weird with what it is
that you know, and to feel more comfortable with the changes in
frequency as they occur.
That is just a little bit of what they do. Do you understand? They
are quite interesting. They are designed and constructed, many of
them, by what you would call your ascended masters. There is also a
joke behind them too. You must understand that some beings, as they
become very evolved. Have a tremendous sense of humor, and they see
the humor in all things! Evolved beings understand that there is no
end.
(The session continued briefly on a few other subjects after the tape
recording ended.)
HARMONICS OF FREQUENCY MODULATION AND THE HUMAN DNA 2nd evening
THE PLElADlANS channeled lecture by Barbara J. Marciniak Friday,
November 16, 1990 7:30 PM - Terman Auditorium, Stanford, California
(Some of the introductory comments are omitted, as they were somewhat
similar to the previous evening)
We would like to remind you that you are members of the Family of
Light -- something that you will grow in awareness of in the next few
years. You see, part of the evolution of man-- the planned evolution
of man -- the planned rearrangement of the human DNA -- is for each
one to begin to open a memory bank, and remember who they are. In
different dimensions of reality, there are of course different
experiences and different laws. In what you call 3-D, where you have
been locked as a human race --human specie -- for so long, there is a
limitation of what one can experience. The third dimension is designed
to focus on seemingly now -- one existing reality at a time. It is
designed this way according to frequency and nerve pulsation, and the
rate that frequencies adjust the nerve pulsations within the body.
You are mechanically, biogenetically tuned-- designed. New versions of
yourselves have been in the works for a while. When we say new
versions of yourselves we speak to you who are in this room -- more
so, we speak to the human race. You who are in this room, we will
remind you, are much more than human. As members of the Family of
Light, characteristically now, you are supreme achievers in the
multidimensional realm. One applies for position in the
multidimensional realm as member of the Family of Light. We will go
into that more, depending on what questions you ask.
As members of the Family of Light you have incarnated on this planet
to prepare yourselves to do your work, what is your work? Your work is
quite simple. As members of the Family of Light, you carry Light
frequency into systems that are in limitation of Light frequency. And
Light is information. We do not want it to sound like it is cold,
computer data information. It is information that is transmitted
biologically through an electromagnetic send-out of consciousness.
This is what you are experts in. If you were to have a business card
printed up for yourselves when you are in full memory of your identity
-- they would say something like, Renegade Member of Family of Light,
Systems Buster, available for altering systems of consciousness within
the Free-Will Universe, On Call.
You go for it! This is what you do. We are simply saying that this is
an aspect of your identity that you have in common. You are here in
millions at this time. You are here, primarily, to remember, to
remember who you are and to operate multidimensionally within the
system, and to teach the humans -- the natives to this place, that
have been under frequency control for a long, long time to teach them
a new system. You are, we like to say to you, disguised as humans. And
as soon as you begin to realize that, you will extricate yourself from
the human drama, from the human dilemma of frequency control.
Frequency control was instituted 300,000 years ago by a raiding group
of creator gods who were master geneticists they rearranged the DNA.
Why did they rearrange the DNA? They wanted to control the native
specie. And the native specie was, at the time, somewhat clever. They
had a very evolved system of receiving information, and could directly
receive from space contacts onto the planet. And, they had many
different ways of distributing knowledge as it was received.
You have a very interesting way of distributing knowledge on your
planet at this time. It is based on technology on something outside of
yourself. It used to be, a long, long time ago, that there was
communication on this planet through contact with one another -- not
by technology outside of themselves but by the use of internal
mechanisms.
So, when these creator gods took over this planet --as they had raided
and taken over many systems -- they took some of the remnants of human
consciousness and rearranged the DNA. This is where the story of your
Bible, the story of your language system ancient history begins.
This is the availability of your story up until now. Most humans
cannot grasp that their history goes back more than a few thousand
years. You must learn to teach the planet that it has a history of
millions of years. First, you will uncover and integrate for yourself
and for the planet, the history of your planet for the past 300,000
years -- so that you can expand the picture of the human dilemma.
So these master geneticists rearranged the human DNA. Just as if the
human DNA was an incredible library an incredible vast library-- they
came into the library and pulled all of the books off of the shelves.
And they took the card catalogs and rent them asunder, so that there
was no way to reference the great knowledge that was inside the DA.
Get the picture? The books-- the knowledge -- could be equated to what
we call Light-encoded filaments.
In your current technology, light encoded filaments are being created
outside of your body in symbolic representation of transmission of
intelligence, through what is called fiber optics. Man creates outside
of himself what he must learn is inside of himself. It is part of the
mystery of Light.
So as this great library was put into chaos, there was just a little
bit of data left that would keep the specie
controllable operable manageable --and yet keep the human functioning
on its own performing tasks and stimulating the human as a life form a
form of consciousness to produce a certain frequency fear. And this
fear has been promoted for the past 300,000 years on your planet as a
controlled substance in every version hat one can think of.
Because, when the human resonates electromagnetically, and broadcasts
the frequency of fear, it acts as a transmission of consciousness to
be received. The broadcast fear where does that fear go? Where do your
thoughts go? Where do your emotions go? Well, collectively,
consciousness forms food. So collectively who consciousness produces
the same food fear-- someone is eating it. Someone is being nourished
by it. As perverted as it may seem to you, that is what has been going
on here. The creator gods have been orchestrating frequency control
and limiting the ways of expression that the human creation could
achieve.
As systems busters, you come in to eradicate the food source to
change the food source to bring information and Light, and to bring
comprehension that there is potential for change --and to bring a food
source that works in cooperation and resonates with Light. That is
what you are about. That is what you responsibility is to achieve.
So, we understand that some of you are very puzzled as to how to do
this. How to bring about impeccability in your own life. One of the
primary things we would ask each of you to do is that, from this
moment forward, do not base any of your future experiences on your
past. You all love to drag the past as an excuse as to what might
happen in the future. You are famous for it. So, you must act as if
you are newly beamed down -- innocent as a babe and to step forward
into the circumstances of your daily life. And as you step forward
each day, as you awake in the morning state with clarity what it is
that you intend to experience for the day. If you are not doing it,
and if you are not cultivating the habit of doing it, then you had
best get going! It is the way that reality is designed.
The big secret if it is a big secret that has been kept from the
human specie is that thought creates experience. Thought creates
reality. All reality is created by thought it is all a subjective
experience. And electromagnetically, you are controlled in such a way
a to create an experience within a certain spectrum of reality.
You, who are members of the Family of Light, are well traveled -- you
are well attuned to the possibility of bringing new frequencies in.
You have come here to hold new frequencies that are beamed to you from
space -- that are setting into motion a new pattern inside your
bodies. And so as you begin to know that this is what your purpose is,
begin to consciously design your purpose. Begin to get clear about
what it is that you want, and begin to experience it no matter what
area it is in. This is an absolute.
Question: I have heard you refer to silent sound. I wonder if you
would expand on that, and would that be related to the frequencies of
thought?
We spoke about silent sound in reference to the children. We said that
in the next ten years or so the children that are presently being born
onto the planet or that have been born in the last 4 to 5 years --
will, as very young people seemingly to you, leave home and gather
together in group collectives. And they will make silent sound around
the planet.
They will have incredible results. As we see it, one of the things
that you do not realize is yet ahead is what could be called an army
of resistance -- frequency resistance. It will be just like the French
resistance do you remember? Children are going to be able to
collectively make frequencies by, let us say, silently communicating
telepathically with one another, and harmonizing silently -- and
sometimes with audio output -- to alter events. You see, sound can be
directed and utilized to rearrange molecular structures. It can be
used with great benevolence -- it can be used with great destructive
force.
The children that are coming onto your planet at this time are what we
have called incarnations of the Masters of Love. Who are the Masters
of Love? We said to you that Light is a frequency. You are members of
the Family of Light and as we say, that is something to be proud of.
The children - many of them who are coming in are Masters of Love.
They have mastered the love frequency. Now understand creativity--
understand that the creative process values life and consciousness in
all things. And these children, who understand this, will bring a
stabilization when the time is right. They have the potential to do
it. This is what we refer to as silent sound. Do you understand?
Question: I was thinking about the potentiality of sexuality for Light
and wondering if during orgasm, for instance, do we go out in a sense
to an 8th or 9th chakra system, and then return very quickly? Isn't
there a potentiality for sexuality that we as humans have only touched
upon?
All right. It is almost as though we set you up for this one. At times
we do, you know. We are very clear about creating our reality!
Now, we love to talk about sexuality, because this is something that
is so mysterious upon your planet the frequency availability through
sexuality. You have been misled painstakingly so about your control,
and your experience of sexuality. One of the largest offenders if we
could pass judgment on this would be the modern patriarchal club that
has been going on for the past 2,000 years, called the Catholic
Church. Some of the knowledge within certain mystery schools held, in
secrecy within the higher ranks of attainment, the potential uses of
sexuality.
You are electromagnetic creatures. When you come together physically
with another human creature, you bond your electromagnetic frequencies
together. When frequencies are attuned and joined by a Love frequency,
incredible things can occur.
In order to create confusion and fear around this potential frequency
of attainment, in modern times it was decreed that sexuality should be
practiced only to bring about life. It was also decreed, to put a
greater fear surrounding sexuality for many, that the human had no
control over how and when they could conceive a child. That is not
true. You simply bought it believed it and began to perform in that
way. Women were, let us say, controlled.
Thousands of years ago, when society had more of a matriarchal bent in
certain areas of the planet, the Goddess energy was coming through and
working with certain individuals. The female understood her power. She
understood her intuition -- she understood her feeling center. She
understood her connection and the desire to create life. She also
understood that she never had to conceive a child if it was not within
her intention to do so.
In order for a patriarchal society to come full circle to prepare the
Earth for this shift in consciousness, the female needed to take a
back seat. So the female's power, and the female's energy, and the
females understanding of sexuality was suppressed. And in modern times
-- as we said, in the past 2,000 years it came down upon the planet
that there was no control over when one could have a child that
sexuality was bad and disgusting, and that it was only to be performed
within the rights of marriages, etcetera, etcetera -- all of which was
a marketing program. One of the present day marketing program to
create an even greater fear of sexuality and its expression, is what
you would call the AIDS that is running around on your planet --
Herpes, and all of these other things. You read about these things in
your newspapers, and you become frightened of your own expression. You
become frightened of your own intuition. You become frightened of your
own joy. Do you understand?
And when -- way back when -- the DNA was rearranged within the human
body, one of the things that could not be taken out could not be
removed because if it were removed, then the humans could not
procreate was the frequency of sexual attainment. And so for a long
time, the way many reached the higher realms, and were able to climb
the ladders of themselves, and reach into these off-planet
frequencies, was by electromagneticly bonding through Love, and
creating like a rocket ship to simply propel them out into other
systems of reality. This has been one of the best kept secrets upon
your planet.
Many that we have spoken to have said that they have had absolutely
profound experiences within their sexuality. We are not talking about
just heterosexuality. We are talking about two humans coming together,
by physically joining themselves in whatever ways are appropriate for
them to join, to create Love because they are sharing Love. When one
scatters one's seeds, and one is operating in the sexual expression
without Love that is when you create grave difficulty for yourself. It
is not to say that you ought to have one partner for your life, and
one partner only. But it is to say that you are best functioning in a
relationship where you have deep expression of Love feeling for the
other person that you work through that expression with the highest
of integrity that is possible. When integrity and Love are missing
from a co-joining of human bodies, that is when the human begins to
not think well of its experience and this can create all kinds of
damaging result within the physical body. Do you understand this?
Question: I have a question about death on our planet there is a great
deal of fear is that part of the tactics of the beings that are
controlling us?
Excellent. There is tremendous misunderstanding about translation upon
your planet. Let us say this. Because consciousness creates a
frequency, your emotion, how you feel, are broadcast, everywhere.
Whether you think you do this or not, you do it. Consciousness is
food, and consciousness is in all things. When you, as a conscious
entity can be enticed programmed-- hoodwinked -- to create a broadcast
within a certain frequency band, and you can sustain that broadcast.
In other words, if someone were to kill you, and keep you in fear for
a few moments oh big deal! So you let out this frequency of fear for a
few moments. How long are you good for a food source? Do you
understand?
Do you understand that if you fear death for your whole life, you are
a juicy morsel? Do understand that if you fear death, and you take
that experience with you, you are a juicy morsel beyond, because you
are still consciousness? And that you become trapped in the frequency
thereafter? Do you understand in how many ways that even societies
that are seemingly altruistic have created an element of fear and
chaos just around existence? Around the whole idea of dying and
leaving this planet?
So people need to be taught how to die. The need to learn how to die
consciously. They need to learn how to let go. They need to learn that
just as their entry onto this planes is significant, that it is an
indication of their astrological blueprint -- part of their plan that
brings them into existence -- that also their point of death, their
point of departure, makes an incredible statement about one's
achievements, one's beliefs, and what one carries with one.
When people die, they experience at first what they expect to
experience. And for some, it is very, very difficult, because they
have been led to believe that it is going to be very difficult when
they die. And let us say that one of the professions that is going to
become an absolutely incredible profession upon this planet is, let us
say, a translation assistance, translation assistant in other
words, you are going to assist people to make a clear translation from
this system into another. And you will be able literally not just to
talk them over to make it easier for them, but to actually accompany
them.
This was done in many ancient cultures. This was quite prevalent in
different aspects of the Egyptian culture where one would go with
someone who was on the verge of departing, and assist them to leave
behind any anxieties, and assist them to recognize the new
manifestation their consciousness was creating, as they left one
reality and moved into another.
Question: I have been wondering lately about the concept of suicide --
it seems that there has been a lot of guilt put on people, that it is
wrong to do this. And I have started wondering lately if it is really
wrong? Does it just mean that you want to leave?
The way that can be, from our point of view, interpreted as wrong
would be that the thing that all of the humans must begin to have in
common -- as a common value -- as a common law, is that life is
valued, all life is valued.
And if one wishes to terminate one's existence here, one can will
oneself out of the system. One can simply shut down the process. You
are taught that you have no control over it, so there is a violence
that comes about in the taking of one's own life -- a hopelessness.
Most humans that commit suicide do so because they have never been
nurtured into the idea of their own power. They have been led to
believe, time after time, that there is nothing they can do about the
circumstances of their life. For that is what your world teaches you.
That you are impotent. You are not in charge of your life. So that
withholding of a tremendous truth creates the availability of the
suicidal frequency.
It is wrong to annihilate life in a violent way. You are responsible
for the life that you occupy. It is your responsibility to use it to
do a good job of it, and when you are finished with it, bring it to a
close by willing it to a close.
In many societies in ancient times, when someone was finished, they
would lie down to die. The grandmothers, the grandfathers knew, they
picked the time according to the seasons and the moon. Do you
understand? They understood the Cosmic laws they understood the laws
of the Earth. Many of you have been tied into those systems of
education during the past 300,000 years. You are trained.
You are trained in many different ways. It is all inside of you. It is
your task to remember your training. This in not the lifetime when you
are going to be taught new information. This is the lifetime when you
are going to remember what you already know. And that is all we are
here to do, to remind you of it.
Question: This is an interesting subject the idea of being hoodwinked
by intelligences that are supposedly greater than ours...
Let us say something. You have been led to believe on this planet and
this is a hoodwinked that if intelligence is greater than you, then
it must be gooder. They don't compute.
The hierarchy is so gigantic. You were taught that Yahweh was the end
of the hierarchy -- the supreme being. No way! The Supreme Being,
Prime Creator is in all things . It does not come down onto a planet.
Do you understand? Its energy is so vast it orchestrates the entire
existence, and it creates Energies to go out and do as they would to
learn.
Question (Con't): Also, my question has to do with cause and effect.
Where is the victory for those who are doing the controlling? Sooner
or later it is going to come back to them call it karma -- call it
cause and effect. There is no victory for anyone?
There is experience. Remember, we said that this local universe that
you are cycling through is a free-will zone. It means that the theme
that is prevalent in this sector of existence this, your local
universe -- that all things are allowed. That is Prime Creator's
experiment in this chunk of existence. All things are allowed. When
all things are allowed, there is a learning process that is
discovered and understood within this.
We are not saying that it is good or bad. Prime Creator is gathering
experience. And as consciousness is endowed with free will, this
universe is an experiment in obscuring. and participating in, how far
consciousness will go with its free will before it realizes it is
annihilating itself. And Prime Creator, in its generosity, allows this
to exist for Prime Creator's own reasons -- because each universal
system is layered and intricately connected, like a hornets nest, to
other universal systems. It is very, very vast - that which is called
Creation.
Question: I have a question about commitment, and about what you mean
by impeccability?
Let us say this to you. In a short period of time, there is going to
be a great need -- a great realization -- of who is a keeper of
frequency, and who is just shouting B.S. Because, the keepers of
frequency are going to be called upon to create a certain stability
upon this planet. And the keepers of frequency know 100% of the time
that they create their reality, and that they do it 100% of the time.
And they learn how to defy the laws of man by the Conscious direction
of their awareness and their energy. That is the depth of
impeccability and the depth of commitment that we are.speaking of. We
are not here just to bandy words, or just to get you to feel good
about yourself. We are here to remind you of who you are, and what you
have agreed to do. What you have come here to achieve, here on this
planet. We are here to be your cousins, as cheerleaders to encourage
you to remember, to give some guidance and assistance, so that you
can discover for yourself the miracle that awaits inside the human
body.
--- cont in part 6 ---
--- Part 6 (conclusion) ---
Question: I have a question related to the Family of Light. There seem
to be beings who have come to this planet from other systems, who are
incarnated on the planet, and who are of more elevated consciousness
than the natives of the planet, and yet who still do not feel like
members of the Family of Light. Is this so, and if it is so, how do
they relate to the overall plan?
There exists what we call kingdoms of consciousness. Those are fancy
words for a concept that we would like you to grasp. Within kingdoms
of consciousness, there is a likeness of energy. There are many kinds
of kingdoms of consciousness. The Family of Light comes from a
particular kingdom of consciousness.
We would also have you understand that when consciousness learns the
laws of creation, the laws of manipulation and management of
reality. When one becomes slick at this. It is quite easy to
manifest into any form one chooses. In the ideal -- for those of you
who have activated your shamanistic and native cultural memories, you
well know that part of the teachings of these native cultures were to
go into these various realities, and to change form. The shamans in
certain cultures were reveled for this. They carried genetic coding,
and there were very few on the planet in relation to the entire
population. They held the magic and mystery, and kept it alive. They
were able to move in the form of animals, in the form of various
shapes and guises. It was quite a profound science, indeed.
As the science exists on the planet, of course it exists off of the
planet. As we said, your planet Earth is what is called a happening
place to be a hot spot. It is coded to start its own revolution not
necessarily just a revolution in the United States to change life
style. It is a dimensional shift that it going to alter all of the
space around Earth. As we said earlier, you are located in many other
systems doing the same thing simultaneously.
Many extraterrestrials who are curious about life --curious about life
forms. Know how to rearrange their molecular structure, and come onto
a planet in disguise as a human. Understand?
And so what occurs very often, particularly in times of tumultuous
change, where dimensions have the potential to merge and collide -- as
of course you are setting up here for the planet-- there is a great
gathering of energies to come to participate in the big show.
The big show happens on many levels it does not just happen on 3-D.
You start a chain reaction that moves through all of the dimensions of
existence, all of consciousness. And so some will beam themselves
down here in disguise as human or incarnate, pick up an opportunity
to get a ticket into this reality, to be here for the event. Perhaps
some of those you sense as not native to the planet, and yet not here
as systems busters, are here to observe, to participate, to
understand, so that they can take the information back to their own
systems that are always evolving.
So there are intelligent creatures who are able to manifest as humans
and to play the role out to perfection. Sometimes their memories are
in tact, and sometimes they have the veil down. It is not always easy
to come in with full conscious memory of who one is someplace else,
because of the frequency control, of course. Anything else?
Question: The Masters of Love who are coming in as children are they
part of the Family of Light, or are they from a different kingdom of
consciousness?
The Family of Light and the Family of Love have worked in cooperation
with each other for quite some time. These masters of Love are expert
in using creative forces to enhance life, and not to destroy it. They
come as teachers to show the way. How to value the life form. And so
they come, as Light prepares the way for them. Light prepares the way
for the creative forces that unify everything into an existence a
glue, as it would be of Love. That is why you have your phrases,
'Light and Love . Yet, we will say to you that the meaning of Light,
and the meaning of Love is going to evolve incredibly in the next
decade. And you will have a much greater understanding of what these
frequencies are.
Question: You have made reference in other sessions to the possibility
of an economic recession. Would you share more about that?
Well, there has been an over-involvement in the material world -- with
a greed and need for solid form and a complete lack of understanding
of the non-physical world that exists all around you. So we can say to
you that your corporations are headed for some major rearrangements --
to put it mildly.
You see, consciousness must change. This is part of the divine plan.
This opportunity - this whole set-up is not going to be missed. And so
you are going to experience a very great depression as we see it -- a
very, very great depression. And you are in the beginning stages of
denial of it - as your governmentals would like to believe. Your
honorable President, Mr. Bush, said that the economists are all
panicking, that you are not in a recession. The newspapers, or course,
are full of economic data the retail sales are down and the
escalation of a war that costs you a few billion dollars each month to
keep your troops sitting in a place that you wonder why they are
there. So denial is the first stage of this.
Throughout this time of depression -- as we see it, it could last
throughout the entire decade there will be a restructuring of your
values. There will be a re-prioritizing of what comes first in ones
life, and there will be people who will stand up, once they have
lost everything, who had never thought of standing up when they owned
everything, and people will awaken to the incredible potential of
themselves. And so because everyone is so frightened of giving up the
system, they are going to be forced into giving up the system. The
system is corrupt, and the system does not work. The system does not
honor life. And it does not honor your Earth. That is the bottom line.
And so if something does not honor life, and if it does not honor the
Earth, you can darn well bet it is going to fall, and it is going to
fall big time.
Question: I am interested in the scenarios we can anticipate
personally. What can we expect from the real world that is out there,
in terms of the crumbling of society of the exposure to some of these
political figures, such as Bush and Kissinger -- the whole political
spectrum?
First of all, as you leave here this evening, you can declare with
clarity on your way home what it is that you wish to experience --
your version of it. Do you understand? In other words, don't you buy
into the idea that you can do nothing about what is happening. Just
because we say to you that your system is going to collapse, it does
not mean that it has to personally collapse in your own life. That is
an absolutely -- an incredible absolutely!
The second thing - what can you expect to find as some of these
entities teach themselves? What you will find is that everyone's
output is going to catch up with themselves. And so that what one
creates, one must learn to accept the responsibility about it. So
these entities, these energies, who have been pawns, and who have been
manipulated to control humans, will find that they have some
interesting lessons and ramifications to experience.
Question: Along these same lines, would you touch upon the difference
between the robotics (robotoids), and the synthetics (humanoids)?
Would you dare to speculate on that?
Well, those are not our terms. You are asking us to define someone
else's terms. Do you understand?
Question (Con't): No, I am asking you if you would, do any of those
terms apply to any of the political figures in office right now?
Oh, everyone keeps asking us the same question! We will say to you,
absolutely! Positively!
You must understand that genetic manipulation has been a profession
for millions of years. Genetic mastery, and the creation of life, is a
very esteemed profession. There are those who practice this with
upliftment, and there are those who practice it with a heinous
revenge.
Let us say that there are energies on your plane who are enamored of
power and greed. We would call them the world management team. They
tend to run many of your systems, your monetary systems, your
governmental systems, your military systems, your educational
systems, your medical systems. They tend to be the guys behind the
scenes who set the laws and the rules. They are very enamored of their
self importance. They do not have feeling centers that are open. They
are involved with energies' who understand genetic manipulation.
Genetic manipulation has been introduced in laboratories on your
planet in great secrecy, and human life has been duplicated for quite
some time. The science of robotics is the ability to create a lifelike
form, that is in actuality a duplication of a real life form.
There are also energies that take existing life forms, and rearrange
certain brain cells with, electromagnetic impulses in the body so that
the body can begin to perform according to program. Some of this is
done by the insertion of certain drugs quite consistently into the
system. So the question as to whether certain political figures are
really real or not, is a very appropriate question. Because, the guys
behind the scenes who are bringing this technology onto your Earth,
have taught some of your Earth scientists how to make life.
Now, how prevalent this is at present, we are no at liberty to say. We
cannot jeopardize our vehicle (Barbara), and we don't want to
jeopardize any of you with information that is not appropriate for you
to have at this time. Simply learn to use your intuition to watch.
And if someone is transformed, or looks very different over a short
period of time, watch in you newspapers for the entry of political
figures in and out of certain hospital institutions. Need we say more?
Question: I have a question related to that. Is this also referring to
the Zeta Reticula, who are here supposedly doing their research?
Those entities that you call Zeta Reticula are-- let us say they need
you at this time for many reasons. And you need them. They have had
their DNA rearranged as well. Their DNA has been rearranged by the
same creator gods who rearranged your DNA.
And let us say that everyone is coming back here at this time for the
opportunity to stand on their own integrity. And everyone is
beginning to learn about their own power. Now these energies that you
call Zeta Reticula. They have lost, through genetic manipulation,
their ability relate to their emotional self. They have no emotion
no feelings, as you understand them. We said previously that the
mental body and the physical body are very linked. The spiritual body
and the emotional body are linked. You need the emotion in this
system of reality to access your multidimensional selves. Your
feeling indicates to you what is going on not the intellect.
So these have come here to cross breed with you, to mix with you, and
to mingle with you, and to learn from you, so that they can add
feeling back into their dying specie.
Question (Cont.) It is a benevolent process they are involved in?
Some of them are benevolent. Some of them somewhat harsh, even in
violation. In the same way that you cannot at this point represent
all the humans on your planet, you cannot expect a few
extraterrestrials to to act as an entire group. There are many, many
different ones with many, many different agendas at this time, even
within the Zeta Reticuli. There are those who carry Light, and those
who incarnate as Light bearers in all systems. The systems of the
reptiles, the systems of the birds, and the systems of the Zeta
Reticuli. Do you understand?
Question: I have a question about the creator gods. So there was the
lizard race, but what about other factions who also came here to
genetically alter the beings that were here? The ones from Lyra,
from Sirius?
There were many others. There were many, many others. You are going
to find out about many of these others. Many of them had human form.
Presently, your greatest state of unrest, or discomfort, comes from
those of a reptilian type of existence, because they seem the most
foreign to you. And they will be the biggest shock to the humans to
discover that is who the humans have been worshiping as Jehovah and
Yahweh throughout the Bible, and that these were your patriarchs
within the Bible, as they merged with reptilian and native man, and
created the patriarchal system. Oh yes. You will find it out, and it
will be quite distressing for many religious leaders when they find
out that story!
Question: In some of your past sessions, you have spoken highly of J.
J. Hurtak, and his book, The Keys of Enoch'. Would you please
elaborate on his interpretation, and his almost reverence for Yahweh?
The energies that you speak of, The Keys of Enoch, are but one piece
of the pie. We have always maintained that they are one piece of the
pie. We have always maintained that we do not agree with what is
being said there. But we have also maintained that the material is
presented in such a way as to awaken an individual -- not to make a
disciple of an individual, a blind follower. It is designed to expand
the picture of the individual, so they can begin to perceive reality
in a much grander fashion.
What is missing from our point of view missing from the text, is
that the gods are not necessarily in human form. That is what is not
understood. Why? Because that is his picture. The book is based on his
genuine experience based upon his belief system and what he created.
But we share with you our version, based on our experience of reality.
What someone else comes through and channels is based on their
experience. Your job is to find the thread of truth between what is
being said to you, and then discovering for yourself your own truth.
And so when we are asked about particular individuals, and there are
many that we have spoken of, many of the different energies upon the
planet. We say yes, study it, and understand it. That particular book
is designed to awaken many. It is not designed to be a new Bible. At
least in our opinion it is not designed to be a new Bible.
We will simply say this to you, that no matter what story we tell you
today, we guarantee you that a year from now we will tell you a
different story. Because a year from now, you will be able to
comprehend things in a grander fashion. And so the story will
constantly evolve. And your job is to find inside of the story, your
identity, and what you know not what you want to believe, or what you
have been told -- your opportunity is to plug into what you know.
Let us say that everyone is in for a big surprise even this man (J. J.
Hurtak) that you speak of, who is a man who resonates with his own
integrity. Absolutely. And yet he resonates within a certain belief
system. And even he is discovering and it is going to be very
difficult for him to discover this that some of those that he had
thought were in the semblance of man, have not been so. Even he has
said that the lower forms will show themselves before the higher
hierarchy. And let us say that in his desire to serve and his desire
to know, that he has been a part of a holographic drama that is going
to prove to be very interesting. That is all that we are permitted to
speak of at this time-- because it is an indiviual s experience, and
he must express himself. Do you understand this?
Trust yourself, and trust what is taking place. We have said from the
beginning that extraterrestrials, off-planetary beings have been
behind every major shift in consciousness. They have been behind
diseases on your planet, your Black Plague was instituted by
extraterrestrials, your AIDS. They were behind the installation of
certain religions. They have been behind many, many things.
There is a good book out on the market -- our vehicle (Barbara) read
it this summer. It will give you some very interesting insights if you
are able to pull from it. It is called, The Gods of Eden. It is a very
interesting book to read, even though it is very rigorous, because it
will show you the infiltration of energies throughout the various
systems of thought.
Let us say that there are a dozen more books being put together at
this time by various different people, that are going to bring further
shocking information to your planet. There is one that has just been
released called, Flying Serpents and Dragons- (Author: R. A. Boula?
Publisher Galaxy) we highly recommend that you read it. It is about
mankind's reptilian past. It is a re-translation of ancient
manuscripts, from a very interesting point of view. If you want t read
something shocking, and something that we have been speaking of for
quite some time, that delineates it in great detail, that book will do
it for you!
Question: You mentioned the world management team, in conjunction
with the term heinous revenge, Is the world management team
commensurate with the Trilateral Commission, the international
banking community?
Yes, they are all good colleagues!
Question (Con't): So here is the planet basically controlled by this
small group of beings who are enamored with their own self importance?
And male in frequency at least 95%!
Question (Con't): Closed in their feeling centers?
No feeling center open -- first and second chakra in tremendous
activity!
Question (Con't): Directing who wins the elections, what kind of
wars?
Orchestrating and owning everything!
Question (Con't): Also. is this commensurate with the 666- coding and
the mark of the beast, which is the 666 that one day tries to do away
with money, and put us all on a system where get a mark on us, so
that this is another way that they can control us?
Well, let us say, without going into it in great detail. We have
spoken of this many times. What we can say to you is that what was
revealed in what you call the Revelations of St. John- was that one
having the opportunity of being transported in time, and shown
literally future vision -- a hologram -- of potential scenarios of
what could occur. They took a very simple man, one whose experience
was not of technological world, and gave him the opportunity to
describe these things -- much of this is misunderstood.
As far as your being controlled by the number of the beast, to a
certain extent you are controlled by your debt, or your attachment --
necessary attachment, or you would leave it to the material world.
And you can be taken advantage of tremendously in this way, yes.
There have been plans for quite some time to set up a casteless
society. There have been plans for quite some time to institute a new
form of money --new circulation of currency. There have been all kinds
of things that are based on technology, without Love, controlling the
population.
Let us say to you, that the Masters of Love, by their intention, can
break down any electrical system that they choose. They will first
begin to demonstrate this -- much to their parents aggravation -- by
breaking down electrical things in the home. This is when you can be
certain that you have one of these Masters of Love in your family!
When the electrical systems begin to go haywire -- or they begin to
stop and not work. It will be the beginning of reaching out with the
use of that kind of energy. So the Divine Plan operates even within
the beasts. The Divine Plan operates even within the world management
team. Because the world management team is here to push a complacent
society into action -- because everyone got to cushy with the material
world.
Question: I have a question about children again. You talked about
these Masters of Love being at this point 5 years of age or under --
what about the children that are .?
We do not like to be pinpointed on this, because the age makes no
difference. There are Masters of Love who are 25, 22, 19, 55 years
old. Do you understand this? We are simply saying that as a
collective, that they are in a certain age grouping most of them 5 and
under.
Question: Getting back to your comments about the quality of life, and
the importance of it I know that you have stated in earlier sessions,
and I intuitively feel, the decline of the quality of life, especially
in the cities. I would like your comments on particular signposts and
things we might watch for in terms of timing, when we may choose to
find that it is time to leave the cities and move into more rural
regions?
Well, you are not going to like what we are going to say -- no one
ever does especially when we talk about when it is time for you to
move!
When frequencies are such that it is too hectic. When you are finding
that you are not enjoying going out into the hustle-bustle of your day
to day world. When the products and services of your day-to-day
world come into question, in other words, when it becomes more
difficult to get things than it used to be. When your air supply is
polluted. When your water supply is polluted, or when there is a lack
of it. When the qualities that would allow you to lead a life where
you are provided for is taken away from you. Then it is a signal that
it is time for you to go seek out someplace else. Do you understand?
Question (Con't): Yes, but I am not clear about why you said that we
would not like that answer?
Because, is not your air and your water supply in severe question at
this time? And so can you not understand that this is the time for
you to begin to move out?
Many do not like to hear it. They want to hear it is later. We go
into New York City, and they don't like it when we tell them for
their own sanity they must move out that they must express themselves
with nature. In this part of the world, at least you have nature
around you. Any place where nature is no longer available, then it
will not sustain life much longer. Because without nature, certain
energies cannot be transmitted to you.
It is time for us to move to closing here. We would like to do an
energy exercise to conclude with. But we would like to say a few words
before we do an exercise.
It has been our pleasure speaking with you. We trust that you gathered
for yourselves what you have found most useful. We trust that you
understand the you create reality. That you have created the
experiences of the last two evenings -- and that you can continue to
create, to inform yourselves any time you choose, by simply desiring
it, commanding it, and letting it evolve.
It is our intention that by working with you, we offer you a reminder
of who you are, a reminder so that you can find the greatest source
of your own inspiration, yourself. If we could assign a career if we
could give you a way of being, we would ask each of you to become an
inspiration. When you are able to live in this capacity, to be truly
an inspiration to all of those who encounter you, you will be living
your life, and that is quite profound.
We thank you for the pleasure of coming here. We will return at some
point to further assist you in this ongoing adventure of life.
--- End of File ---
To: andrew.cmu.edu!ns1j+, bilver!dona
Subject: Tape list again
Lines: 204
Date: Mon, 29 Jul 91 22:03:31 PDT
Message-Id: <9107292203.2.120@cup.portal.com>
X-Origin: The Portal System (TM)
Status: RO
01-05-89 Stretching 3rd Dimensional Man
01-06-89 The Expanded Self
01 -11-89 The Richness of Life
01-19-89 Creating With Ease
01-25-89 Furthering Your Personal Development
*02-02-89 Immortality of Being & Contact
02-03-89 Responsibility & Emotions
02-08-89 The Mind Game & Patterns
*02-14-89 Love Your Greatest Resource
*02-15-89 Knowledge Your Key to Liberation
02-22-89 Desire and the Design of Your World
02-24-89 LA Expansion
*03-01-89 Pathway to Power
03-02-89 The Truth of Your Journey
03-16-89 What You Know
03-22-89 The Courage to Know
03-30-89 Loving Your Lessons
04-02-89 You Are Unlimited Beings
*04-05-89 Seeding Yourselves
*04-06-89 The Language of Light Geometry
04-12-89 Transmuting Man Into God
*04-20-89 Masters of Love
*04-23-89 The Design of Man
04-26-89 The Gate Is Open Take the Leap
05-02-89 Preparation For the Massive Healing of Earth
05-04-89 The Only Lesson There Is
05-10-89 Change Is In The Wind
05-16-89 You Are All Being Rearranged
*05-18-89 Junk DNA
05-24-89 Opening The Inner Pathways & Vortexes
05-31-89 A Taste of Freedom
06-01-89 Living in the Expanded Moment
06-06-89 Intending the Impossible
06-07-89 Breaking Patterns The Flight to Freedom
06-11-89 The Unfoldment of Light Upon Your Planet
06-13-89 Redefining Employment
07-05-89 Dancing With Reality
07-06-89 Heart & Harmony
07-12-89 The Ultimate Frontier
07-20-89 Spanning Cranial Space
*07-23-89 The Role of Myth : Magic
07-26-89 Your Quest to Surrender
07-28-89 Window of Opportunity. Part I
*07-29-89 Window of Opportunity, Part II
08-02-89 The Merging of Spirit
08-03-89 The Magic of Life
08-23-89 The Fullness, Ripeness & Sweetness of Your Days
08-24-89 The Maturity & Centeredness of Your Being
08-30-89 Transcending Ordinary Reality (1 tape $8.)
09-01-89 Energy Exercises, Volume I (1 tape $8.)
09-07-89 A Step Beyond
09-10-89 Befriending The Logical Mind
09-13-89 Commanding The Best
*09-21-89 The Calm Before The Storm
09-27-89 Light Encoded Filaments
10-04-89 Leap in Faith
10-10-89 The Landing of Light
10-15-89 The Next Wave
*10-16-89 In The Midst of Great Change
*10-17-89 Surviving With Sanity
*10-19-89 Signs Along The Way
10-30-89 Cosmic Travel Agency
11-01-89 Awakening The Divinity Within
11-03-89 Evolution of Your Personal Journey
11-08-89 You Are Sovereign Unto Yourselves
*11-11-89 What is Truth
11-12-89 Truth is Amorphous
11-22-89 Returning To Yourselves 5 tape set
11-25-89 Developing a Sense of Clarity - 5 Tape Set(Sedona)
*11-28-89 Awareness Is The Name of The Game
11-30-89 Man-s Destiny - To Evolve
*12-04-89 The Courage to Live Your Light, Part I
* 12-05-89 The Courage to Live Your Light, Part II
12-07-89 Your Dimension In Review
* 12-13-89 Man In His Right Domain
12-17-89 Actualizing Your Ideals
12-21-89 Building A Light Body
12-23-89 The Birth of Spirit & The God Within
01-04-90 The Rise of the Voices
01-10-90 The Creative Cosmic Rays
*01-19-90 The Rightful Place of Man
01-21-90 Evolution of Natural Law
*01-25-90 A Glimmer of Light
01-30-90 Contrary to What You Have Been Taught - 4 Tape Set
*01-31-90 The Game of Planetary Control, Part I
*02-01-90 The Game of Planetary Control, Part II
02-04-90 Boundless & Unhampered Liberty
02-05-90 The Themeless Discussions, Part I
02-06-90 The Themeless Discussions, Part II
02-14-90 Trusting the Teacher
*02-22-90 Egypt 1990 You are On Assignment 6-tape set
*03-07-90 The Creator Gods -- Jugglers of Realities
03-11-90 Ordering What You Want 4 Tape Set
03-21-90 The Underlying Purpose
03-28-90 Bridges of Light & Light Grids
04-02-90 As the Masters Awaken, Part I
04-03-90 As the Masters Awaken, Part II
04-05-90 Opening the Ancient Eyes
04-07-90 Integrating the Body of Light - 4 Tape Set
04-10-90 Children of the Dawn & the Global Blueprint
05-09-90 Reality Games
05-13-90 The Ultimate Heresy
05-16-90 Stringing Energy Together
05-17-90 Sparks of Light
05-19-90 Guardians of Light
05-20-90 The Blossoming of Self - 4 Tape Set
05-24-90 Age of the Multidimensional Self
05-26-90 Dimensional Flexibility 3-tape set
05-31-90 Paradigms of Reality
*06-02-90 Awakening the Family of Light - 4 Tape Set
06-06-90 Visions of Light
06-08-90 The Saga of the Family of Light Part I
06-10-90 The Saga of the Family of Light, Part II
07-05-90 Where is Your Commitment?
07-08-90 Exploring Identity
08-02-90 Memory - Your Starship to Discovery
08-06-90 Manifestations of Spirit, Part I
08-07-90 Manifestations of Spirit, Part II
*08-18-90 Egypt 1990 Into the inconceivable 6 tape set
08-22-90 Earth's Initiation, Part I
08-29-90 Earth's Initiation, Part II
09-06-90 As Worlds Merge
10-10-90 Orchestrating Symphonies of Consciousness, Part I
10-16-90 Orchestrating Symphonies of Consciousness, Part II
10-18-90 In Search of the Exalted Self
10-20-90 The Divine Plan
10-21-90 Outside 3D - 4 Tape Set
10-25-90 The Keepers of Frequency
10-29-90 Decoding Your Blueprint Tape #1 defective
11-03-90 Chaos and Emerging World Orders
11-11-90 Earth's Initiation, Part III
*11-15-90 The Harmonics of Freq. Mod.
& the Human DNA, Part I
11-16-90 The Harmonics of Freq. Mod.
& the Human DNA, Part II
11-17-90 Recognizing Truth Through Frequency
11-19-90 Light, Lizzies and Laguna
11-21-90 On the Verge of Knowing
11-24-90 The Birth of Cooperation Through
Freq. Mod. - 5 Tape Set
12-04-90 In Divine Order
12-06-90 The Spinning of the Twelve - 4 Tape Set
12-07-90 Gods Trapped in Illusion
12-08-90 Toning Energy Exercises 1 Tape
*Dec. 1990 Egypt 1990 - The Assignment Continues :
Over the edge 9 tapes
*02-14-91 Unification of Consciousness Through Chaos
*02-19-91 Whose Plan is it Anyway?, Part I
*02-24-91 Whose Plan is it Anyway?, Part II
*02-28-91 Firing Codes of Consciousness, Part I
(Awakening of the Reality Inserters)
*03-07-91 Firing Codes of Consciousness, Part II (Impulses)
*03-07-91 Firing Codes of Consciousness, Part III
(Discovering the Wild & Crazy)
*03-14-91 Firing Codes of Consciousness, Part IV
(Gateways of Intention)
*03-15-91 Firing Codes of Consciousness, Part V
(The Heretics Live)(Side #2 of tape #2 is blank)
*03-20-91 Firing Codes of Consciousness, Part Vl
(Empire of Mind) - 4 tape set
*03-24-91 To Exemplify Harmonious Change - 4 tape set
*04-02-91 Firing Codes of Consciousness, Part Vll
(Beyond the Veneer of the Vehicle)
*04-06-91 Camps of Light
(Some distortion on the ends of tapes)
*04-10-91 Firing Codes of Consciousness, Part Vlll (Rebirth)
April '91 Bali: A Remnant of the Living Library - 9 tape set
*05-08-91 Foxy
05-10-91 Impulses of Intelligence
05-11-91 Imagination: Your Ticket to Ride.
05-12-91 Return of the Mother Goddess - 4 tape set
05-15-91 A Moment of Transformation
05-17-91 Expeditions Through Consciousness, Part l
05-21-91 Expeditions Through Consciousness, Part II
05-29-91 Validating the Self
05-31-91 The Gardeners of Earth, Part I
06-01-91 The Gardeners of Earth, Part II
06-02-91 World With a View - 3 tape set
06-05-91 Transformers Anonymous, Part I
06-06-91 Transformers Anonymous, Part II
06-07-91 Transformers Anonymous, Part III
*06-08-91 Striking a Chord of Memory - 4 tape set
06-09-91 On With the Purpose, Part I
06-10-91 On With the Purpose, Part II
06-22-91 Renaissance of Spirit
(Solstice Weekend Workshop) - 5 tape set
BOLD CONNECTIONS UNLIMITED
P.O. BOX 6521
Raleigh, NC 27628
All tapes are 2 tape sets unless otherwise noted
1 tape set for $8.00.
2 tape set for $12.00.
3 tape set for $18.00.
4 tape set for $24.00.
5 tape set for $30.00.
6 tape set for $36.00.
9 tape set for $54.00.
SHIPPING & HANDLING
Please enclose $1.50 for each 2-audio tape set
and $3.00 for each multiple tape set
----- End Included Message -----
% ====== Internet headers and postmarks (see DECWRL::GATEWAY.DOC) ======
% Received: by enet-gw.pa.dec.com; id AA28487; Tue, 8 Oct 91 11:05:21 -0700
% Received: from stratus ([134.111.20.37]) by transfer.stratus.com (4.1/SMI-4.0 Stratus Computer) id AA21402; Tue, 8 Oct 91 14:04:01 ED
% Return-Path: <lpb@swdc.stratus.com>
% Received: from echidna.swdc.stratus.com (echidna.ARPA) by stratus.swdc.stratus.com (FTX1.2/1.28 Stratus WDC) id AA16909; Tue, 8 Oct 91 11:03:57 ps
% Received: from florida.swdc.stratus.com by echidna.swdc.stratus.com (4.0/SMI-4.0) id AA04158; Tue, 8 Oct 91 11:03:29 PD
% Date: Tue, 8 Oct 91 11:03:29 PDT
% From: lpb@stratus.swdc.stratus.com (Len Bucuvalas)
% Message-Id: <9110081803.AA04158@echidna.swdc.stratus.com>
% To: verga::stanley
% Subject: A Plieadian Channelling Session at Stanford University
|
| 1541.20 | Army Delta Force <> black bag men | PRMS00::TSTARK | Priorities confuse the mind | Tue Oct 08 1991 17:07 | 19 |
| re: .17,
I believe that U.S. Army Delta Force was commissioned during the
Vietnam War as a Special Forces auxilliary unit, under MACV-SOG
(Military Assistance Command Vietnam - Studies and Observations
Group, also called 'Special Operations Group') and at last
known mission a group by that name was used for counter-terrorist
activities, almost certainly with different organizational links.
They have also appeared in movies starring Chuck Norris. :-)
Due to the nature of their missions, their current status,
unless they have been de-commissioned, and possibly even
then, would be classified. I tend to disbelieve that they
are out chasing aliens or anything really novel like that,
they're mostly trained to take out window frames with a single
blow of a crowbar and find creative ways to get into airplane
fusilages, but I could always be wrong.
todd
|
| 1541.21 | ;-) | VERGA::STANLEY | what a long strange trip it's been | Tue Oct 08 1991 17:10 | 3 |
| Sounds like fun actually. :-) .... my kind of guys...
Mary
|
| 1541.22 | | DSSDEV::GRIFFIN | Throw the gnome at it | Tue Oct 08 1991 17:17 | 15 |
| My husband would have to be the one to make the description - he is
somewhat of a war history buff, and also has some personal contacts
with interesting information. But the key to Delta force, when
created, was secrecy - few knew of their existence, their missions, and
they tried to leave as little impact behind as possible (e.g. few even
knew that someone, let alone who, had been there). The operations they
did were NOT the type that got media coverage (because the media didn't
know about it, because the governments [ours or someone elses] wouldn't
admit that anything happened). Granted, in rescue type stuff, you
can't hide the return of known prisoners, but no one could really tell
anyone all the details of the rescue (the rescued wouldn't know
names/military branch/station of rescuers). And the
military/governments could tell the public whatever they wanted.
Beth
|
| 1541.23 | | VERGA::STANLEY | what a long strange trip it's been | Tue Oct 08 1991 17:21 | 1 |
| It's better that way. Some warriors hunt better in the dark.
|
| 1541.24 | self-nature | ADVLSI::SHUMAKER | Wayne Shumaker | Wed Oct 09 1991 11:34 | 71 |
| re 1541.14, others
Hi Talligai, (and anyone else)
I'm sure you know I have a curiously intellectual mind which hasn't made it
all to the Bahamas yet. I am not that familiar with UFO literature like
_Communion_ or the TV series "V." A lot of the information in "REVELATIONS
OF AWARENESS" note seems rather loose. (Of course, it's always bothered me
when space movies had explosions in space that made lots of noise.) The
tone is ominous, tinged with persecution paranoia. Just as Michael Harner
felt fear for possessing his knowledge of the reptilian creatures, and his
need to share the information.
I am curious, though, - what is the relation between the kind of experience
Michael Harner had of the reptilian creatures and that of the Reptilians in
these Samurai Writer notes? Michael harner had a clear shift of his
assemblege point (Castaneda terminology), but what he experienced was real
(real without getting into discussions on the nature of reality, etc.). Are
these the same creatures Harner experienced. Sounds like they want to
dominate.
What is the nature of being for these aliens? Quoting from note 1541.12:
When one really digs into UFO literature, it readily becomes
clear that the ultraterrestrials deliberately conveyed whatever
impression that would meet the available frame of reference for
that time.
Until 1848, the religious frame of reference was constantly
used by the phenomenon. As man's technology improved many of our
old beliefs were discarded and the "phenomenon" was obliged to
update its manifestations and establish new frames of reference.
No more objects were seen in 1947 than had been seen in 1847. We
were simply seeing them in a new way. A new game was being played
with us.
A new game has emerged: the artifact or hardware game. The
phenomenon has always obliged us by planting false evidence all
over the landscape.
UFO cultists trapped themselves into a hopeless situation
almost from the outset. The apparent purpose of most of the
landings seems to have been to advance belief in the frame of
reference, not to provide absolute proof that the frame of
reference is authentic.
...
The UFO phenomenon seems to be largely subjective: that is,
specific kinds of people become involved and are actually
manipulated by the phenomenon in the same way that it manipulates
matter. These subjective experiences are far more important to our
study that the "random" superficial sightings. We are obliged to
forget about the sightings and concentrate on the claims and
experiences of the contactees.
Frame of reference and assemblage point are similar. It seems to me that
the nature of one's awareness, and the control of awareness is more of a
focus than the actual phenomenon of UFO's? Perhaps the frame of reference
is not something being imposed on people, but rather that is the nature of
their own projections? Or that is the way in which one's awareness is
'hooked' by another awareness?
Now I haven't even figured out yet if I am exactly real or not, or why I
even exist at all. Something my rational brain will always ponder. But,
"Everything is just a magical display of one's self nature." - Tibetan
Lama. Also: "It is useless to attach to others idea." I am still struggling
with this "purpose" idea. I've been hearing a lot about it. Perhaps
'intent' is a more accurate word in my vocabulary?
I guess I don't even know what I am asking here. Perhaps some fantesies are
more real than other fantesies? :-) "Everything is just a magical display
of one's self nature."
Wayne
|
| 1541.25 | | VERGA::STANLEY | what a long strange trip it's been | Wed Oct 09 1991 11:56 | 14 |
| Note 1541.24
ADVLSI::SHUMAKER
> I guess I don't even know what I am asking here. Perhaps some fantesies are
> more real than other fantesies? :-) "Everything is just a magical display
> of one's self nature."
Then what does "real" mean, Wayne?
It seems to me thats what you are asking.
An interesting question... and one that I've often pondered myself....
consider the implications of "everything is just a magical display
os one's self nature".
|
| 1541.26 | re: .19, condensed version | RIPPLE::GRANT_JO | crackling wrack and shells | Wed Oct 09 1991 12:37 | 38 |
| For those of you not inclined, or able, to read .19
(it is 3293 lines) I'll give you the abbreviated
version.
1. It is essentially an advertisement for a commercial enterprise.
The commercial enterprise is Barbara Marciniak and Bold
Connections Unlimited. Ms. Marciniak has "invited us to
freely share the information that was presented by the
Pleiadians" though we cannot actually share it a.) for
profit, b.) without her and Connections etc.'s written
permission.
Their product consists of copyrighted tapes.
At the very end of .19 we see the catalog. Tapes of various
talks made by Ms. Marciniak, speaking in the role of ET's
from The Pleiades. There are quite a few tapes. I stopped
counting at 200. Prices (including shipping and handling)
are quite reasonable.
2. As for the substance, well, it's a little tough to summarize.
The idea is that Ms. Barbara Marciniak is channeling information
from entities who live many multiples of quadrillions of miles
away. The information these entities have to share is, if
true, perhaps the most important development in the history
of planet earth. Naturally, they choose to share this information
with Ms. Marciniak rather than, say, the Secretary General
of the United Nations or someone like that.
Lots of creative neologisms, interesting tales about reptiles
and Bird People. Your TV (even when not on) can be used to
broadcast negative vibrations against you. Ditto with your microwave.
And so on.
Joel
|
| 1541.27 | another view | CGVAX2::PAINTER | | Wed Oct 09 1991 13:17 | 21 |
| Re.26
Joel,
You're in the wrong job. You should be writing for Readers Digest.
(;^)
Seriously though, a lot of what was written in .19 is stuff I can
directly relate to, because it happened/happens to me. Not so much the
bird/reptile, ufo, etc. things, but having my own highly sensitive
nervous system, I'm very sensitive to Earth power spots, having to
drink lots of water (from a source other than my tap, otherwise I
become ill), avoiding television except in very small amounts,
listening to only certain kinds of music, and so on. I can't even
drink a half glass of an alcoholic beverage anymore, and being a
vegetarian is no longer a choice because I can't eat meat due to the
impact it has on my body. Makes having vices very hard! (;^)
And no, I don't plan on ordering any of the tapes mentioned.
Cindy
|
| 1541.28 | | DICKNS::STANLEY | what a long strange trip it's been | Wed Oct 09 1991 13:31 | 2 |
| Just for the record... I posted the material as requested, but I don't
necessarily agree with or endorse it.
|
| 1541.29 | | RIPPLE::GRANT_JO | crackling wrack and shells | Wed Oct 09 1991 13:34 | 7 |
| re: .27 (Cindy)
Television in *very* small doses is a good idea, IMO, for
anyone! ;^)
Joel
|
| 1541.30 | Keep them coming! | POBOX::BALLON | LEE | Wed Oct 09 1991 14:41 | 9 |
| ref .28
Thaks for posting it anyway, Mary. It makes good reading. Your input
to this conference is a breath of fresh air.
Lee
|
| 1541.31 | me too! | SFCPMO::CABANYA | | Wed Oct 09 1991 15:07 | 5 |
| I would also like to thank you for posting that, and am looking forward
to further reading in this area!
Mary
|
| 1541.32 | Beyond capsule summaries and amusing anecdotes | PRMS00::TSTARK | Priorities confuse the mind | Wed Oct 09 1991 15:59 | 10 |
| re: .27,
Reader's Digest ?? I think you underestimate the wit, wisdom,
and literary subtlety of the esteemed Mr. Grant. I see far greater
things for him as a writer than a rehash of "I am Joe's Liver
Spots" and assorted amusing anecdotes.
I wouldn't be surprised if he was already published.
todd
|
| 1541.33 | i do "write" out form 1040 every year | RIPPLE::GRANT_JO | crackling wrack and shells | Wed Oct 09 1991 16:07 | 7 |
| re: .32 (Todd)
Yes, in fact see my recent article about ET class/economic
issues titled "Plebian Plieadians vs. Nosy Nebulans." ;^)
Joel
|
| 1541.34 | | DICKNS::STANLEY | what a long strange trip it's been | Wed Oct 09 1991 16:17 | 5 |
| You know... I was thinking about this concept of being descended from
a reptilian species and .... it doesn't sound so bad to me actually.
Lets call them dragons though... it sounds better. :-)
Actually reptiles have some very endearing qualities.
|
| 1541.35 | I wouldn't count writing in DEJAVU as real publishing | CGVAX2::PAINTER | | Wed Oct 09 1991 18:52 | 12 |
|
Re.32
Todd,
It wasn't his wit, wisdom and literary subtlety I was commenting upon.
It was his ability to summarize .19 so well from the conservative
perspective that I was writing about. (;^)
You know...Reader's Digest - a liberal-free publication.
Cindy
|
| 1541.36 | | RIPPLE::GRANT_JO | crackling wrack and shells | Wed Oct 09 1991 19:39 | 13 |
| Yes, well Todd was actually pointing out the obvious, namely,
that I couldn't write my way out of a paper bag. The *real*
writers in this conference must make the sound of the
nasal-clogged buffalo when they read about Joel's "writing
ability."
And I confess a fondness for "Drama in Real Life," "Personal
Glimpses," and "My Most Unforgettable Character," even
if that character sometimes turns out to be, say,
Lawrence Welk. ;^)
Joel
|
| 1541.37 | all is not as it seems | PRMS00::TSTARK | Priorities confuse the mind | Thu Oct 10 1991 10:57 | 19 |
| re: 2 previous,
> writers in this conference must make the sound of the
> nasal-clogged buffalo when they read about Joel's "writing
Joel, congested quadripeds and characteristic humility notwithstanding,
I do like your writing. Not that I'm an educated critic, or that I can
even stomach my own writing sometimes, it's just that I enjoy yours.
How's that review of the parapsychology book coming ?
Cindy, the Reader's Digest is a 'Bastion of the New Age,' concealed
in cypher and parody. You just have to know how to decode it. I think
S.L. MacGregor Mathers once translated an article called
"How I saved my family from witches," and discovered it to be an
ancient Rosicrucian manifesto. Or maybe if was a recipe for
broiled griffin, I can't seem to recall. I get so confused over
this difficult liberal/conservative stuff.
todd
|
| 1541.38 | | RIPPLE::GRANT_JO | crackling wrack and shells | Thu Oct 10 1991 12:39 | 21 |
| I should have the review done by Monday, but it will be a
rather dull effort. Sad but true. But I won't be
blaming Dr. Broughton, whose book is really very good.
The subject itself could easily be presented in a mind-numbing
way. I mean, you're trying to get across the basics of a
discipline which concerns itself greatly with doing up to
many millions of repetitions of fairly simple physical
activity. And the discussion boils down to: what does
statistical analysis tell us about what has been going
on?
You see, perhaps, the potential for glazed eyes. And
yet The Good Doctor manages to keep one's interest,
primarily by humanizing the experimenters and presenting
the experiments in a "you are there" sort of style.
A very good book, but it covers much ground and I'm not
sure how to deal with that in, say, 100 lines or fewer. ;^)
Joel
|
| 1541.39 | do this one million times please ... | PRMS00::TSTARK | Priorities confuse the mind | Thu Oct 10 1991 14:59 | 11 |
| > many millions of repetitions of fairly simple physical
> activity.
I can think of some simple physical activities, at least the first
few thousands of which might be rather ... mmmmmmm .... I guess
millions might be a little optimistic though ... ?
In spite of your big buildup :^) , I'm still looking forward to hearing
more details.
todd
|
| 1541.40 | | RIPPLE::GRANT_JO | crackling wrack and shells | Thu Oct 10 1991 15:31 | 16 |
| Let me add, Todd, I have in mind specifically Dr. Jahn's
RNG/micro-PK experiments. He now has a database of around
78 million trials. And I don't mean to suggest the experimental
design is simplistic, or anything like that. Only that, for
a subject, as I understand the basic procedures, it is basically
a fairly simple repetitive task.
In other words, though Dr. Broughton's book contains much
material that is in and of itself quite interesting ("ghostbusting"
for instance) it is quite challenge to present information
on the process of science, whatever the discipline, in a
way that captures the average lay reader's attention. As
an average lay reader, I can only say it caught MY attention! ;^)
Joel
|
| 1541.41 | An aside. | CADSYS::COOPER | Topher Cooper | Thu Oct 10 1991 16:02 | 14 |
| RE: .40
> Let me add, Todd, I have in mind specifically Dr. Jahn's RNG/micro-PK
> experiments. . . . Only that, for a subject, as I understand the
> basic procedures, it is basically a fairly simple repetitive task.
And, I might add as an aside, the repetitive (essentially boring)
nature of their design has been proposed as one of the reasons that
their experiments seem to show a weaker than average effect size.
A lot of modern research tries to make things more interesting for the
"subject." For example, by embedding the test in a computer game
format.
Topher
|
| 1541.42 | | RIPPLE::GRANT_JO | crackling wrack and shells | Thu Oct 10 1991 16:05 | 7 |
| re: .41
Quite right, Topher, and I do believe Dr. Broughton himself
has been a pioneer in this approach...
Joel
|
| 1541.43 | We're so agreeable. | CADSYS::COOPER | Topher Cooper | Thu Oct 10 1991 19:08 | 8 |
| RE: .42
Yep ... specifically in using computers to make the tests more
interesting. The other major approach to this is to use
"free-response" tests (e.g., "Draw the picture" rather than "which of
these numbers do you guess?").
Topher
|
| 1541.44 | must be losing my "touch" | RIPPLE::GRANT_JO | crackling wrack and shells | Thu Oct 10 1991 20:44 | 7 |
| re: .43
Agreeable, eh? Well one of us is doing something
wrong... ;^)
Joel
|
| 1541.45 | Joseph Campbell - Near East | ADVLSI::SHUMAKER | Wayne Shumaker | Sun Oct 13 1991 18:34 | 61 |
| Note 1541.19 references the middle east. I was reading in _Joseph Campbell
Transformations of Myth Through Time_ book of 13 final lectures. In one
chapter he is comparaing the different systems around the time of Buddha,
quoting (pp 123-124):
Now we come to the Near East and Darius I, 523-486 B.C. He was the
master. What is the idea here? The idea is of the emperor as incarnation,
or representative of the king of kings - God as king of kings, and human
beings as God's subjects. Here is the idea of man as the servant of God,
man as the subject of God, man as the slave of God. This has come down to
us.
When I was in school, we recited the catechism "Why did God make you?"
"God made me to love him, to serve him, and to honor him in this world
and to be happy with him forever in heaven." It has to do with the
relationship to God. God did not make me to realize my godhood. That's a
totally different thing. We are on the other side of the line. This is
the Near Eastern system out of which our biblical heritage comes. Now
that is outstanding and different.
In Greece, at the same time, Pythagoras flourished. You'd think you
were in India again. One of the most accessible statements of the
Pythagorean position is by Ovid in the *Metamorphoses*. He tells of the
sage of Samos, who was far from the gods but in his mind at home with
them. And what did this sage teach? "All things change, but they are one.
The one wax takes many molds." It's the same old doctrine.
So here we have it: in between the Indo-European classical Greek and
Indo-European Indian - and beyond that, the Chinese - we have this
authoritarian king-of-kings tradition, which has come to us through the
Bible. I don't know how it got there, but it's there.
He goes on, for those interested...
In fith-century Greece, with Aristotle, something else comes in:
rational philosophy and the humanistic tradition - man as man, which is
not in the Orient at all - the idea of man as himself the center without
bondage to deities. The deities are there as echoes, but they themselves
represent powers of man.
If we are to think of the old perenial philosophy as a manifestation
to our mental mind of the wisdom of the body, we may think of the
Aristotelian approach as addressed to and from the mental. When you are
reading Aristotle - whether it's his *Aesthetics* or *the Soul* or
whatever - you realize that what he's doing is rendering through rational
terminology references to, and somethhing of the implications of, the
older tradition. He's talking about the soul and about transcendence of
rationality by means of rational language. What has happened since is
that the rational has taken over, and the reference to the transcendence
drops out. That's one of the characteristics of our tradition. So in the
West we have these two heritages: Aristotle and the Bible. Aristotle's
rationality was rational in its reference to something transcendent of
rationality, but it has become increasingly strictly rational. In the
bible the stress is on the ethnic rather than the elementary aspect of
the message. And these two have given us a commitment to time and space
in and for itself, against which the transcendence of the perennial
philosophy comes as a threat. A lot of people get the feeling of being
threatened by this other thing because it threatens their rational,
ethnic, stance.
...
|
| 1541.46 | from the Samurai Writer | VERGA::STANLEY | what a long strange trip it's been | Mon Oct 14 1991 15:52 | 798 |
| The following is entered by request. I haven't read it yet myself and
am unaware of content.
Mary
__________________________________________________________________________
.... the following is a reprint from one of the books Elizabeth Claire
Prophet has written. The excerpt concerns the genetic experiments that went
on in Atlantis as conducted by an off-world group called "Nephilim"......in
Hebrew this means "Ones Fallen From the Sky"...or something like that.
The interesting thing is that what she wrote also falls in line with Zacheria
Sitchin who wrote a 3-5 books dealing with who/what built the great pyramids
and why are there apparantly entity-built constructs (such as pyramids)
on Mars???????
Lenny
What follows is a bit over 30K or so...It is about the counterfeits
among us and (IMHO) was precisely what Jesus was trying to tell people back
in *his* day, but the Power Elite throughout history have made sure
that MOST references to THEM have been removed. I think once you
read this, you may begin to get some idea of what's really at stake
here. Remember the tv show "V ... The Final Conflict"?????? It could have
been one person trying to wake us all up.
----------------------------------------------------------------------
This extract is from the book "The Lost Teachings of Jesus",
Vol 2 by Elizabeth Clare Prophet. Summit University Press, 1986 .
ISDN #: 0-916766-72-1, Hardbound and 0-916766-73-X Softbound.
Library of Congress Catalog Card #: 81-527840
This is from Chapter 12, The Relationship of Man and God
[ Italics are indicated by ALL CAPS ]
-------------------------------------------------
EXTRATERRESTRIALS VIOLATE MAN'S CREATIVE FREEDOM
-------------------------------------------------
Scientists who lived thousands of years ago on that lost
continent of which Plato wrote were far in advance of our present
day geneticists. Many people do not realize this, but it is true.
More than twelve thousand years ago mutations were created in the
laboratories of Atlantis that developed into grotesque
formations-half human, half animal.
From the akashic records we read the history of mankind's
self-ruination through their cooperation with the experiments of
the Nephilim gods and their birth goddesses. And there was no end
to the vile 'things' they created for their pleasure-animated
robots,slaves that did their bidding-and then got out of hand.
It must be not be forgot that,above all,they wanted control-of
Camelot and MORE.But neither it nor the Once and Future King,nor
his chelas would be horsed or unhorsed against their will. It's
true! The genetic engineering of the human race and lower
creatures became their modus operandi of controlling God and Man
and their relationship on earth. But not for long.
"Thus far and no farther!" The resounding fiat of Solar Logoi
quivered the cocoon of the matter cosmos.
And GOD saw that the wickedness of man was great in the earth,
and that every imagination of the thoughts of his heart was only
evil continually. And the LORD said,I will destroy man whom I
have created from the face of the earth; both man and beast and
the creeping THING...."
And this is something out of the midsts of planetary records,
stored also in the collective unconscious of the race of
mankind,that you ought to take time to think about.
This is why GOD (through Elohim) HAD TO destroy the products of
Nephilim experimentation-for they stole the genes of the Man made
by the Divine Us to imprison both God and his creation in
monstrous creatures which were not only distortions of God's
purposes and intent, but also a defilement of the Divine Image
itself:
The head and torso of male and female humans on the bodies of
horses(these were the same sort of people we find today who did
and still allow themselves to be horsed and unhorsed!) and all
kinds of abominations, such as the mythological satyr-hideous
goat men and other strange types too grotesque to even speak or
think about. Such as these did the bidding of laggard scientists
of the left-handed path (commonly called the seed of Satan) who
had migrated in spacecraft from other planets, bringing with them
their know-how, their assistants, and their laboratory specimens.
According to the Edgar Cayce readings, these mutants were the
result not only of genetic tampering but also the union of
animals (Homo Sapiens?) with the "THINGS". The most renowned
psychic reader of the century left us the following record on the
Atlantean era:
"There was not a labouring for the sustenance of life (as in the
present), but rather individuals who were children of the Law of
One-and some who were the children of Belial (in the early
experience) -were served by automatons, or THINGS, that were
retained by individuals or groups to do the labors of a
household,or to cultivate the fields or the like,or to perform
the activities of artisans."
Interpreting his father's readings on Atlantis,Edgar Evans Cayce
says the term "THINGS" refers to "the life form creations of the
spiritual beings [we believe,the Nephilim] who had projected
themselves into materiality....the earth was proceeding along an
evolutionary pattern...which was interrupted by the projection
into materiality of these thought forms. It sounds as if they, in
many cases, mixed with animals, the results being sometimes quite
bizarre."
Based on his Cayce research, Brad Steiger in his book ATLANTIS
RISING concludes that some of these creatures carried "physical
deformities, such as feathered appendages, webbed feet, and other
animal-like features" . As an extra, insidious feature of
Atlantean culture, the sons of Belial soon discovered cybernetic
control of the human brain. They cracked the DNA code, enabling
them to shape heredity. Such control resting in unethical hands
could only result in the creation of more "THINGS".
Well, it was precisely this violation of the RNA and DNA chains
that interfered with and severely curtailed Man's relationship to
God. "How could this be?" you say. You see,through the control
of the brain waves and the neurological system with its delicate
balance in the interchange of the life-force from Spiritual Man
through the chakras to the organs and cells of genetic man, the
sons of Belial, to use the Cayce term, altered humanity's genetic
capacity for psychic (soul or 'solar') awareness.
They interfered with the web of light (the antahkarana) that
interconnects the etheric, astral and physical/mental vessels
through which the intimations of the Godhead are received in the
spiritually evolved lifestream. By this genetic 'brainwashing'
and then the control of the four lower bodies through the mass
media and the programming of the young from earliest years, the
sons of Belial reinforced the blunting of the thought receptors
to the higher frequencies of Spiritual Man attuned to the
Universal Mind.
In other words, the sons of Belial waged war against the seed of
the Ancient of Days (Sanat Kumara) by engineering a mortal man,
subject to their genetic formulas of built-in limitation-and
planned obsolescence. They purposed to stunt the soul facilities
of the Lightbearers by tampering with the physical instrument,
the earth bodies they would wear, the vehicle through which the
soul was intended to recall and re-create not only the divine
gnosis from the causal body but also the knowledge gathered in
other lifetimes on other systems of worlds.
And this is the story, in part, of the conspiracy by which God
"died" on Atlantis or shall we say, was effectively eliminated,
by premeditated murder, from generic man's conscious
soul-awareness.
You see, where the Spirit of the LORD is not free to be, to move,
to evolve and to reveal himself in Man, in Woman, as the twin
flames he created out of the white fire core of his Being, then
we say God is 'dead' because his reason for being has been
aborted-in manifestation.
People don't consciously know this, because they've blocked it
out. So when they hear about it, the shock factor makes them deny
it by reflex. In their panic to preserve their sense of reason
and sanity, they suppress what they know subconsciously but
really don't want to know. Even in our day the conspiracy theory
of history is ridiculed. They say there's no evidence of a
connection between the historical events of evil and war,
population management and planetary takeover.
Well, it's an inner tie,you see-and intergalactic. It's the
astral connection. These ties are tied by wavelengths of the mass
consciousness and the collective unconscious of the false
hierarchy who are very well connected indeed. The higher-ups are
aware of their connection, if not in their outer minds, then
definately on the inner through their sympathetic vibrations.
Many who are involved with the forces of Anti-Light in the
planetary conspiracy of Darkness don't know it on the outer;
nevertheless, they respond on command or to preprogramming, and
suddenly you find friends or people in high places you believed
in coming out on the wrong side of Right-our Divine Right. And
you just can't understand why they suddenly switched and voted
for the enemy and not to give MEANINGFUL aid to the freedom
fighters holding up the canopy of world freedom with their bare
hands-or REALLY save our children or to wipe out drugs, drug
pushers, pornography and other foul things that debase the human
spirit.
We're telling you about the "Watchers" so you won't be fooled
anymore and so you'll call upon the LORD'S angel for
protection-so you'll befriend that great prince Archangel Michael
and ask him to bind the descendants of the fallen angels he long
ago cast out of the heaven world-before they completely destroy
this earth.
Let those who don't want to know or don't want you to know they
International Capitalist/Communist Conspiracy- which this seed of
the wicked have contrived and propped up in their so-called Order
and ordering of 'things' in our universe: Because it's an uneasy
laugh and it's a cover-up whether conscious or unconscious.
People of America, mankind of earth: you cannot forever escape
your collective unconscious, which retains every detail of this
traumatic race memory. The askashic are there for all to see, and
they do not lie. Jesus wants you to know this.
The Ascended Masters have shown us that the Atlantean records of
genetic horror and cataclysm which remain in the subconscious of
everyone alive today on planet earth as an indelible race memory
are the real cause behind modern-day
anxiety,insomnia,hysteria,psychosomatic diseases and mental
disorders and so many karmic ailments outcropping in the flesh.
Likewise, mankind's vulnerability to religious and political
fanaticism-seeking a saviour or a demagogue for deliverance from
impending genetic manipulation, the nuclear nightmare, and
ensuing cataclysm-derives from their prior subjugation by the
"giants in the earth" and the records of the nuclear annihilation
of Sodom and Gomorrah and the Sumerian civilization; as well as
those of the sinking of both Lemuria and Atlantis.
These records which constantly crop up in psychic readings and
predictions are cast upon the screen of the future by those who
do not properly pace the "time-frames" in the perspective of the
"then" and the "now".
It is proverbial: history repeats itself because men do not
transmute the records of their fears and transcend by Love those
fearsome things which otherwise will be forced upon them by the
Law of Karmic Resolution and the Law of Compensation, her twin
sister. To paraphrase the oft-quoted Santayana "Those who refuse
to remember or to take corrective action concerning the past are
condemned to repeat it."
For the Law of Nature and Nature's God demands resolution in all
planes of life, and until the Law is satisfied, there will be no
escape: the returning planetary karma will come upon the people,
and their untransmuted fears will beget- and they are already
begetting- a terrified and terrifying inertia. Thus, just beneath
the threshold of the conscious mind in the now superficially
sophisticated Homo sapiens, we discern the source of the
inescapable torment of twentieth-century man.
Driven to surface levels of experience by the non-resolution of
what lies just beneath, they seek escape in noise, an unceasing
nervous agitation (addiction) of rock music, the fictions of TV
and the fantasies of the sexual squandering of the life-force.
And everywhere they are pounded by synthetic sounds satiating and
further dulling their senses, already dulled by sugar, alcohol,
drugs and chemical/astral alternatives to THE DIRECT APPREHENSION
OF REALITY, frightening as it may be- and to conscious contact
with the living God, demanding as it is bound to be.
People have a desperate need (and Hollywood's Atlantean comebacks
generously oblige) to experience films on horror and disaster,
murder and the macabre in order to neutralize what is underneath.
They watch the movies all together in packed theaters as a group
catharsis(like in ancient Atlantis when they huddled and cowered
before the gods); they scream, cry, eat popcorn and it's over:
"It was only a film, fascinating food for thought, a release of
physical/emotional tension. Such things can't be real." So they
tell each other. And they exit in a wave- back to surface
thinking and feeling, the "surf-er"'/reefer/coke generation,
comforted in their mutual head-in-the-sand, ostrich
reinforcement.
That's why so many follow the false gurus. They tell them they
can do anything they want to and still have God consciousness.
Beware of them. They are no true part of the Great White
Brotherhood and the true Guru/chela relationship sponsored by
Jesus Christ, Saint Germain and the Ascended Masters.
Yes,the aliens are in the temples made with hands. Some are the
false pastors of Christendom. In them the truth that "Jesus loves
you" becomes a palliative and so they suffer their human creation
instead of seeking and finding his Love through the fervent heat
of alchemical transmutation and the fiery trial. And so people
say "Jesus loves me just as I am. I don't have to change" But
Jesus doesn't teach that. His path is one of change, daily change
all the way Home.
Then you see the false gurus of the Indian Black Brotherhood.
They never exact THE price, nor do they pay THE price for your
salvation- the balancing of your karma and the ennoblement of
your soul. I know they're telling you they're doing both- but
remember, God placed his immortal Spirit inside of you: You don't
need a fallen angel disguised as Christ or Guru to impart to you
what you already have. But if you do choose to fall FOR them and
WITH them, oh yes, you will pay false sacrifices in the service
of their human personality, but they won't teach you the true
path of sacrifice, first of the THING, the human creation, and
then of the spirit through the Work and the Word of the LORD.
Their false teaching is that you can do it all by raising the
Kundalini and chakra meditation. These are techniques which when
lawfully practiced under a true Master (even an unascended Master
of the Himalayas) can afford balance and mastery; but salvation
and the transmutation of karma by the Saviouress- service on
behalf of the Mother's children and the violet flame- is another
path entirely.
Someone must pay the price. Jesus did. Someone- the true Guru
must bear your burdens until you are able. The true Guru will
teach you how to pay the price-every jot and tittle-and this is
the crux of Jesus' Lost Teaching, the missing ingredient without
which your alchemical experiment in the laboratory of the soul
will not succeed.
There are false Christs in every world religion today as well as
in the various sects. You must examine them and base your
evaluation not on their outer personality or words and more
words, but on this criterion alone: Do they have the capacity to
get you where you want to go? Will they lay down their life for
you? Are they able to pay the price and do they wear the true
mantle of Jesus Christ, Saint Germain and all Saints who comprise
the Great White Brotherhood?
The saddest of all indictments of our society is that those who
know better are still not curtailing the black magic of the
fallen angels carried on in the name of science and in the name
of religion.
If the sons and daughters of God do nothing to stop them in the
remaining hours of the twentieth-century but join them instead in
their false religions and their pleasure and personality cults,
seeking new thrills playing on and in their bodies in a rerun of
old and vile experiments, then the cosmic forces of Nature will
deliver their judgement as they always have- through wind and
wave and "lightnings and voices, and thunderings, and an
earthquake and great hail"!
And humanity will know firsthand and too late the karma of doing
nothing (they have a momentum on it, don't they!) about the
molestation of Life, precious Life, by the aliens in their midst.
With one voice, on cue, we shall hear the anguished cry of the
mankind, Homo sapiens: "The thing which I greatly feared is come
upon me". And their betrayers will echo it.
And the aliens whom they have lifted up to be their kings and
priests in the earth, officiating between them and the LORD GOD
-what of them? -and the great men and the rich men and the chief
captains and the mighty men and every bondman (mechanization man
and the false chela who serves and idolizes the false gods) and
every free man? Shall they all not hide themselves, according to
prophecy, in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains? Shall
they all not say to the mountains and rocks:
"Fall on us and hide us from the face of the Ancient of Days
(Sanat Kumara) that sitteth on the throne and from the wrath of
the Lamb. For the great day of his wrath is come and who shall be
able to stand?"
It happened before and it can happen again: Came the flood of
Noah, the Great Duluge that wiped all this from the face of the
earth, "for it repenteth me that I have made them..." And the
cataclysm that ensued sank the entire continent of Atlantis
-supposedly.
Did you ever wonder how it is that, although everything upon
earth was destroyed during the Flood, the evils of Atlantis are
still with us? I used to, but I don't anymore.
The answer is quite simple when you know it. You see, the gods
who commanded the skies and ruled the mankind of earth were not
about to be overturned by the Deluge. Experienced karma-dodgers
were they, accustomed to using the technology and the resources
of the Divine Mother stolen from the Sons of Sanat Kumara to
escape their fate. And that is exactly what they did in the midst
of this planetary judgement unleashed through planetary forces by
Solar Logoi.
And so the answer is two-fold: (1) the gods took off in their
spacecraft, circled the earth till the devastation was spent,
landed when land appeared, and took up once again their scheming
and subjugation of the survivors, and (2) the rest of the
Atlantean evolutions who fell into their camp reincarnated (their
power severely curtailed by the Lords of Karma in the cutting
back of the crystal cord); moreover, the laggard evolutions who
had spawned a race of soulless flesh-and-blood robots carried
with them- in the astral code of their genes, of course - their
proclivity to do evil. Yet, the power of their overlords was also
reduced- a fact which, to the present hour, they have gone to
great lengths to conceal.
And the fiat went forth from GOD (through Elohim) which trembled
the web of light that passes throughout the universal
substance:"Henceforth, let every seed bear after its kind" And,
as in all cases of divine fiats uttered from the heart of the
Solar Logoi, the seed, the DNA chain, obeyed; and human beings
remained fixed to human beings, not to animals.
Had Man not compromised his Light through his interchanges with
fallen angels and their laggard scientists, who were tampering
with the creation of GOD out of sheer fascination for the robots
and THINGS of Atlantis, and through his unrestrained curiousity
to cohabitate with them ("Let's see what it's like, let's do it,
let's find out for ourselves!")- had the Man whom Elohim made
remained his loving,obedient servant-Son, all blessings lawful
unto his spiritual/intellectual/emotional growth and human/divine
happiness would have been added unto him in due course.
But he did not. He would not. And for the moment, the fallen
angels had their way-lusting as they did after the creative
powers(the Christic Light) of the Sons of God, taking them by
force,torture and even in bloodletting rites performed in the
"synagogues of Satan" upon the bodies of the holy innocents- and
upon their prisoners of war on the battlefields of earth.
Ultimately the betrayers among God's children who joined the
god-scientists and false priests would pay dearly in the
stultification of the spiritual/physical development of their own
genetic life-stream. To the present, the lost spiritual faculty
(gene) has not been fully restored, nor the negative genes
removed.
This is the real reason why Jesus said "Ye are not all clean" For
the very reasonable karmic reason that the children of Israel
have not fully forsaken their secret desire to be wed to the
machine!
And he prophesied also of the religions who fail to set before
their flocks the goal of the alchemical marriage to the Universal
Christ. Who needs a computerized mate, for the love of Christ,
when you can access the Mind of God and be fused to it!
While child-Man gropes with alternating allegiance to
re-establish his personal relationship with God, the Nephilim-
who have become more defiant BECAUSE of the LORD'S judgements,
never humbled but only more cunning-continue their genetic
experiments unchecked, to create superhumans, supermice, and a
superrace of gods among us: Deus ex machina!
All of this which we have only touched upon is so far forgotten,
so deeply buried that many today who actually have a threefold
flame-who,throughout this planetary dark night of the soul, have
retained the divine spark- do not believe (having enjoined
themselves to the lie of the laggard races) that they can enjoy a
personal relationship with God, with Jesus, on their own.
They have fallen for the multiple deceptions of the sons of
Belial, who have inserted themselves between Man and God,
mediating where only Christ can mediate, sitting in the seat of
Guru that belongs to him alone.
It is for this lie of the interlopers, and their perpetuation of
the lie in their false "theology" in Church and State, that some
do not believe that God exists at all. Furthermore, they have
believed the lie that they must go through someone else with
superhuman psychic powers to get to "reality". Having no
self-identification in Christ and no apprehension of what is
Real, they go after the sky-gods who summarily seduce them in
their chakras!
Having taken up their karmic evolution side by side with
earthlings- through intermarriage and other importunate
alliances, all the better to disguise themselves from YOU- the
sky-gods maintain that certain disdainful presence which evokes
worshipful admiration even while it projects revulsion,
alienation and dire fear.
Such as these comprise the false hierarchies of embodied fallen
angels who operate in the religious and psuedo-psychic, cultish
fields, who are seen prominently displayed as trendsetters in the
media and on the political scene, blunting movements of the
people and spiritual revolutionaries or any poor Joe that should
ever raise a cry or hand to demand an audit of their status quo
of power-never to rise again.
Watch out for them. They're in the banking houses and networks of
international crime and drug trafficking, in the media and among
the feigners of piety-and wherever there is the smell of money or
human blood.
And they've done a switcheroo: They sponsor mass movements that
seem to successfully challenge their forces of control, when they
themselves in fact are in control and always benefit from any
social upheaval, war, economic crisis or sudden shift in the
market. Just when you think you're on the Right side, you're on
their side.
No strangers to the lists of government are these: from sophist
to socialist,pagan to communist to conservative right, these gods
over men have created their metaphysical speculations by specious
reasoning-"isms" which have no practical bearing whatsoever on
feeding the hungry, healing the sick, raising the dead, cleansing
the genetic lepers and casting out devils from the economies of
the nations, from the body politic and its collective world
conscience. Their angle in money manipulation on an international
scale is to amass wealth,huge wealth, for power-for control, of
the people.
And none of it-no matter what the window dressing-has any bearing
whatsoever upon the realities of the ongoing War between those
forces of Light and Darkness which have chosen sides: whether the
cosmic solution of the Divine Mother or the anti-solution of the
UFO's- the spiritual-suicide solution of the fallen angels
beckoning mankind to "heaven" from their everywhere flashy,
metallic, mechanization-concept spacecraft.
In contrast to this Babylonian nightmare hovering like the moon
and the moon people and the people of the shem and the plutocrats
and plutonians, the un-assuming children of the Light understand
that Christ is come to restore by the Holy Ghost that which was
lost through genetic engineering and other genesis entanglements
with the seed of the Wicked One. *
* ( People of the shem - In the original Hebrew text of Gen 6:4,
the word SHEM is translated as "name," thus rendering the last
phrase in the verse "the people [or men] who have a name" or "the
people of renown." However, the etymology of the word SHEM,
according to Zecharia Sitchin, can be traced back to the root
SHAMAH 'that which is highward', suggesting that SHEM should be
translated as "sky vehicle" and the people of the SHEM as "the
people of the rocket ships" - i.e., the Nephilim. See Zecharia
Sitchin, THE 12TH PLANET - New York: Avon Books, 1976 , pp 148,
171-72 )
They know and know well (for they are partakers in his Communion)
that only through the heavenly hierarchy of the Universal Christ
can the relationship of Man and God be guaranteed. And they know
him to be the One who was and is the Mind of God present in
Christ Jesus and all Ascended Masters-and in the Higher
Consciousness of every issue of the seed of God yet unascended.
It is easy to see that many of the original plans of God have
been distorted and that life is not as it should be on planet
earth today. The powers that be-that were and still are among the
alien gods-literally monkeyed with RNA and DNA, and they produced
whatever genetic results they wanted to without having the
genetic knowledge or the integrity of the Holy Spirit that a
scientist of this capacity ought to have.
"Power tends to corrupt and absolute power corrupts absolutely"
was an utterance made quite a few years ago, and the truth of it
is before us still. And spiritual power can come under this
heading as well as economic power, social power, and even
psychological power.
We certainly should not consider the creation of so-called
mannikins that walk and talk and the interference with humanity's
genes to be apart from such abuses of power and say "Well, we're
not concerned",because here we are talking about the power to
create a kind of life in a test tube and to alter this synthetic
life in a test tube.
The pages of TIME magazine and others have portrayed the
intentions of our modern-day geneticists who are of the opinion
that individualized freedom,genetic freedom, is bad for people.
The question is, bad for what kind of people? Theirs or ours?
Are the Nephilim gods, who have used humanity for aeons,
attempting to establish ground rules for their created race come
again or for the children of Light? This much we do know-they are
yet determined to bottle and combine the genes of God's children
(in their recombinant DNA experiments) with the synthetic genes
of their synthesized half-animal, half-machine, half-human,
half-god creations.
One article reported that genetic researchers have devised tests
to detect hereditary diseases in pregnant mothers. If the tests
show that the unborn child is seriously affected, the
mothers-to-be are advised to have "therapeutic abortions." One
family with a history of a certain hereditary nerve disease, for
which such a test has not yet been developed, is being urged by
doctors not to have any children. *
* (Article "Lethal Legacy," TIME 25 January 1971, pp 56,59)
And then you have people like Dr. H. Bentley Glass, an eminent
geneticist, who was quoted in a popular science digest as
predicting that leaders in the future will decree that parents
"have no right to burden society with a malformed or a mentally
incompetent child." *
* ( Arthur J. Snider, "The Genetic Control of Man," Science
Digest, April 1971, p. 56 )
The article went onto describe Glass's view that "the future will
be a far more regulated society" and that "screening of adult
carriers of defective genes will make it possible to warn them
against or prohibit them from having offspring." Glass believes
this "will be inevitably forced upon us by our exponential rates
of increase." "The once sacred rites of man must change in many
ways," he decreed.
As the English would say, "Balderdash!" It is ridiculous to even
make such a statement. Yet the ridiculous are holding the bag -
of your inheritance and mine. Our genes are in their court. They
hold them by the power of our life-force which they have
corrupted. We've got to get them back. That's all there is to it!
And Archangel Michael can do it. And he WILL do it in answer to
our call.
Let the sons of Belial who cannot hide behind their serpent skins
be challenged by the Sons of God in embodiment! These are the
disciples of the Universal Christ who are "occupying" - as he
said, "occupy till I come" - planet earth until his Second Coming
and until the fallen angels, themselves genetic tares sown among
the wheat, are bound by the hosts of the LORD.
Before leaving you somewhat discomfited by my subject, let me
give you another angle on it - one which, though starkly, even
frigteningly real, is both comforting and hopeful in the end.
In 1965 the Master R - Founder of the original Hungarian House of
Rakoczy, adept of Atlantis whose retreat, the Cave of Light, is
in India, Teacher of the illustrious, including El Morya and le
Comte de Saint Germain with whom he worked behind the scenes in
eighteenth - and nineteenth century Europe - contacted me to set
forth his treatise on "The Mechanization Concept."
His twenty-four-chapter discourse, dictated to me weekly for
twenty-four weeks, includes a section germane to our discussion.
I shall read to you, then, from the archives of the one known as
the Great Divine Director (His name is actually the title of his
office in hierarchy by which he is respectfully addressed by his
students who matriculate in the universities of the Spirit under
that office.) Following are his words:
"Lord Bulwer-Lytton in his writing called THE COMING RACE
revealed certain facts concerning the creation of mechanical man
- i.e., the creation of automatons. Those who wish to read the
story which he told concerning the descent of a young man into
the earth and his findings of a strange city and its exalted
inhabitants may do so if they are so inclined.." *
* (Edward Bulwer Lord Lytton THE COMING RACE Santa Barbara:
Woodbridge Press Publishing Co., 1979).
"Now, the dear Christian Scientists maintain that there is no
reality in evil or death, yet of their grand newspaper called the
Christian Science Monitor they do bring before the public many of
the untoward conditions which are occurring upon the planet
today. I cite this in passing to show that even that which is
known to be unreal to the Godhead has its effect upon the world
scene and the consciousness of man even though, admittedly, it be
a temporary effect.
"And so you may consider that these old histories of past
civilizations where the powers of both Good and Evil entered in
are relatively unimportant to you today, but this is hardly true
even as such conditions existing today are not unimportant. For
it is well that mankind understand the origin of Evil, seen as
they understand the origin of Good, and in order that they
effectively eliminate the cause and core of 'that which seemeth
to be but is not.'
"Long ago, from a certain system of worlds there came bands who
descended to earth, the hordes of shadow who were invited here by
mankind (for mankind thought by the power of good example to
elevate the consciousness of the laggard bands).
"Now it is not so well known that these laggards were
accomplished by some who were not invited. Some of these brought
knowledge to mankind and to the earth, and some of this knowledge
was degenerative and destructive. In addition, they also brought
with them strange creatures of their own creation - seemingly
intelligent beings not created by God, however, but by advanced
scientists on other systems of worlds.
"The extent of the evil of these hordes and that of their
mechanical creations has been very great, and the oppression they
have wreaked upon mankind has been terrible to behold. The
infiltration of the planet by these creatures is indeed a
manifestation of human creation, not of the divine creation. God
did not create destruction nor hatred nor egoism nor any form of
vanity whatsoever....
".....I do not bring forth this information in order to frighten
any, but to warn mankind that there are beings among them who are
not the creation of God, who are not possessed with the same
beautiful electronic pattern and causal body with which a
manifestation of God is endowed.
"I propose no so-called witch hunt. I propose that no one search
out specifically these beings for identification....I urge that
the result of this release of knowledge shall be that you will
turn more and more to God for your supply of every good thing,
that you will determine more than ever to be alert to assist the
mankind of earth in overthrowing absolutely all that is darkness
and shadow and pain upon the earth plane. In order to do this and
to break the monstrous plots which the sinister strategies have
launched upon mankind, harmony and unity must remain the forte of
all who love the Light....
"The existence upon the earth planet of what we may term
'simulated man' is a fact carefully hidden from the masses of
mankind. Although it is the knowledge of the few, it may become
the knowledge of the many. Yet great care must be used in the
dissemination of this knowledge, for it is never the desire of
the ascended hosts to do anything except that which would result
in the greatest blessing and the release of mankind from every
binding condition...
"Therefore, great care must be exercised by mankind today in
ferreting out upon the planet those individuals who belong in the
classification of 'the wicked' lest the innocent lambs suffer for
their deeds. It is our hope that the heinous crimes perpetrated
against all humanity by those so classified can, in the name of
cosmic justice, be corrected without the undue suffering of
mankind en masse.
"Through the power of infinite freedom and relieving the
consciousness of the gross mechanical sense, we believe that the
purposes of God can be fulfilled by divine edict - without the
interference of human fanaticism and untempered zeal. It is our
hope to squeeze out blind injustice and negation by saturating
the planet with those necessary reforms which, by divine love,
will remove the bane of that oppression which the wicked rulers
have for generations instituted upon the earth.
"At this point a better definition is in order. You will recall
that Jesus, in his parable of the wheat and tares, announced that
an enemy had sown tares among the wheat. These tares are the
counterfeit man. Jesus said they were the children of the Wicked
One which exist apart from the original creation of God. And yet,
inasmuch as nothing cannot create something, that which was
created must have been created by some one who at some time where
drew forth the necessary information to so create.
"In many cases in the New Testament it is recorded in the life of
Jesus that he referred to certain individuals as a 'generation of
vipers,' as 'hypocrites,' and as 'sons of Satan,' addressing them
in these words: 'Ye are of your father the devil, and the lusts
of your father ye will do. He was a murderer from the beginning
and abode not in the truth, because there is no truth in him.
When he speaketh a lie, he speaketh of his own: for he is a liar,
and the father of it.' This reference obviously does make a
distinction between all men and some men.
"Let me hasten to assure you, then, that there do exist upon the
planet creatures who did not come forth from God - who are the
counterfeit of the real manifestation. Many of these are
consciously in league with the insipid and insidious purposes of
the powers of darkness. They seek through conspiracy and plot to
ravish the world of its good, to set brother against brother, to
confuse, disturb, and destroy harmonies wherever they exist.
"These function on the physical plane, utilizing and directing
their energies in a concerted effort against the Light. They are,
however, the pawns of 'spiritual wickedness in high places.' And
the league of the spiritually negative forces with these embodied
wicked individuals has resulted in the slaughter of many noble
souls down through the ages.
..."In the Bible these soulless beings are referred to
throughout as 'the wicked,' for they have seen to it that all
more specific descriptions of their race have been removed - lest
mankind discover them and rise against their overlords."
----- End of extract --------------------------------------------
PS:
If any have not read "Holy Blood,Holy Grail" ,written by Baigent and Lincoln,
you should!!!! It's quite an eyeopener.
Best of Regards,
Samurai_Writer
--
-* Don Allen *- InterNet: dona@bilver.UUCP // Amiga..for the rest of us.
USnail: 1818G Landing Dr, Sanford Fl 32771 \X/ Why use anything else? :^)
UUCP: ..uunet!tarpit!bilver!vicstoy!dona 0110 0110 0110 Just say NO!
Illuminati < MJ-12|Grudge|TLC|CFR|FED|EEC|Bush > WAR = "New World Order"
----- End Included Message -----
% ====== Internet headers and postmarks (see DECWRL::GATEWAY.DOC) ======
% Received: by enet-gw.pa.dec.com; id AA07023; Mon, 14 Oct 91 10:46:51 -0700
% Received: from stratus ([134.111.20.37]) by transfer.stratus.com (4.1/2.0-jjm) id AA01105; Mon, 14 Oct 91 13:46:16 ED
% Return-Path: <lpb@swdc.stratus.com>
% Received: from echidna.swdc.stratus.com (echidna.ARPA) by stratus.swdc.stratus.com (FTX1.2/1.28 Stratus WDC) id AA28095; Mon, 14 Oct 91 10:46:35 ps
% Received: from florida.swdc.stratus.com by echidna.swdc.stratus.com (4.0/SMI-4.0) id AA28400; Mon, 14 Oct 91 10:46:26 PD
% Date: Mon, 14 Oct 91 10:46:26 PDT
% From: lpb@stratus.swdc.stratus.com (Len Bucuvalas)
% Message-Id: <9110141746.AA28400@echidna.swdc.stratus.com>
% To: verga::stanley
% Subject: Good Morning!
|
| 1541.47 | Whats a Samurai ? | DEVIL1::JANA | | Mon Oct 14 1991 16:34 | 7 |
|
Anyone know what a 'Samurai Writer' is ? I thought Samurai referred
to a member of a feudal military class in Japan. What does that have
to do with writing ?
Jana
|
| 1541.48 | fill in the blanks... | MISERY::WARD_FR | Making life a mystical adventure | Mon Oct 14 1991 18:31 | 10 |
| re: .47 (Jana)
I think Mary mentioned it a few notes back...in any case,
it is/was Lenny Bucuvalas, who left Digital's employ two years
ago, or so. There were some early notes in this conference
from him. He moved to California and now works for some other
company.
Frederick
|
| 1541.49 | Samurai = one who serves | DWOVAX::STARK | Priorities confuse the mind | Mon Oct 14 1991 18:39 | 8 |
| Samurai comes from a root meaning 'to serve,' it is often used synonymously
with Bushi, which was a member of the feudal military class
(Bushi = 'to stop a spear'). The tie between the two terms is that in the
military code of ethics developed in medieval Japan, to be a warrior
was equated with service to the feudal lords. What any of this has
to do with the entries here has yet to be determined ... ?
todd
|
| 1541.50 | What Vs Who | DEVIL1::JANA | | Mon Oct 14 1991 19:17 | 17 |
|
Re .48,
-> it is/was Lenny Bucuvalas, who left Digital's employ two years
Fred, I was asking about the concept 'Samurai Writer', as in
'what is a Samurai writer', rather than 'who was the Samurai
Writer'.
I looked up a few notes back, couldn't find any explanation
other than a condensation in .26. All those notes that say
"3292 more lines.." make me see the stars that are quadrillion
miles away right in my head. There's no way I can wade through
that and find out what a Samurai writer is. Thanks anyway.
Jana
|
| 1541.51 | Uh oh! | FORTY2::CADWALLADER | Rifle butts to crush you down... | Tue Oct 15 1991 07:50 | 10 |
|
Yikes! My favourite group is Fields of the Nephilim...
perhaps I had better review my music taste! :-)
Seriously though, the lead singer has apparent interest in shamanic
issues and most of the lyrics of their songs lead in a "spiritual
direction", when I have time to read the somewhat large file I may
get more insight into the thinking behind some of my favourite tracks.
- JIM CAD*
|
| 1541.55 | Quite Logical | DEVIL1::JANA | | Tue Oct 15 1991 17:19 | 18 |
|
->Is it really possible that God regrets anything?
->If it is then He didn't know what the outcome would be of what He was creating.
->Then He isn't ominiscient nor infallible.
I always thought God was free to do and think whatever he wanted.
If he wanted to do things he would regret, then thats what he would
do. Whats the problem with that ?
->Sorry but I don't agree with that logical conclusion.
"Logic does not apply to the real world" said Marvin Minsky,
head of MIT's AI lab/programme(?).
Jana
|
| 1541.56 | | DSSDEV::GRIFFIN | Throw the gnome at it | Tue Oct 15 1991 17:20 | 15 |
| (diving into this one with a tad of hesitation ;-)
Okay, God is omniscient and infallible. BUT, God "created" (in
whatever manner you choose to believe ;-) humanity with a FREE WILL.
This sort of means, where HUMANITY is concerned, that nothing is
predictable. What am I getting at??? Well, God KNEW that things could
go wrong, seeing all the myriad possibilites at once, and did his best
to guide things along the right path (like punishing humanity when it
got too depraved, I suppose, or pointing out the harm in doing this
or that). It doesn't mean God is fallible (is that a word), but that
he is letting us fail on our own.
Am I making any sense?
Beth
|
| 1541.57 | | ATSE::WAJENBERG | This area zoned for twilight. | Tue Oct 15 1991 17:21 | 9 |
| Re .53, .54, etc.
The same prophet (Jeremiah, I think) through whom God says "Do I not
fill heaven and earth?" (thereby declaring the doctrine of
omnipresence) also speaks of God's "face" and "hands." Clearly,
Jeremiah means these anatomical references metaphorically. The same
may be true of passions like regret.
Earl Wajenberg
|
| 1541.59 | Rainbows | CGVAX2::PAINTER | | Tue Oct 15 1991 18:55 | 8 |
|
The covenant of the rainbow comes to mind - a promise from God that
it would not happen again. Noah and the Ark and all that.
Can anyone elaborate on this? It's been a number of years since I read
that section...
Cindy
|
| 1541.60 | | OK4ME::JANA | | Tue Oct 15 1991 19:23 | 28 |
|
Re .56,
-> This sort of means, where HUMANITY is concerned, that nothing is
-> predictable.
Thank god, now we know that all those fortune tellers are surely
running a scam. I was of the opinion that Nostradamus was subject
to fantasizing. (I was kind of worried about accurate palmists
predicting my future, now I'm happy knowing that it isn't in God's
scheme of things.)
-> What am I getting at??? Well, God KNEW that things could
-> go wrong, seeing all the myriad possibilites at once, and did his best
Yes, but that makes God slightly less than omniscient. He only knew
what could possibly go wrong, but not what surely did, once those
CYOR-ists started playing his (God's) game. He can't do anything
now, since they make and change the rules in their domains.
However, what impresses me about God is that he's managed to survive
so long with all these messy rules, unpredictability, and having
to be logically consistent about the whole business. He has much to
be thankful to friendly theologians for putting in a good word to the
flock from time to time, I guess.
Jana
|
| 1541.61 | How do you feel about these writings? | CALS::HORGAN | go, lemmings, go | Wed Oct 16 1991 00:39 | 27 |
| OK. I read the various writings submitted for the Samurai Writer. Then
I wandered over to the UFO conference and read even more writings of a
similar nature. Then I sat there and wondered if I was crazy, niave,
duped, or had just entered some strange reality warp.
THEN I happened to go to Washington D.C. for a vacation. And as I
roamed the streets I caught myself wondering who there knew about the
greys, who knew about the repitilian folks working in cahoots with some
of our government leaders, and all sorts of too strange things.
Over the past few years I have learned that our view of reality is just
that - one view, one small, distorted glimpse of a very much larger
picture. And I have come to understand that I will probably never
understand all of the picture. So nothing is outside the realm of my
possible world picture. But to keep my sanity I have developed a mental
picture of the world created by a loving God/Creator, linked in many
ways to a loving spiritual world, in which we have free will to live in
harmony with God, or not. There's no place in this for some of the
notions given in the earlier notes. In fact those notes somehow shake
this picture up, leaving it warped.
So, I'm bothered/confused by the Samurai's contribution, and am
wondering how other people feel about these writings. Do you give them
any credence at all, and why?
/Tim
|
| 1541.63 | My thoughts... | FORTY2::CADWALLADER | Rifle butts to crush you down... | Wed Oct 16 1991 10:57 | 51 |
|
It is easy to be *too* naive when first looking at these files, one
can be over-awed by the interesting material presented. The Lear,
Cooper and Krill files are notably dodgy, and a good character reference
of Bill Lear and William Cooper is presented in UFOs or DEJAVU (I have
the file if you want me to mail it). It appears to me that Lear and
Cooper are both cashing in on spreading extremist stories to the masses
(for $25-$30 dollars a head!)... and when one looks at the material they
have presented it can clearly be seen that they contradict themselves
from time to time & present conflicting evidence.
*However*, I am still worried with regard to the *truth*, since Lear &
Cooper are merely re-presenting research done by others who are more
credible - "beefed up" a bit to attract attention... that is, my view is
that such files *do* hold a grain of truth, but we should not listen to
charlatans for the facts! What is worrying is that much of the evidence
presented really does happen, cattle mutilations for example are well-
known and widespread. Certain sightings of UFOs are accompanied by
normal helicopters, Men In Black do visit researchers etc... This says
to me that there may be truth in the files, if we are careful which bits
to consider. There are also an alarming number of sources which point to
similar views... are they merely copying one-another for notoriety again
or do the diverse sources lead more credence to the facts. For example,
the theme of genetic mutation of humans as a race is very common, and
common too in documents/books too highly regarded to be considered mere
rubbish (works such as the Bible - the obvious). I feel that some *real*
reputable research should be done, and the population given the truth,
unfortunately Lear & Cooper are only helping spread disinformation by
their somewhat dubious efforts.
This is all IMHO of course. If anyone should want copies of any of the
following files (if you haven't seen them in DEJAVU or UFOS) I can
mail you them:
FAMILY_OF_LIGHT.LIS (The Plieadians transcript)
INTERVIEW.LIS (Interview with US general)
KRILL.LIS (The Krill papers - dubious)
LEAR.LIS (Lear Files 1)
LEAR_2.LIS (Lear Files 2)
LEAR_AND_COOPER_INFO.LIS(Info about Lear and Cooper)
NEPHILIM.LIS (Genetic mutation by the Nephilim) read this?:-)
OPERATION_MAJORITY.LIS (Cooper file about Operation Majority)
PSYCHOLOGICAL_EVIDENCE (Evidence supporting claims of UFO abductions)
UFO_CONSPIRACY.LIS (The Cooper speech & two above files)
RAINBOW_DECLARATION.LIS (More thoughts about Greys & genetic tamperings)
USAF_MANUAL.LIS (Apparently part of a USAF training manual?)
WEB1/2/3/4.LIS (4 files of a channeled transcript re: Greys
and Reptilians etc...)
Any more info would be appreciated...
- JIM CAD*
|
| 1541.64 | | WILLEE::FRETTS | if u want to heal u have to *feel* | Wed Oct 16 1991 11:00 | 6 |
|
Just in case there is any confusion, the stuff that is being entered
for the Samurai Writer is material that has been on the Usenet. It
was not authored by the Samurai Writer, as far as I know.
Carole
|
| 1541.65 | Krill => fable | CALS::HORGAN | go, lemmings, go | Wed Oct 16 1991 11:42 | 6 |
| Not sure it was entered here, but there is a note in the UFO file to
the effect that the Krill papers are bogus. Apparently the author(s)
wrote them to show how gullible folks can be.
Tim
|
| 1541.66 | Found it. | FORTY2::CADWALLADER | Rifle butts to crush you down... | Wed Oct 16 1991 12:09 | 11 |
| Tim,
The Krill-debunking reference is around WIDGET::UFOS #161.14+
This is what I meant in my reply... Krill papers=fable, Lear & Cooper
are very dubious, but is this all disinformation? Is there real info
in there stolen from *good* sources?
(Should we just take the lot with a Siberian mine?)
- JIM CAD*
|
| 1541.68 | The fascination is within...not without. | MISERY::WARD_FR | Making life a mystical adventure | Wed Oct 16 1991 12:22 | 19 |
| I agree with Jana in that it is now time in humanity's evolution
wherein we learn to take conscious control back. Prior to this point,
we have operated from our sub-conscious and unconscious minds.
This is why the prognosticators and prophets of the past stopped
short of predictions at around this point in time. Not because the
future is doomed, somehow, but rather because it operates out of
free will---self-determination, conscious dominion...
I did not bother to read all this "stuff" in these notes...I
like Lenny (the Samurai Writer) and have even socialized with him,
but that doesn't mean I saddle up with the things he finds interesting,
entertaining or believable. Number one, I believe I create the
reality I want to. I will not believe in a reality that has
reptiles in place that somehow are able to dominate me or whatever.
I choose the reality. I choose the present. I choose the future.
I also choose the past. I do not choose that reality. I am not
victimized by it.
Frederick
|
| 1541.70 | makes sense to me | CALS::HORGAN | go, lemmings, go | Wed Oct 16 1991 14:38 | 12 |
| re: .69
The words in your note make great sense to me, and helped me to clear
up some confusion I was having. In a universe created by One who loves
and guides us to do likewise it would seem logical that such "controls"
would exist to protect the rest of the universe from beings who are, in
many ways, out of control and dangerous.
Thanks.
Tim
|
| 1541.71 | | DSSDEV::GRIFFIN | Throw the gnome at it | Wed Oct 16 1991 16:07 | 19 |
| Re: 60
Jana, note that I said "sort of". As one who "sees" futures, with a
fair degree of accuracy, but not enough confidence, there appear to be
things which CAN predetermine a future: the choices an individual made
in the past. If I choose to place value in all life, then the odds on
me committing some sort of murder are low, and a foretelling which
"sees" a situation for potential for violence will also show that my
deciding to use murder as a solution is almost non-existant. I've
mentioned some of this elsewhere. Essentially, the things you do today
were "predetermined" by things you did yesterday, but that does not
rule out the possibility that you will act contrary to your beliefs
(which you chose, and which you can discard). So, fortune tellers are
not all running a scam, and God can be omniscient, because he does see
ALL possibilities, and ALL consequences of ALL actions, including His
own, and it doesn't matter to him which possibility becomes reality,
because he knows the results anyway (and can affect them as well).
Beth
|
| 1541.72 | from Lenny | VERGA::STANLEY | what a long strange trip it's been | Mon Oct 21 1991 15:34 | 1724 |
| From: DECWRL::"lpb@stratus.swdc.stratus.com" "Len Bucuvalas" 21-OCT-1991 13:23:16.96
To: verga::stanley
CC:
Subj: A Nation Betrayed
----- Begin Included Message -----
Subject: A NATION BETRAYED - PART 1
Message-ID: <1991May28.020446.1637@swbatl.sbc.com>
Date: 28 May 91 02:04:46 GMT
Organization: Southwestern Bell
Lines: 390
The following is a transcript of the video, "A NATION BETRAYED". It
documents alleged CIA involvement in covert drug running activities and
how they supposedly interfered with the nation's attempts to recover
POW/MIAs. It is very long (around 75K bytes) so you may wish to save
it and download it from your network site for offline reading. It is a
document I promised I'd upload to the net. You may find it
unbelievable. You may not be surprised at what it says. I have
several comments which I will append to end of the document. Sufficed
to say that information of this type is its own shocking kind of
pornography. As far as I can see Gritz's arguments are more or less
sound. The evidence from three separate sources is even more
compelling. As I watched this video I felt thoroughly violated. It is
not enjoyable reading, but it may well be true.
Be careful when you seek the truth. Upon finding it you may be forced
to change your view of the world.
(apologies to the original quote)
(Transcriber's note: The following is a transcription of spoken
english and as such can be difficult to read, much less transcribe. I
have tried to preserve exactly as was spoken except for a few places
where I have organized the language used to clarify meaning. I am not
an English major so don't slam me for not using perfect english
punctuation in the sometimes rather strange usages.)
---------------------------CUT HERE----------------------------------
Colonel Bo Gritz Addressing the American Liberty Lunch Club:
What I want to tell you very quickly is something that I feel is more
heinous than the Bataan death march. Certainly it is of more concern to
you as Americans than the Watergate. What I'm talking about is
something we found out in Burma - May 1987. We found it out from a man
named Khun Sa. He is the recognized overlord of heroin in the world.
Last year he sent 900 tons of opiates and heroin into the free world.
This year it will be 1200 tons.
(video showing discussion at Khun Sa's headquarters -- some translation
of Burmese to English going on..Bo Gritz still talking to Lunch club in
the foreground)
On video tape he said to us something that was most astounding: that US
government officials have been and are now his biggest customers, and
have been for the last twenty years. I wouldn't believe him. We
fought a war in Laos and Cambodia even as we fought whatever it was in
Vietnam. The point is that there are as many bomb holes in those two
other countries as there are in Vietnam. Five hundred and fifty plus
Americans were lost in Laos. Not one of them ever came home. We heard
a president say, "The war is over, we are out with honor - all of the
prisoners are home." and a few other lies. Now we got rid of that
president, but we didn't get rid of the problem. We ran the war in
Laos and Cambodia through drugs. The money that would not be
appropriated by a liberal congress, was appropriated. And you know who
we used for distribution? Santos Trafficante, old friend of the CIA
and mobster out of Cuba and Florida. We lost the war!
Fifty-eight-thousand Americans were killed. Seventy-thousand became
drug casualties. In the sixties and seventies you saw an infusion of
drugs into America like never was before. Where do you think the Mafia
takes the heroin and opiates that it gets through its arrangement with
the US government? It doesn't distribute them in Africa or Europe.
This is the big money bag here. We're Daddy Warbucks for them. So I
submit to you that the CIA has been pressed for solutions. Each time
they have gone to the sewer to find it. And you can't smell like a rose
when you've been playing in the cesspool. We've been embracing
organized crime. Now you've all looked and heard about Ollie North,
about the Contras, about nobody knowing anything.
(cut to part of Iran Contra hearings with Ollie North explaining the
flow of funds from Iran to the Contras)
North:
And Mr. Gorbanifar suggested several incentives to make that February
transaction work. And the attractive incentive for me was the one he
made that residuals could flow to support the Nicaraguan resistance.
Legislator:
Even Gorbanifar knew that you were supporting the Contras.
North:
Yes he did. Isvestia knew it. The name had been in the papers in
Moscow. It had been all over Danny Ortega's newscasts. Radio Havana
was broadcasting it. It had been in every newspaper in the land.
Legislator:
All our enemies knew it and you wanted to keep it from the United
States Congress.
North:
We wanted to be able to deny a covert operation.
(back to Bo at the Luncheon Club)
We have a constitution that says that the laws will be made by the
Congress, enforced by the executive branch, interpreted by the judicial
branch. But in reality we have an executive branch that has for more
than a twenty years operated in what what Ollie North called a parallel
government. When the Congress says no, it makes no difference.
They're gonna do it anyway. And it is special intelligence - top
secret. Why? Not because the communists don't know what were doing,
it's to keep it a secret from you. You're not capable of making those
kinds of decisions according to those in parallel government. The
reason I know ... I was there. I've been a product of parallel
government myself.
(Narrator)
Lieutenant Colonel James 'Bo' Gritz is the most decorated Green Beret
commander of the Vietnam Era. General William Westmoreland, in writing
his memoirs, singled out Bo Gritz as the "American Soldier" for his
exemplary courage in combat and outstanding ingenuity in recovering a
highly secret black-box the Viet-Cong had taken from a crashed U2 spy
plane. The feature films "Rambo", "Uncommon Valor" and "Missing in
Action" were based in part upon his real-life military experiences.
(Back to Bo)
Dick Secord, General, United States Air Force, a man I know well, said
it best. Before the senate investigating committee Dick Secord was
asked - if we were supporting the Contras, why were we selling them
arms bought from a communist block nation at exorbitant profit rates.
(skip to scene from hearings)
Senator:
If the purpose of the enterprise was to help the contras, why did you
charge Colero a mark-up?
Secord:
We were in business to make a living, Senator. We had to make a
living. I didn't see anything wrong with it at the time. It was a
commercial enterprise.
Senator:
Oh..I thought the purpose of the enterprise was to aid Colero's cause.
Secord:
Can't I have two purposes? I did.
Senator:
Oh..allright.
(back to Bo)
And then Dick Secord said in his playboy interview: "I think I deserve
the eight million that we made from the Iran arms sale for all the hard
work I did." If you've got to pay a patriot, you've got the wrong guy.
(applause from audience)
These are patriots for profit. There has been a guise of patriotism
that a lot of people have been hiding behind. War is their business.
Business has been good.
(fade to shots of the Vietnam 'conflict' - Narrator takes over again)
Bo Gritz risked his life a thousand times in combat in Vietnam before
he was sent by a national security council staffer Tom Harvey in the
White House to Burma in November of 1986 in search of American
prisoners of war. He discovered instead a heroin highway and a nation
betrayed by high level American officials involved in narcotics
trafficking. Tom Harvey and his superiors in the White House were not
pleased with Bo's report.
(fade to scene of Bo - now with beard in a field obviously somewhere in
Southeast Asia - palm trees and oxen indigenous to the area abound - I
assume its in either Burma or Thailand)
The thing that I was most concerned about was - and I thought was
fantastic - was the general's offer to stop the flow of opium and
heroin into the free world. When I asked him (assume he's talking
about a conversation with Tom Harvey now) he said "that's fantastic".
There was a pause, then he said, "Bo, there's no one here that supports
that." And I said, "What?! Vice-President Bush has been appointed by
president Reagan as the Number One policeman to control drug entry into
the United States. How can you say there's no interest and no support
when we bring back a video tape with a direct interview with a man who
puts 900 tons of opium and heroin across into the free world every year
and is willing to stop it?" And he said, "Bo, what can I tell you?
All I can tell you is there is no interest in doing that here."
Well that made me wonder. Thats because it doesn't sound American and
it doesn't sound right. Thats when we began to do our own
investigation because for about three years people had told me, both in
Washington DC and, interestingly enough, in Oklahoma city that the
whole POW situation was being undermined by US government officials
involved in drug trafficking. I wouldn't believe it. I said, "You
guys aren't playing with a full deck... you've got yourselves strung
out too thin." And they said, "Bo, you better listen, because for
three years we've had prisoners literally within our grasp and
something has happened at the last minute." (I said), "Each time I've
made every effort to cooperate with government officials. I can't
believe that people in the US government would actually, either overtly
or covertly, do anything to undermine a rescue operation. "
Well, we're still without Prisoners of War and there is no interest,
we're told at the White House, in stopping the flow of drugs coming in
from the Golden Triangle into the free world.
(fade to front-page articles about Bo Gritz in Parade magazine and
Soldier of Fortune...narrator picks up here)
Lieutenant Colonel Bo Gritz is no stranger to controversy. In thirty
years of devoted service to the US Army and to the recovery of American
prisoners of war, he has encountered plenty. The making of this
American warrior began early. He was five years old when his father, a
B-17 pilot, was shot down over Europe during World War II. His mother,
a pilot with the women's Air Force, would later marry a master sergeant
and remain with the occupation forces in Germany after the war. Raised
by his maternal grandparents in Oklahoma, young Bo Gritz began training
at Fort Union Military Academy in Virginia. He was named Corps
Commander in his senior year when he chanced upon a recruiting poster
that changed his life. In short order, Gritz won his green beret in
the Army Special forces by passing all courses in the unconventional
warfare training. After graduating from officer's candidate school, the
newly-commissioned second lieutenant then insisted on Ranger training.
Assigned to the command of the first mobile South Vietnamese gorilla
forces to be organized, Gritz also operated secretly in Cambodia and
Laos with his force of Cambodian mercenaries, or "Bos", as he called
them. By official body-count, over 450 of the enemy died as a result
of Gritz's actions. His wartime records are replete with examples of
Bo's concern for keeping Americans alive in a war gone mad.
As recon chief of the supersecret delta-force, Bo was cited for Valor
in saving the lives of 30 US Infantrymen from the BigRed-One division.
More often than not, his valor was in placing himself between the
enemy and his men. According to an official military report dated 31
July 1967 submitted on then Major Gritz, "His personal bravery is
legendary exemplified by the fact that he has been awarded five silver
stars and numerous other decorations for valor." In all Bo Gritz was
awarded 62 citations for valor, five silver stars, eight bronze stars,
two purple hearts and a presidential citation.
Bo was ready to sign up for a fifth tour of duty when he had a talk
with General Fred Weiyan (sp?), the "daddy-rabbit" in Vietnam. As
Gritz described it, "I was a major and special operations chief. I'll
never forget that day. I stood there and heard that man say. Bo, your
not going to win the war and neither am I." That was the most
disillusioning moment of my life. It meant that every man who had ever
lost his finger or his life had lost it for nothing. I decided, on the
spot, to leave Vietnam. I would not kill another enemy or risk another
comrade's life."
(back to Bo at the luncheon)
I've had the opportunity to do a lot of things that other officers have
not. I was the first recon chief and intelligence officer for
delta-force. Commanded the first gorilla forces that went behind enemy
lines. When I commanded special forces in Latin America, we did it
exactly right. And we did exactly what men in camoflage are supposed
to do. It was very natural that Harold R. Aaron (sp?) would single me
out because, besides having a sixth-degree black belt in karate, I have
established an ability to operate on my own. And I think when Aaron
said, "Bo, we want you to do this", he understood that I'm also hard
headed enough that I wouldn't cave in. He said, "I want you to
consider retiring. It would only be temporary. We have overwhealming
evidence now that people are still there, being held in communist
prisons." Mr. H. Ross Perot had been asked by Eugene Tighe, director
of the Defense Intelligence Agency, to back a private mission that
would look into the POW situation. Perot said, "Bo, I want you to go
there. I want you to do everything you have to do. You come and tell
me there aren't any prisoners of war left alive."
(narrator)
Bo returned from Indo-China with extensive evidence that there were
indeed American prisoners of war in captivity, including a solid report
of 47 at one particular camp. Perot turned the project back over to
General Tighe who wrote to Secretary of Defense, Harold Brown asking
that the source, a Nguyen Dok Jong (sp?) be brought to the United
States for a polygraph test. Brown repeated the request to Secretary
of State Cyrus Vance. One month later, Vance finally responded that
the commissioner of immigration would not permit Jong into the United
States for further questioning. As Bo puts it, "Think about it. One
man, not a thousand and the defense intelligence agency chief and
secretary of state can't get him into the country. That was a pretty
clear signal that the military was politically handcuffed on the
prisoner of war issue."
For eight years Gritz sought to find and free American POW's. He
crossed five times behind enemy lines into communist Laos and Vietnam.
Three times he was within moments of embracing those American heroes
our government had declared dead. Each time something unexplained
caused Gritz and his Operation Lazarus team to fall short with freedom
and victory in sight for the POWs.
There has never been a shortage of criticism from any number of
armchair generals such as Robert K. Brown of "Soldier of Fortune"
magazine who devoted an entire issue to condemning Gritz's efforts.
Even to the extent of publishing documents stolen from Bo while he was
on the mission in Laos. They have even belittled his prayer before
crossing enemy lines. (Gritz is a devout Mormon...Ed) His critics said
he should have looked more like the Rambo in the movies, who actually
avoided the draft in an all-girls school in Switzerland.
More debilitating than the hundreds of miles on foot within enemy
territory has been the disinformation propagated by those within our
government who have covered up the plight of our prisoners of war.
Gritz has been accused of being a media hound. He insists he has never
sought the spotlight, but when confronted has always been a positive
voice for our prisoners of war and will continue to be until they are
home to speak for themselves.
Working as an agent for the Intelligence Support Activity (ISA) in the
CIA, it was fine for Gritz to travel at great peril using false
documents, as Ollie North and Bud McFarland did when they traveled to
Iran on phony Irish passports. On one occasion he was stopped by US
customs at Seattle-Tacoma airport with four separate passports. He was
quickly released when his intelligence contact in Washington confirmed
his mission. It was quite acceptable with the US government for Bo
Gritz to travel at such great peril until he returned from Burma's
infamous Golden Triangle on December of 1986 with information
concerning with involvement of high-level US officials involved in
large-scale drug trafficking in Southeast Asia. His tremendous courage
in refusing to back down to their threats has lead to his current
indictment for misuse of a passport in order to keep him from getting
this information to the American public.
(back to Bo at the luncheon)
There a book out now called Secret Warriors, I think. Its about an
organization called the ISA. Congress never knew about and everybody
gives me credit for exposing it, but that's not true. When I was
called before congress in 1983, they said, "Bo, are you working as an
official agent for the US government?" And I said, "Yes". And they
said, "For what organization?" And I said, "I will not identify that
organization, other than to call it the activity." This is because
even the initials I-S-A were top secret. Because it wasn't an
oversight. It was created by Carter. Can you imagine that? He did
one good thing that I know of. (laughter) But it was parallel
government. He created a secret organization to do things that the CIA
could not do and he didn't dare let congress know about it.
Now ISA got Dosier back, the general that was captured by terrorists in
Italy. And ISA did a lot of other things. You can read about them now
because its in this book by some guy who writes for the Wall Street
Journal. The point is that Jerry King was the head of ISA. Jerry King
called me on the telephone and said, "Bo, we have been ordered to put
operation Grand Eagle...", which was the governments name for the
prisoner of war rescue mission. It certainly wasn't grand and it sure
wasn't an eagle 'cause it never got off the ground. But he said,
"We've been ordered to put operation Grand Eagle on the shelf as if it
never existed." Hand before God he said, "there are still too many
bureaucrats that don't want to see American prisoners of war come back
alive." Now I didn't know what Jerry King meant then. I thought he
was angry because there was a bureaucratic tug-of-war going on between
ISA, the CIA and defense intelligence and maybe he was losing. But
remember Jerry King's words, 'cause they'll tie in here. I'm wondering
why that the Vietnamese intercept Colonel Richard Walsh (a POW..Ed)
moments before the turnover and capture not only him, but the General
also (unclear who the General is here ... Ed.) And I knew that we
still had him, because in the newspapers it appeared that, "The
Vietnamese and Lao delegations of the United Nations confirm that they
are holding an American citizen in custody." And I said, "By golly, we
in our state department are going to press for an identity." Because
doesn't it say that the president is required to safegaurd American
citizens in hostile hands. And I knew when when we pressed what would
happen? Richard Walsh would be identified. Who is he? A prisoner of
war. Hooray! Now the log jam is broken. And who can Walsh testify
to? The other men he was with. And they can testify. Were going to
get them all out now, even though its going to cost us something. Did
you ever see Richard Walsh's name identified? I didn't.
Mrs. Walsh showed me a newspaper article that said where a Air Force
casualty officer came to her at this
--
------------------------------------------+-----------------------------
Jim Burnes - System Engineer ! When the world is
SouthWestern Bell Advanced Technology Labs! running down...
Internet: jburnes@swbatl.swbell.com ! Make the best of what's
Ma Bell: (314) 235-7444 (W) ! still around.
(314) 832-0464 (H) ! -Sting
------------------------------------------+-----------------------------
Article 4806 of alt.conspiracy:
Path: lassie!voder!pyramid!decwrl!wuarchive!swbatl!jburnes
From: jburnes@swbatl.sbc.com (Jim Burnes - 235-7444)
Newsgroups: alt.conspiracy
Subject: A NATION BETRAYED - PART 2
Message-ID: <1991May28.020544.1749@swbatl.sbc.com>
Date: 28 May 91 02:05:44 GMT
Organization: Southwestern Bell
Lines: 353
time and said, "Your husband is
alive. He's a prisoner of war. We have high hopes he'll be coming
home soon." They put it in the newspaper there in Minneapolis. She
was told that Air Force Two was spooling up...who's that belong
to?..George Bush...to go get her husband. That's what she told me, but
it never happened and I thought again, "What rotten luck and what a
bunch of wimps in the state department for not going and demanding that
they identify that citizen." They probably did. They found out who he
was and they said, "lets forget it." Because when I walked into the
state department shortly thereafter, a friend of mine said, "Bo, we
thought that you'd been captured. Your passport turned up in a very
unlikely place." And I said, "Yeah, I know all about it." (not sure
what he's referring to here ... Ed.)
Do you think that all of this has just been rotten luck. Well, when
you wear the uniform of the United States you have this faith ... hope
that the system will do it. Just like General Aaron said, "Let the
system do the rest." Now comes truth...
We were training Afghan freedom fighters in the deserts of South Nevada
near where I live and I was proud to do so. In cooperation with the US
State Department Office For Security Assistance. We finished that
mission. A man by the name of Tom Harvey who is National Security
Council Ollie North look-alike. Ollie comes from Annapolis, Harvey
comes from West Point. Tom Harvey called me and said, "We have
information ...", and here is a copy of the letter that's why I brought
all these documents. I hope some of you challenge them. I hope the
White House, the Pentagon would challenge them. Because if they would
publicly they would have to admit to the truth. This letter was sent
to Vice-President Bush by an American citizen by the name of Aurthur
Soucheck, it is dated 29 August 1986. It says that General Khun Sa has
American prisoners of war. It says that Khun Sa tried to rescue four
of them. It says his forces escorted the four to the Mekong river.
While attempting to cross the rain-swollen river, the four US
personnel, three of Khun Sa's soldiers and two horses were swept away
by the raging water and all drowned. It goes on to say that Khun Sa
has repeated intelligence reports of location of US prisoners being
kept in Laos ... that he says that has seventy prisoners of war. Tom
Harvey said, "This is getting TOP priority."
Now in G. Gordon Liddy's book, "Will", he says, "no American has ever
come out of the Golden Triangle alive." But that's what we were being
asked to do. Tom Harvey said, "Bo, do you think you would be able to
infiltrate into Khun Sa's inner sanctum and determine if this report is
true or not?" Do you think maybe somebody is trying to get me bumped
off? (laughter) It didn't make any difference. Brothers and sisters,
you and I are small compared to this nation and the risk that we take
if there is one American there is worth it. God's will they'll be home
while they're still alive. I told Harvey, "We didn't fight a war in
Burma, why should there be prisoners of war there?" But you know a guy
like Khun Sa has got connections all over. And I said, "We'll try."
I speak Chinese. Khun Sa speaks Chinese. He's right along the
southern China border. Surrounded by communists, he's fighting the
communists. He has a forty-thousand man army. About eight-million
Shan people that make up the minority Shan state. Burma is communist.
Every one of his weapons are M16s and M60 machine guns. All the latest
stuff that we have. I found out why later. Too make a long story
short, we got in to see Khun Sa and he didn't have any prisoners of
war. And let me caveat it by saying this. We traveled three days
going and three days coming by horse over mountains that were literally
vertical up and down. I made the comment at that time to Scott Weekly
(sp?) who was Ollie North's classmate at Annapolis and went with me.
I said, "I would hate to be an engineer that had to build a highway
through these mountains because they're virgin teak forests ... rain
forests .. tremendously beautiful."
Six days coming and going. Khun Sa didn't have any prisoners of war.
We gave Khun Sa the letter from the White House that I had. Thats the
only thing that let me get in there. You don't walk in because the CIA
has a seven digit figure on Khun Sa's head and they haven't been able
to collect. You think they're gonna let somebody like me in there.
Say, "Hi! I wanna go visit Khun Sa!" Doesn't work! But I guess they
thought this guy is crazy enough because I gave this letter ... I told
Harvey, "We got to have a credential, guy." He said, "We can't do
that, Bo. We never do that." I said, "Harvey, has anyone ever gone to
the Golden Triangle and come out alive? I need something that will
convince Khun Sa were not there to kill him, we're there for
humanitarian purposes." So Harvey said, "Well, this will be the
language. 'You are operating in cooperation with the White House ..
etc .. etc.'" It worked! Khun Sa didn't have one single prisoner of
war, didn't know anything about prisoners of war.
(switch to a scene with Bo and Khun Sa talking at Khun Sa's camp with
Khun Sa's troops doing practice drills in the background. Bo is
discussing the letter from Soucheck with Khun Sa. It is nearly
impossible to decipher what is specifically being discussed because
Khun Sa's troops are incredibly loud and drown out the conversation, so
I will proceed to the next scene. Don't worry...there are more Khun Sa
meetings to come. The long and short of it is Khun Sa says he will
decrease or stop the drug shipments and Gritz gets it on videotape. Now
back to Bo at the luncheon.)
Now with Nancy Reagan saying no to drugs and Judge Ginsberg not allowed
to sit on the supreme court because he smoked marijuana .. and you're
an accessory to murder if you ever smoke marijuana, according to Nancy
Reagan. I figured we'd get an 'attaboy'. We didn't have prisoners,
but we had three video tapes showing Khun Sa himself. And I thought,
"Boy, is George Bush gonna be thrilled about this!" (much laughter)
We delivered those tapes to Tom Harvey just before Christmas. You try
to call Tom Harvey now, because some news people did, and he doesn't
return your calls. We delivered those tapes just before Christmas, Tom
Harvey called me back and said, "Bo, Fantastic! You guys actually got
in to see Khun Sa. The CIA said he had been assasinated." Somebody
needed some pocket change. "And there he is talking." And I said,
"That's right, Tom. Harvey, what about the 900 tons?" I figured they
were just bubbling over. They were all right, they were dripping in
their knickers. But it wasn't from joy. Harvey said, "Bo..", these
are quotes ... hand on the square .. he said, "Bo, there's no interest
here in that." You be on the other end of the phone. You've just come
out of Burma. You've brought what you consider to be a way to stop 900
tons of heroin, not marijuana and get rid of the cancer that has
infected the bureaucracy and there's "no interest." I challenged
Harvey because I'm pretty hard-headed. I said, "Tom, didn't President
Reagan appoint George Bush the number one cop to stop drugs before they
come into the United States?" I wanted to remind him of these little
things. And he said, "Bo, what can I tell you? There is NO INTEREST
here in doing that." Now that is White-House-ese for saying, "Get off
this subject, leave us alone." I knew that we had trod upon some very
sensitive toes. I still didn't have a clue to what was going on, but I
knew that we were getting close to finding out and I took off and went
to Burma again.
Now I want to show you some things when I got back to Burma. (he shows
some newspaper headlines) The United States government wanted Khun Sa
killed quick and here's how they did it:
US CALLS FOR NO MERCY IN DRUG WAR
These are over-there newspapers...
AIRSTRIKES AGAINST KHUN SA's HEADQUARTERS
BURMESE AND THAI TROOPS MOVE ON KHUN SA
Finally it says, and there is a picture of Burmese and Thai troops
standing on top of a high mountain top:
KHUN SA'S STRONGHOLD SEIZED
Now many of you are soldiers, airmen, marines, sailors. You know that
airstrikes, troops mean war. There's hair, eyes and teeth everywhere.
When I went back into Burma in May I took two other Americans with me.
It was the most peaceful area. It was exactly like we left it except
for one big change. Remember I told you it took us three days to ride
by horse to get there in November and come out in December. Well, when
we went in May, we went by pickup truck. Straight from the Thai border
all the way right to the General's front door. And on the other way
coming back there were Thai military 10 ton trucks covered and loaded.
There's only one thing that comes out of the Golden Triangle and that's
heroin.
When we got there General Khun Sa said, "What took you so long?" I
said, "General, I was waiting for the war to die down. I didn't want
to get caught in all of this 26,000 troops and airstrikes", and he just
laughed. He said, "That was a newspaper war!" I said, "What do you
mean newspaper war?" He said, "The Thai and Burmese came to me and
said that if they don't make it look like there doing something, they
stand to lose tens of millions of dollars this year in drug supression
funds from American taxpayers." So Kuhn Sa said, "Make it look like
anything you want to, but I want a rode built here." They used the
newspapers and I want to show you something. This one here says, "US
PROVIDES ANOTHER 1.8 MILLION TO FIGHT DRUGS" So it worked! And this
guy is really smiling. This is a Thai receiving a check from the US
Ambassador.
Khun Sa got what he wanted. Now he began to assemble his officers. It
took him a week to get them all together because he brought them from
all over the place. And now I understand why. I thought I was just
going to talk to him, but he said no and put me off for a week. He
assembled officers from the entire Shan territory from all over the
Golden Triangle. They came in. He sat everybody down. He brought his
secretary out. He had his secretary read from their log.
(Scene switches to Khun Sa's headquarters. All of Khun Sa' officers
are here along with Khun Sa. I'd say around twenty in all. Bo and his
companions are sitting with them. This is where it gets VERY
interesting. The following conversation was in broken english from
Khun Sa's end so some of the syntax may be a bit wierd.)
Bo:
I cannot ask the General to cut your throat by revealing any contact
that would hurt your economy at this moment. But I pray that he will
reveal any connections from the older time or that will not hurt you
now. That if they are still in power, we might be free of them.
Khun Sa:
Some of the connections I can expose to you. Some were in Burma, some
were in Thailand, some were in America. But I don't remember all of
their names and my secretary remembers them so he will give you the
information.
Secretary:
In 1965 to 1975 there is one CIA in Laos, his name was Shakley. He was
involved the narcotics business. And we know that Shakley used one
civilian to organize trafficking. His civilian name was Santos
Trafficante. He was the organizer of trafficking for Shakley. This
was financed by Richard Armitage who stayed in Vietnam. After the
Vietnam war Richard Armitage was a prominent trafficker in Bangkok.
This was between 1975 to 1979 he was a very active trafficker in
Bangkok. He was one of the embassy employees. Then after that in 1979
he quit from embassy and then he established a company name the Far
East Trading company. Then he used the name of his company under the
table for drug trafficking. He then used the drug money to support the
Lao anti-communist troops.
Bo:
So he used it in arms and munitions.
Secretary:
Yes. This Richard Armitage has a lot of friends in Laos and Thailand.
There is a lot of CIA personnel in Laos. One of the CIA agents is
named Daniel Arnold. This Arnold was a munitions trafficker. There is
another one Jerry Daniels who organized trafficking for Richard
Armitage.
(Now back at the luncheon with Bo)
One of the men named by Khun Sa, this is not me naming him. This is
Khun Sa, the drug overlord reading from his records, named Richard
Armitage as being a chief drug trafficker from 1965 through 1979. You
know where Richard Armitage went in 1979? He went to Dole's staff,
then to Reagan's campaign staff and now he is the Assistant Secretary
of Defense right underneath Mr. Carlucci. Richard Armitage has been
responsible for recovery of US prisoners of war way back before we
actually got involved with H. Ross Perot. He is still responsible for
them. What I'm trying to do is find you Khun Sa's letter because it
will say it best. Here it is. Letter from Khun Sa written to the US
Justice department dated 28 Jun 1987. I just want to read you a couple
sentences. "During the period 1965 to 1975, CIA chief in Laos Theodore
Shakley, was in the Drug Business." Now Theodore Shakley would have
been director of intelligence of the CIA if George Bush had not been
appointed to that post. Theodore Shakley was then posted as the deputy
director for covert operations. It said, "Santos Trafficante acted as
his buying and transporting agent while Richard Armitage handled the
financial section with banks in Australia."
All of a sudden the words from Jerry King came back, "Too many
bureaucrats don't want to see American prisoners returned alive." Why?
Couldn't figure it out. Gunboat at midnight in the middle of the
Mekong with Voice of America saying we're there to abort our attack.
Walsh and the General recaptured before turnover. Why? Now I'll tell
you why. If this is true it means Richard Armitage and a lot of other
people that are named here are the least men in the world that want to
see Americans come home. Because when American prisoners of war do
come home, whether we bring them home or they drag themselves across
that Mekong river somehow, and report to the US Embassy and aren't
destroyed there. When they do come home, because they will, there will
be one hell of an investigation as to what took the greatest nation in
the world so long to bring home heroes that have been waiting for more
than fifteen years. When that investigation is conducted it will show
as Khun Sa says that these men, these bureaucrats, appointed not
elected, appointed, have broken the faith with you and this country and
its law. Have used their office as a cover to run drugs and arms to
promote covert operations that the United States Congress did not
approve of. Its the parallel government. Now that may be allright,
but I'll tell you something. It's not allright to leave hundreds of
Americans to die alone in the hands of the enemy to a bunch of wimps
that were never there.
When I came back here, I thought I was a lone ranger. I said, "Boy,
I've got this information. Somehow we've got to get it to the proper
authorities and I'm all alone. Well, not so. Guess who shows up in
Time Magazine? H. Ross Perot ... and he's on page 18, May 4th and it
says, "Perot's Private Probes." H. Ross Perot was not in Burma with
me, but I know now where he got his info. Four billion dollars opens a
lot of doors for you. It didn't open a couple of doors, however, as
I'll let you in on this story. H. Ross Perot had gained US agent
investigation reports of Richard Armitage. Perot didn't know I was
over in Burma. He was doing this on his own. This article said he
pinned Richard Armitage. Armitage is a fat broad. Literally. This is
a giant of a man. And demanded that Armitage resign because it says
that H. Ross Perot accused him of being an a drug smuggler and an arms
dealer. That takes pretty big cajones. (laughter) It says that Perot
then went to his friend, George Bush. It says that he gave evidence of
wrong doing by Armitage. I'm quoting. Bush told Perot to go to the
proper authorities. (sounds of shock and dismay by audience) I'm still
reading now. So the billionaire called on William Webster. He's now
head of the CIA. It says that Perot made at least one visit to the
White House carrying a pile of documents, yet he has received no
support from the Reagan administration. In fact Frank Carlucci...
Who's he? He's the secretary of defense. And who was he before?
Deputy directory of Central Intelligence. Frank Carlucci called him in
to ask him to stop persuing Armitage. Talk about insulation! And
when four billion dollars can't even get your foot in the door even
though the man is a good Texan from Houston. Tell me there's no
cover-up here.
Now H. Ross was working on his own. He didn't know what Khun Sa had
told us. Khun Sa doesn't have a television or a telephone. He doesn't
know who Richard Armitage is. He doesn't give a damn. All he knows is
the people who are on his records that he's dealt with. This affadavit
though by a man by the name of Daniel Sheehan ... and you'll recognize
Sheehan's name if you don't know him already by the Silkwood case. He
jumped on Kerr-Magee (sp?). Kerr-Magee is pretty powerful. But they
won the Silkwood case there in Oklahoma and have done a few other
things.
(switch to a talk-show interview with Daniel Sheehan)
Sheehan:
There's little doubt at all that President Reagan was involved in a
conspiracy to violate the Neutrality Act. He's been directly ordered
by the United States Congress not to mount this military operation
against Nicaragua. They've cut off all funds for him to do so, but he
went to Saudi Arabia and various private citizens to raise the money in
total violation of the Federal Neutrality Act. They're engaged in
violations of the arms-export control act. They're engaged in
violations of the Federal Racketeering Act. There is a whole federal
racketeering syndicate that they like to refer to as The Enterprise.
Richard Secord referred to it as. But what it is in fact, Jim, is the
off-the-shelf, stand-alone, self-financing, covert operations capacity
that Oliver North talked about Bill Casey wanting to set up. Fact is,
that it has been set up. Its been operating for many years now. Out
from under the control of any president. Out from under the control of
the director of central intelligence. Out from under the supervision
of any intelligence committee. Its run by Theodore Shakley, the former
director of covert operations worldwide by the CIA under George Bush
when George Bush was the director of the Central Intelligence Agency in
1976. And this crowd has set up the off-the-shelf operation and is
carrying out not only a partnership with the drug dealers from Central
America and from Southeast Asia, but also carrying out a major
political assasination program which was participated in by William
Buckley who was the Beirut section chief for the CIA who was kidnapped
in March of 1984 and who was the subject of all the real negotiations
for the sale of the TOW missiles to Iran. It was not a sale to open
any openings to the moderates in Iran, nor was it in fact a negotiation
to negotiate for the general release of hostages. It was initiated
solely and exclusively to obtain the release of William Buckley because
he knew about the whereabouts of the off-the-shelf operation. It was a
criminal enterprise and they feared that if the American people found
out about that there would be a huge constitutional scandal and the
President of the United States would be impeached.
You hav
--
------------------------------------------+-----------------------------
Jim Burnes - System Engineer ! When the world is
SouthWestern Bell Advanced Technology Labs! running down...
Internet: jburnes@swbatl.swbell.com ! Make the best of what's
Ma Bell: (314) 235-7444 (W) ! still around.
(314) 832-0464 (H) ! -Sting
------------------------------------------+-----------------------------
Article 4807 of alt.conspiracy:
Path: lassie!voder!pyramid!decwrl!wuarchive!swbatl!jburnes
From: jburnes@swbatl.sbc.com (Jim Burnes - 235-7444)
Newsgroups: alt.conspiracy
Subject: A NATION BETRAYED - PART 3
Message-ID: <1991May28.020634.1811@swbatl.sbc.com>
Date: 28 May 91 02:06:34 GMT
Organization: Southwestern Bell
Lines: 553
e to remember that the head of the Justice Department, Edwin
Meese, used to be the chief of staff at the White House that ran all
these meetings where they were setting up these plans. This was no
great surprise to Edwin Meese who came before us on November 25th, 1986
and said, "Oh my gosh, look at this. There seems to be some sale of
TOW missiles to Iran going on here." He knew perfectly well what was
going on here. And there is a very technical phrase in the law that
refers to what they're doing. It's called a Big Fat Lie.
(poor edit here going back to Bo at luncheon)
Bo:
(referring to The Christic Institue, I presume)
If they're telling the truth in this case, then we should look at the
evidence they have. I've been told by my friends in the Central
Intelligence that they are, "funded by the KGB." Well, when they tell
me that and it's because Christic is talking bad about the government,
it makes me think that maybe somebody higher up has told them, "hey..
go tell 'em that they're being funded by the KGB." I don't know too
much more than that, but I do know ironically enough, can H. Ross
Perot, General Khun Sa and the Christic, three different totally
separate entities come up with the same information if its not true?
This affadavit though by Daniel Sheehan ... there's his signatures
swearing that it is the truth. He has uncovered information ... I just
want to read you a couple of sentences. Its says here that, "One of
the officers in the US embassy in Thailand, one Mort Abromowitz (he was
the Ambassador as a matter of fact), came to know of Armitage's
involvement in the secret handling of opium funds and called there to
be initiated a internal state department heroin smuggling investigation
directed against Richard Armitage." It says, "Armitage was a target of
embassy personnel complaints to the effect that he was utterly failing
to perform his duties on behalf of American MIA's." And Armitage
reluctantly resigned as DOD special consultant on MIA's at the end of
1977. It says, "From 1977 to 1979 Armitage remained in Bangkok opening
and operating a business named the Far East Trading Company." It says
that, "This company was in-fact merely a front for secret operations
conducting opium money out of Southeast Asia to Tehran, Iran and the
Nugen-Hand Bank." It goes on ...
There's three fingers now. One, twelve-thousand miles from here from
an infamous warlord who doesn't even know Armitage, other than for the
fact that he is the bagman. H. Ross Perot gaining it from government
testimony of agents investigating. But have you ever seen Armitage
indicted? But if you look at these reports the agents have been farmed
out. Anyone who comes up with a report of investigation against
Armitage gets reassigned or retired. You'll recognize some of this.
This is back to Khun Sa's letter:
"After 1979 Richard Armitage resigned from the US embassy's posting
and set up the Far East Trading Company as a front for his continuation
in the drug trade. Soon after Daniel Arnold was made to handle the
drug business as well as the transportation of arms sales. (Daniel
Arnold was a CIA station chief). Jerry Daniels then took over the drug
trade from Richard Armitage."
Jerry Daniels was a CIA member. Jerry Daniels died mysteriously in
Bangkok, Thailand. I wonder why.
(cut to segment from Iran-Contra hearings)
Narrator:
The Christic Institute's charges against The Enterprise were featured
briefly in the Iran-Contra hearings during Jack Brooks' questioning of
Richard Secord.
Brooks:
. vast array of alleged illegal and corrupt practices beginning as
far back as the 1960's. Did you know about that?
Secord: (somewhat nervously)
Of course I know about it.
Brooks:
Well, the allegations include the organization of assasination programs
funded by the drug king-pin in Laos and laundering of millions of
dollars skimmed from the sale of military weapons to the Shah of Iran,
and the provision of military services to Somosa, and laundering
Colombian drug money, but anyhow ...
Narrator:
Secord's response was prophetic. Nearly a year later the cased would
be dismissed in a blatantly political move by Judge Lawrence King.
Brooks:
Describe your involvement and transactions with them ...
Secord: (nervously and contemptously)
Can I comment on the suit? The suit, which was filed in May of last
year, is the most outrageous fairy tale anybody has ever read. Nobody,
including the Justice Department, credits it at all. It's being dealt
with. I can only fight on so many fronts at once. I regard that one
as a rather minor threat that will be tossed out of ...
Narrator:
The congressional committees carefully side-stepped these charges as
well as the issue of massive cocaine smuggling by the Contras. But the
media was quick to notice the striking parallels between the liberal
Christic Institute's allegations and conservative Bo Gritz's
discoveries in Burma. Sharing a commitment to the truth, both Sheehan
and Gritz have been outspoken in their charges that The Enterprise has
engaged in assasinations, drug dealing and illegal weapons shipments.
Their activities have well been documented in the mainstream press.
The case of Edwin Wilson is a powerful example of The Enterprise's
blatant disregard for law and congressional restraints. Sentenced to
52 years in prison for providing weapons and explosives to Libya, the
former CIA agent has pointed out that his more-than-willing partners in
those transactions and others were none other than Richard Secord and
Theodore Shakley. According to Wilson, "If I'm guilty, they're guilty.
If I got 52 years for what I shipped, Ollie North ought to get 300
years."
(cut to video clip from BBS NEWSNIGHT. Interview with Edwin Wilson in
prison.)
Wilson:
I would like to have the story get out, which is the truth. There has
been such as massive cover-up on this whole group. The group that now
is running the war for the Contras that I felt that the only way I
could somewhat justify my own actions was to have the truth come out.
Interviewer:
Are you saying that Iran-Contra is just the tip of the iceberg?
Wilson:
. just the tip of the iceberg.
(cut back to Gritz at luncheon)
I swore to defend this constitution. As a soldier I was brainwashed.
And I wasn't a dumb soldier either. I've got advanced degrees in
college, honors graduating from the Command and General Staff College
of the United States Army, given the high command, served in the
highest level staff positions in the Pentagon. And yet I thought that
as a soldier I was to be apolitical. I was to never question what our
executive branch civilians told us to do. Just do or die. What an
education I got.
Back in 1975-76 I commanded special forces in Latin America. Same time
George Bush was head of the CIA. We knew that Noriega was not only a
drug smuggler then but we knew that he was a communist besides. He was
the intelligence officer under Omar Terrijos (sp?). We, the United
States, payed Noriega three times what we pay our President to be our
friend. I recommended more than ten years ago that we dump him. We
didn't and now were seeing the result of it. My point is George Bush
knew what was going on then. He was head of Central Intelligence. It
was his OK that said pay Noriega hundreds of thousands of dollars every
year. He knew what the intelligence reports were. That Noriega is a
brother to Fidel Castro. Don't ever let him tell you he didn't know.
I think a lot of the truth would come out if we tried General Noriega
because he knows what happened and would be willing to tell what
happened, but there is nobody in the administration that wants to hear
what happened. We know were not going to try him. Thats just a ruse.
Read the newspapers about three months before we indicted him. I saw
where Armitage went down to Panama to warn Noriega, that if he didn't
get under control that we were going to eliminate him. Well, Noriega
has bigger cajones than any bureaucrat that you'll ever meet. He's a
little guy like H. Ross Perot, but he is tougher than Texas cowhide and
he will pull the plug on the Panama Canal if we try to force him out.
I think Noriega is going to come out the winner (I guess not... ed.)
And by the way, can you imagine what Armitage did? See, Tom Harvey and
Armitage are best friends. They lift weights everyday in the Pentagon
athletic club. I know when we got back from Burma that Harvey rubbed
his hands together and said, "Hey Dick, come on over to the White
House. Bo Gritz just got back from Golden Triangle with information on
POW's from Khun Sa." Can you imagine what happened when Khun Sa said,
"...and I will disclose every government official I've dealt with for
20 years.."? I bet you Dick Armitage involuntarily urinated right
there! (much laughter) And all of a sudden US declares no mercy. Its
a war of words. No president thats ever declared a war on drugs has
ever fought one and I see 'em being fought today. But there's a way to
do it and end-running the Constitution is not the way. But here's what
we've done. You saw Ollie North stand up and become an acclaimed hero.
Now Ollie North is a Marine that I believe has done everything he
thought was right to stem the rising tide of communism. But I want to
give you some facts and you decide for yourself. I think Ollie North
had good intentions but he was manipulated and used.
Have we won the war in Nicaragua? Has the end justified the means
because the planes carrying arms to the Contras came back loaded with
drugs. I submit to you that we have lost. Did we ever intend to win?
(cut to a scene with female reporter interviewing Mike Tulliver (sp?),
a former pilot who flew drug runs.)
Reporter:
The government decided to get into the drug business in order to pay
for the Contras? The American government?
Mike Tulliver:
As incredulous as it may sound, I believe that they not only decided to
get into it I think that they orchestrated the whole thing.
Reporter (narrating):
Mike Tulliver is a pilot who's principle occupation has been smuggling
drugs. He's currently serving a three and one half year sentence in a
federal prison in Miami for a conviction unrelated to the secret
flights he made for the Contras. He says he was approached in 1985 by
long-time CIA operatives to run what they called "supplies."
Tulliver:
You could bring back their cargo without ever having to worry about
interception, arrest, anything like this. Everything was taken care of.
Reporter:
What kind of cargo are you talking about?
Tulliver:
Drugs.
Reporter:
And the same people who you believe set you up with the arms also set
you up with 25,000 pounds of pot?
Tulliver:
Sure... oh yes ... sure .. in change.
Reporter:
So what do you do with that 25,000 pounds of pot?
Tulliver:
We take off out of Honduras and we leave.
Reporter:
To?
Tulliver:
South Florida.
Reporter:
Where in South Florida?
Tulliver:
We landed at Homestead.
Reporter:
Homestead?
Tulliver:
Air Force Base.
Reporter:
With whose clearance?
Tulliver:
I was given a discreet transponder code to squawk about two hours south
of Miami. I received my instructions from the ground for traffic
separation and told them what my destination was.
Reporter:
What did you say?
Tulliver:
I told them we were a non-scheduled military flight into Homestead Air
Force Base.
Reporter:
What happened when you landed?
Tulliver:
We landed about 1:30 - 2:00 in the morning I guess. A little blue
truck came out and met us and it had a little white sign that said,
"FOLLOW ME."
Reporter:
And you did...
Tulliver:
And we followed it.
Reporter:
To where?
Tulliver:
Some area of the field. I have no idea ... I've never been there
before or since.
Reporter:
Where you surprised that you were going to land all of this pot at an
Air Force base?
Tulliver:
Yeah... I was a little taken aback to be honest with you. I was
somewhat concerned about it. I figured it was a setup or it was a DEA
bust or a sting or something like that.
Reporter:
And instead nothing happened to you?
Tulliver:
No. A little guy in the pickup truck takes us out and I get in a taxi
cab.
Reporter:
Did you get payed for the flight?
Tulliver:
75,000 dollars.
Reporter narrating with video clip of cargo plane at Homestead:
Tulliver identifies this as the plane he flew. The plane traces to a
company that was hired by the government to fly humanitarian supplies
to the Contras at the same time Tulliver made his flights.
(cut to clip with George Morales)
Reporter:
Why would the CIA allow drug planes to come into the United States
loaded with coke from (undecipherable).
Morales:
Money.
Reporter Narrating:
George Morales is a world champion boat racer. He is also a world
reknowned cocaine trafficker whose empire extended from Colombia to
Miami. Morales was indicted for running cocaine in 1984. He says the
CIA used his indictment to pressure him into providing planes, pilots
and three million dollars in cash to the Contras. He too is in federal
prison awaiting sentencing on the '84 charge.
Reporter:
So you're saying that drug planes were allowed into the states as long
as somebody was kicking money into the Contra coffer.
Morales:
Definitely.
Reporter:
Is this like just a one-time occurrence? Somebody snuck in?
Morales:
No.
Reporter:
Frequent?
Morales:
Yes.
Reporter:
Routine?
Morales:
Yes.
(back to Tulliver)
Believe it or not, the entire business is compartmentalized. I'm like
a Teamster. I'm in transportation. You've got people who are in
loading. You've got people who are in offloading. You've got people
who are in distribution. You've got people who are in sales. It's
like an IBM situation.
Reporter narrating again:
Gary Betzner was one of George Morale's top pilots. He too is in
federal prison in Miami on an unrelated drug conviction. His sentence
is 15 years. Like Morales and Tulliver he has little to gain from
talking about these drug flights.
Betzner:
I took two loads, small aircraft loads of weapons to John Hull's ranch
in Costa Rica and returned back to Florida with approximately 1000 kilos
of cocaine.
Reporter:
What exactly was in the plane that you flew from Fort Lauderdale?
Betzner:
Oh there was some C4 explosives, M60 machine guns. It was stacked all
the way to the ceiling.
Reporter:
How many pounds of weaponry?
Betzner:
I would estimated around 2500 pounds. I understood right away that it
wasn't the private guns that went down that were that important. It
was what was coming back that could buy much larger and better and more
sophisticated weapons. It was unaccounted for cash.
Reporter narrating:
. near heavy security Ramone Rodriguez was brought to capitol hill.
Ocean Hunter, it appears, is just the beginning (?). Under oath, he
told Senators that the drug connection is much larger. That he'd
handled a direct 10 million dollars in cash contributions from the
Colombian cocaine cartels to the Contras.
Rodriguez:
Outside the United States drug dealers are very powerful people. They
have cash. The CIA deals primarily with items outside of the US. If
they're going to deal in foreign country's policies and politics
they're going to run up against or run with the drug dealers. It
cannot be done any other way.
Reporter:
Do you have any evidence, any proof, any ideas of whether the large
sums of cash you had delivered to the Contras, whether it actually made
it to the Contras?
Rodriguez:
There is no way to trace cash. My guess it that not all of it got
there, but I'm a cynic.
Reporter:
Where would it have ended up?
Rodriguez:
I would say that you're gonna find a lot of it in nest eggs, foreign
accounts, waiting for the day when the Contra issue is no longer
popular, when Congress votes it out of existance and they have to do
something else for a living.
(back to Bo at the luncheon)
Point is there are three sources now all saying one little bureaucrat.
Look how bureaucrats fall! You break wind wrong, you're out of here in
an election year. Why hasn't Mr. Armitage been investigated? When we
came back I was told by telephone in Bangkok, "Bo, if you don't erase
and forget everything that you have done, you're going to get hurt." I
was told, "Everybody loves you. Nobody wants to hurt you. No one
wants to put a war hero in jail, but if you don't cooperate you're
going to hurt the government." And I said, "Joe, whose government am I
gonna hurt?" (lots of applause)
I am sick and tired of watching the result of poor politics sending our
soldiers overseas to do something that they were not meant to do. I'm
a fighter, but when we fight we ought to fight to win. And when we
send people we ought to be willing to bring them back again. (much
applause)
We did go before congress. You know who runs the drug task force in
the house of representatives? Lawrence Smith. He is a democrat from
"Miami Vice" Florida and his staff told me before I came up, "Bo, you
better be well-heeled-for-bear because the people who keep the chairman
in office are more prone to promote drugs than they are to fight them."
When I got up there Lawrence Smith would not allow any members of the
task force to view the video tapes that we brought from Khun Sa in
Burma. He asked me, "Colonel, how could a man of your intelligence put
any stock at all in what a drug warlord would say?" I said, "Mr.
Chairman, aren't we dealing with Michael Gorbochev and he's a
communist. But we talk to him because he has the missiles and we want
to reduce them. Khun Sa has all the heroin and if we want to stop it
he's the guy we ought to see." And he says, "What's this business
about a heroin highway? How do we know the Thai's didn't build that
road to attack Khun Sa?" And I said, "Well Chairman, if they did, they
did a heck of a good job because it goes right straight to his
headquarters and nobody is attacking and he his own little customs
houses all along the road where the little bar comes down." He ended
the hearing by saying, "I don't think there is any substantive evidence
here that would indicate any further investigation need be made." He
never called H. Ross Perot. He never called the Christic Institute.
He never allowed the tapes or the letter that Khun Sa wrote because I
found out that video tapes aren't enough. They said, "Well, he didn't
write anything." Then we had a letter with his signature on it under the
Shan seal.
Point is Ladies and Gentlemen, there is a parallel government this day
that lives within the United States government. It is a parasite!
Personally, I think we may have lost the Executive Branch.
(cut to clip from Iran-Contra hearings with Jack Brooks questioning
Ollie North about executive order rescinding the constitution)
I was particularly concerned Mr. Chairman, because I read in Miami
papers and several others that there had been a plan developed by that
same agency, a contingency plan in the event of an emergency that would
suspend the American constitution and I was deeply concerned about it.
I'm wondering if that was the area in which he had worked.
I believe that he was, but I wanted to get his confirmation. (Brooks
tries to continue here and is interrupted by Daniel Inouye, chairman of
the proceeding and senator from Hawaii)
Inouye:
--
------------------------------------------+-----------------------------
Jim Burnes - System Engineer ! When the world is
SouthWestern Bell Advanced Technology Labs! running down...
Internet: jburnes@swbatl.swbell.com ! Make the best of what's
Ma Bell: (314) 235-7444 (W) ! still around.
(314) 832-0464 (H) ! -Sting
------------------------------------------+-----------------------------
Article 4808 of alt.conspiracy:
Path: lassie!voder!pyramid!decwrl!wuarchive!swbatl!jburnes
From: jburnes@swbatl.sbc.com (Jim Burnes - 235-7444)
Newsgroups: alt.conspiracy
Subject: A NATION BETRAYED - PART 4
Message-ID: <1991May28.020820.1883@swbatl.sbc.com>
Date: 28 May 91 02:08:20 GMT
Organization: Southwestern Bell
Lines: 364
May I most respectfully ask that this matter not be touched upon at this
stage. If we wish to get into this I'm certain arrangements can be
made during executive session.
(cut to Jack Brook's summary)
. involving the US government in military activity in direct
contradiction of the law, diverting public funds into private pockets
in secret unofficial activities, selling access to the President for
thousands of dollars, dispensing cash and foreign money orders out of a
White House safe, accepting gifts and falsifying papers to cover it up,
altering and shredding national security documents, lying to Congress.
Now I believe that the American people understand that democracy cannot
survive that kind of abuse.
(back to Bo at luncheon)
I don't think it makes a hoot who you vote for for President. The same
people are gonna run this country. I stand before you today. You
gotta know who I am. I'm an indicted felon because part of that phone
call in Thailand said, "Bo, if you don't erase and forget, if you don't
come to the apartment (that was a safehouse in Washington, DC), you're
gonna be charged with 15 years and your going to serve as a felon and
we're going to bring up aggravated charges and hostile witnesses."
That's not my kind of language. I said, "Friend, that's an insult to
you, me and two hundred years of constitutional government." He said,
"Bo, don't give me that. Bring everything you've got to the
apartment." I said, "Who's going to be there, Joe?" And he said, "You
know me better than that, Bo. It will just be me and Tom Harvey." I
said, "OK, I'll bring this stuff dear citizen. I'll show it to you
then you tell me to erase and forget." When I got to LA with the tapes
he said, "Bo, don't come." He was that much of a friend. He said,
"Don't come. Hide those tapes. Everybody's laying for you." He said,
"But please destroy and forget. That's all the state department wants
you to do because otherwise you're going to jail as a felon." You know
what they charged me with? They did charge me. Misuse of a passport.
Now that is a weeny charge for somebody thats been in clandestine
warfare for more than 30 years. That throws me in league with Jane
Fonda. She was cavorting with the enemy and misusing her passport.
Ollie North and Robert McValium went to Iran on Irish passports so they
could do an illegal arms deal, but nobody has charged them. Thats
because they're cooperating.
Well, I'm not worried about that. The US attorney doesn't know how
hard to take it because I said, "I don't deny I misused a passport. I
misused it many times. Every time in pursuit of US prisoners of war."
You dear citizen, see if you would erase and go back to sleep and
forget. I don't think that you will. In my defense I got a lawyer,
he's the former US attorney for Nevada. He took my case for free other
than all the expenses it cost to bring in witnesses. Were going to use
this court as a forum for prisoners of war and for government in drug
dealing because you know you can't sue the government, but when the
government jumps on you now you can turn it around on them. Thats
exactly what were doing. I got a plea the other day saying, "Bo, just
go ahead and cop a plea it'll be a misdemeanor." No way Jose, were
going all the way with this one.
(Narrator)
The American Warrior has traveled a long road from the jungles of
Vietnam to the Pentagon to a hostile federal courtroom in Las Vegas,
but the commitment to God, country, honor and decency have never
wavered. It would be far easier to walk away from this battle, but to
do so would be impossible for this soldier.
Interestingly enough, the US attorney prosecuting this case against a
respected dissenting war hero is himself the former road manager for a
well-known 1960's antiwar rock group. The irony is not lost on Las
Vegans, but the issues behind the trial demand nationwide attention.
One can only wonder what the charges will be against Oliver North.
The Christic Institue, on the other hand, is facing an uphill battle in
their current appeal of Judge King's dismissal of their racketeering
lawsuit against The Enterprise last June in Miami. As Father Bill
Davis, their chief investigator explains:
(cut to Fr. Bill Davis from The Christic Institute)
This is by far the most important case we've ever done. I think for
the kinds of forces that were up against, as well as for the broader
public policy implications. If this crowd can get away with what they
have been getting away with: the arms dealing, the drug dealing, the
assasination programs and sell it under the guise of some kind of blind
anti-communism, having had the revelations that we've had: the
Hasenfuss flight, the Iran arms deal. If they still get away with it
then I think democracy, at least in this country, is in very very
serious condition. I don't think it will survive. Were either going
to win against these forces, this time or I am not optimistic about the
survival of democracy in this country. I think it's that serious.
(Narrator)
The seriousness of Gritz's discoveries during his first mission to the
Golden Triangle, however was brought home immediately after his return.
Scott Weekly, his Operation Lazarus team member and veteran of several
POW recovery missions, was arrested and charged with a federal
violation resulting from the Afghan training program he helped Gritz
conduct. Weekly was a classmate of Oliver North's at Annapolis and has
a PhD in physics. After numerous forays into hostile enemy territory
neither he nor Gritz were prepared for the treachery that awaited them
at home.
(Bo filmed in Thailand or thereabouts)
The ambassador level person for the US government in charge of
narcotics control made a statement immediately following the release of
this tape to the White House that the United States would never a agree
to talk with General Khun Sa about drug control because he was such a
black-hearted criminal. I believe that we can show through facts that
have already been established by the US Justice Department and on-going
investigations that there are people currently who saw that tape in the
US government that all that they could to stop this interview right
here for fear they would be exposed. Even to the point where they
arrested Scott Weekly for a minor technicality of transporting
explosives illegally on a commercial airliner.
Very briefly we were training a couple of Afghan freedom fighters
through the knowledge and request of the US state department and other
official agencies. The explosives were procurred for us from Fort
Sill, Oklahoma and were naturally transported, because we were using
them at a remote desert base, by aircraft. There was no danger to the
civilian aircraft. The explosives were C4, plastic, frontline safe.
You could shoot them with a machine gun and they wouldn't go off.
There were no detonating devices with us. Federal agents told Scott
when he was taken into custody that it wasn't a technicality and that
the real target was me. They were under pressure by the US attorney's
office to find out whether or not I was in kahoots with North and
Poindexter since I had traveled to Latin America and to the Middle East
in pursuit of various government associated projects. The fact is and
the truth is that I've had nothing to do with North and Poindexter or
any illegal activities either in South America or the Middle East. Now
the truth is that I believe that elements in the US government are
afraid that they will be exposed for their illegal activities and drug
trafficking. Through that exposure that this will cease and they will
loose their power. If they had tried to put pressure by causing Scott
Weekly even to be ajudged guilty ... because he was told if he would
plead guilty that there would be no problem... that he would be given
probation... that there would be no more pursuit... that it would be
unsupervised probation which would allow him to continue to travel
overseas. In truth, he was sentenced. The fact is that Scott was told
that if he would plead guilty that there would be no further
investigation and that all would go well for him and that if he did not
plead guilty there would be a tether put on all of us so that we would
not be able to travel and at that time we were very very close to
negotiating the release of American prisoners of war. The only reason
that Scott plead guilty was so that other members of the Operation
Lazarus team, myself included, would be free to continue the mission of
liberating US prisoners of war, which is ongoing now.
(Narrator Discussing Weekly's case)
Scott Weekly was made to serve fourteen months of a five year sentence
before it was demonstrated that the agents had removed sensitive
documents from his pre-sentencing file which would have exonerated him.
The sentence was simply dismissed.
Lance Trimmer, a former Green Beret communications specialist with the
Lazarus team, accompanied Gritz to Burma in Weekly's place in May, 1987
where he witnessed Khun Sa naming the US officials involved in drug
trafficking. As a professional private investigator, since returning
he has spearheaded the effort to document and publicize the team's
findings and was instrumental in obtaining Scott Weekly's release from
LongPoke Federal Prison. In the process he has been unjustifiably
arrested and detained three times by the police and federal
authorities.
(Narrator introducing Barry Flinn)
Barry Flinn is the Bangkok station chief for Operation Lazarus. In May
of 1987 he served as the cameraman with Colonel Gritz on his second
trip to visit Khun Sa. Also during this time he has made other trips
into ShanLand. On one occasion he accompanied a journalist from
Australia who filmed the proceedings and made this the subject of a
news program in Australia. Barry himself was arrested immediatly upon
his return to Bangkok from ShanLand on the first trip and has been
several times since then as has been Khun Sa.
(Khun Sa in interview with Australian journalist .. either he himself or
a translator is speaking... it sounds like Khun Sa himself)
. even if they kill me the opium will still be there. They only use
me as a money tree. Every time they want money, they come and shake
the tree just like a Christmas tree.
Journalist:
.spraying the opium crop with the poison 24-D (or somesuch...Ed.)
(Narrator Again)
One of the problems that Khun Sa pointed out in the news program in
Australia is the extensive use of toxic herbicide spraying over his
territory not to kill the opium plants, but to kill the food crops
which is very very destructive of the culture and the people and
creating a very serious refugee problem.
(Khun Sa again...)
We have 300 families in the hills now who have no food. The world body
is doing something against humanity in the Shan state and nobody knows
about it.
(Bo talks about Khun Sa's offer)
General Khun Sa has extended an offer in writing to turn over to the
United States Government on March 15, 1988 one ton of refined Asian
heroin, that sells for $250,000 per pound to distributors, as a show of
good faith that he would stop 1200 tons of heroin from entering the
free world in 1988. The response of the State Department was, "no
interest."
(Bo talking in Southeast Asian Field)
There are personalities within the United States Government who have,
as early as the early 1960's, trafficked in opium and heroin to finance
assasination programs initially approved by the Central Intelligence
Agency, which didn't work then and aren't working now. If these
assasinations programs spread from Vietnam, Cambodia, Laos and Thailand
to Iran, to Nicaragua, to Libya and have the potential of continuing to
spread unless some exposure is finally done to eliminate these high
officials.
H. Ross Perot has said as a result of his investigation he has found a,
"snake pit without a bottom." He says that the people involved will do
anything to keep their wrongdoings covered up. He even says that a man
that was responsible for the Phoenix assasination program is now on the
personal staff of George Bush.
(Cut to Barry Flinn in Bangkok discussing his trip with Bo.)
My name is Barry Flinn and I live in Bangkok, Thailand. I have been in
Bangkok now for two years. I am a member of Operation Lazarus and I am
the station chief here in Bangkok. My function for Operation Lazarus
is to collect information from my agents in Laos and in Vietnam on
locating live Americans held captive in these two countries. This last
trip Colonel Gritz had asked me to go into ShanLand, a territory of
Burma, to be a witness and a cameraman to record the conversation with
him and General Khun Sa. I agreed to go and I did witness, I did
record the meeting with Lt. Colonel James 'Bo' Gritz and General Khun
Sa. Another member of Operation Lazarus by the name of Lance Trimmer
also accompanied us. In Shanland I did record the meeting and the
facts are as follows: General Khun Sa's people, the secretaries read
from a document written in the Shan language about American officials
dealing in heroin from 1965 to the present. Some of the names he had
given us were a man by the name of Shakley, a man by the name of
Armitage and other American officials involved in drugs. Now my job is
strictly locating POWS. I am not involved with the DEA or any other US
Government agency. I am a private citizen. It makes you angry when
you hear of the drug problems in America. Children taking heroin at
twelve and high officials supplying them the heroin and all the
cover-ups they did in the past, the present and probably in the future.
Now as a witness I definitely believe these men were involved in the
drug trade. General Khun Sa did say that, after giving us the names,
he wouldn't be surprised if B52 bombers started flying over Shanland to
destroy him and to kill him so that he wouldn't testify to the other
Americans involved in the drug trade.
I am staying in Bangkok, Thailand to locate POWs and if people are
interested in more information about the interview with Khun Sa and Lt.
Colonel James 'Bo' Gritz they know were to find me. The American
embassy knows were to locate me. Lt. Colonel James 'Bo' Gritz knows
were to locate me and I'm sure the people involved in the drug trade
know where to locate me.
Allright. One more thing. I did here about the Americans Shakley,
Armitage and other Americans being named it sent a chill up my spine
and down my back. It made me angry. It made me shocked. I couldn't
believe it, but it was there: names, files of old papers that the Lao
agents and the Shan people have on our Americans. Somebody has to do
something. It will probably all be covered up. I don't know. It's
not my business. I was only a witness and it will stay with me for the
rest of my life about the people in our government dealing drugs. It's
nice to know, isn't it? It's really nice to know...
(Bo gives summary)
In summary, the reason that American prisoners of war are not at home
as we speak, if what Khun Sa, the Christic Institute, and H. Ross Perot
are saying is true, is because Richard Armitage, the one man
responsible for their recovery is a heroin smuggler and an arms dealer.
He has misused his office in order to promote covert operations
through the sale of heroin and trading in arms that bypasses the US
Congress. When prisoners come home he will be investigated. His
wrongdoings and misuse of office will be uncovered and exposed and he
and the others will fall like a house of cards.
As an American citizen it is our responsibility to wake up to the
internal threat, the treachery that threatens literally the life of
this nation.
(Bo back at luncheon asks people to swear to do something)
It's time that we just became Americans. Here is what I would ask you
to do, because you can't just go back to sleep on this thing like we
did on 007, the Korean airline. One is, I would ask that in your mind,
if not physically here today be willing to raise you hand to the square
(?) and swear again before God and witnesses your allegiance to this
heavenly banner (points to flag) and to the constitution of the United
States because it will die hermetically sealed in the National Archives
if we don't breath some life back into it. It is hanging by a thread.
The righteous people of this country, doesn't mean Democrat,
Republican, right, left, conservative, liberal, the righteous people of
this country need now to stand up and put a shoulder to it to keep it
stable. I want you to commit to yourself that you're going to do
something about it. Demand that an investigation be made.
(Bo narrating here...)
Demand a thorough and true investigation of Richard Armitage. Insist
that The Christic Institute's charges go to trial and be heard by a
jury of Americans. That those in our government that represent sewage,
that clog the bureaucracy today might be cleaned out. That the
American way might continue. That our children might grow up in
liberty and freedom with same opportunities that we have had.
(Gritz apparently is willing to run for Congress on the Republican
ticket. Back to the luncheon)
In the legislature you need to seek out, identify and draft people that
have the guts to stand up, because if you get the legislature up there
it can be through the people. It can be pulled back from the brink. I
think thats our saving grace. I think that through the legislature we
can do what no one else would have done to Nixon. We can wash him
away, we can wash away, hopefully, it's going to be a hard fight, this
cancer. I stand before you and give you an order. You have got to do
something about this thing. We fought the enemy foreign. Can't we
fight the enemy domestic?
(much applause)
(Ed: If you wish to order the video tape, you can write Bo Gritz at the
address below. I'm not sure how current it is. I highly recommend
that you do order it somehow. Reading about it is one thing, but it's
another thing entirely to see Khun Sa and his men dictating the names
of top US officials to video tape. Many documents that are on the
video are not in my transcription here. They would be too numerous to
transcribe)
Lt. Colonel James 'Bo' Gritz
Box 472-HCR31
Sandy Valley, NV. 89019
(Transcribers disclaimer: The views expressed in this document do not
necessarily reflect the views or opinions of the transcriber. I am only
the messenger. Don't shoot me. )
--
------------------------------------------+-----------------------------
Jim Burnes - System Engineer ! When the world is
SouthWestern Bell Advanced Technology Labs! running down...
Internet: jburnes@swbatl.swbell.com ! Make the best of what's
Ma Bell: (314) 235-7444 (W) ! still around.
(314) 832-0464 (H) ! -Sting
------------------------------------------+-----------------------------
----- End Included Message -----
% ====== Internet headers and postmarks (see DECWRL::GATEWAY.DOC) ======
% Received: by enet-gw.pa.dec.com; id AA19304; Mon, 21 Oct 91 10:20:08 -0700
% Received: from stratus ([134.111.20.37]) by transfer.stratus.com (4.1/2.2-jjm) id AA14369; Mon, 21 Oct 91 13:19:06 ED
% Return-Path: <lpb@swdc.stratus.com>
% Received: from echidna.swdc.stratus.com (echidna.ARPA) by stratus.swdc.stratus.com (FTX1.2/1.28 Stratus WDC) id AA20140; Mon, 21 Oct 91 10:19:42 ps
% Received: from florida.swdc.stratus.com by echidna.swdc.stratus.com (4.0/SMI-4.0) id AA25237; Mon, 21 Oct 91 10:19:26 PD
% Date: Mon, 21 Oct 91 10:19:26 PDT
% From: lpb@stratus.swdc.stratus.com (Len Bucuvalas)
% Message-Id: <9110211719.AA25237@echidna.swdc.stratus.com>
% To: verga::stanley
% Subject: A Nation Betrayed
|
| 1541.73 | Patterns... patterns.... patterns... patterns... | VERGA::STANLEY | what a long strange trip it's been | Tue Oct 22 1991 13:53 | 51 |
| I'm not going to be posting any more material from Lenny. As fond as
I am of him, the material I'm getting from him seems to fall into a
pattern that I'm uncomfortable with. Marcos and Talligai ... you've
both expressed how much you've enjoyed the postings. Feel free to
contact Lenny and continue to post them.
Instead I'd like to post something I came across in a book called "Out
There" by Howard Blum.
"Disinformation, as the Soviet term desinformatsiya was quickly
anglicized by admiring Western intelligence agencies, is the
propagation of false, incomplete, or misleading information to targeted
individuals. But for a disinformation campaign to be truly successful,
it must accomplish two related goals. One, the target must act on
these new "facts". And two, the target must be irrevocably diverted
from the more fruitful path he had previously been following.
For the past three years, since 1980, Bill Moore learned from AFOSI
agent Doty, counterintelligence officers from a variety of agencies had
been running a disinformation campaign against Paul Bennewitz. The
purpose of the exercise-or so Moore would remember being told by a
gloating Doty-was systematically to confuse, discourage and discredit
Bennewitz.
Their work had been remarkably successful. It was government agents,
pretending to be friendly coconspirators or using other, more
convoluted covers, who had first passed on to a gullible Bennewitz
"official" documents and stories detailing the secret treaty between
the U.S. government and evil aliens, the existence of underground alien
bases, the exchanges of technology, the wave of brain implants, and
even the tale about the shapeship that had crashed into Archuleta Peak.
These "facts" became the linchpins of his grand theory: and fulfilling
all the government's hopes, Project Beta- the filming of airship
maneuvers in the vincinity of nuclear bases and the monitoring of the
unusual signals emanating from these craft-had been now relagated to a
secondary concern.
... Did Bennewitz still believe all the wild tales that had been passed
on to him?"
Curiousier and curiousier, eh? :-) ... wheels within wheels... patterns
within patterns...
... but now the "wild stories" being passed around include Nation Betrayed
and seem designed to shake the faith of Americans in their government....
while other patterns indicate that they are being systematically disarmed...
Lordy.... one could write a soap opera from all this. :-)
See ya,
Mary
|
| 1541.75 | | VERGA::STANLEY | what a long strange trip it's been | Tue Oct 22 1991 19:47 | 2 |
| Oh... I didn't mean to imply anything.. I just ment I have no objection
to someone else posting them.
|
| 1541.76 | I will... | SFCPMO::CABANYA | | Wed Oct 23 1991 17:36 | 5 |
| If you send me the mail node & name of this person, I would be glad
to continue to post these notes. I find them interesting.
mary
|
| 1541.77 | | VERGA::STANLEY | what a long strange trip it's been | Wed Oct 23 1991 17:50 | 1 |
| The mail node and name is right there in the notes themselves.
|
| 1541.78 | The Lear File | SFCPMO::CABANYA | | Thu Oct 24 1991 16:51 | 563 |
| From: DECWRL::"lpb@stratus.swdc.stratus.com" "Len Bucuvalas" 24-OCT-1991 11:28:11.33
To: sfcpmo::cabanya
CC:
Subj: The Lear File
This man is the son of the Lear who invented the Lear Jet.
This is one perspective concerning UFO and alien intelligence. As you read
this file, please don't freak out on me? ;^) ...... I like to keep in mind
a thought thru this process of seperating wheat from chaff in UFOology:
As there are good and bad people on Earth, logically there must be BOTH
good and bad everywhere in the cosmos.
Samurai_Writer
aka sometimes: Lenny
;^}
----- Begin Included Message -----
-+- The information in this file was taken from the Houston
Chip Channel located in Houston, Tx. The phone number for
that BBS is (713) 660-7565. The SYSOP of the Houston Chip
Channel has no knowledge of this upload to other BBS's, or
of the existence of the advertisement for his BBS above. I
would also suggest that MajorityRule.txt should also be read
for more information on the government conspiracy. -+-
-+- Shadow Demon -+-
John Lear has requested that the following file be published
on ParaNet. It is our philosophy to encourage debate on
paranormal issues, no matter how controversial, and we
welcome his input. The information contained in this file
has not been verified by ParaNet, nor do the opinions
expressed herein necessarily reflect those of the
Administrator or other ParaNet staff members. We can state,
however, that John is who he says he is, and has numerous
contacts in sensitive positions that could conceivably allow
him access to information of this type.
Statement Released By:
John Lear
December 29, 1987
John Lear, a captain for a major US Airline has flown over
160 different types of aircraft in over 50 different
countries. He holds 17 world speed record in the Lear Jet
and is the only pilot ever to hold every airline certificate
issued by the Federal Aviation Administration. Mr. Lear has
flown missions worldwide for the CIA and other government
agencies. A former Nevada State Senator candidate, he is
the son of William P. Lear, designer of the Lear Jet
executive airplane, the 8-track stereo, and founder of Lear
Siegler Corporation. Lear became interested in the subject
of UFO's 13 months ago after talking with United States Air
Force Personnel who had witnessed a UFO landing at
Bentwaters AFB, near London, England, and three small aliens
walking up to the Wing Commander.
Note to the Press: The government of the United States
continues to rely on your personal and professional
gullibility to suppress the information contained herein.
Your cooperation over the past 40 years has exceeded our
wildest expectations and we salute you.
"The sun does not revolve around the Earth"
"The United States Government has been in business
with little gray extraterrestrials for about 20 years"
The first truth stated here got Giordano Bruno burned at the
stake in AD 1600 for daring to propose that it was real.
The second truth has gotten far more people killed trying to
state it publicly than will ever be known. But the truth
must be told. The fact that the Earth revolves around the
sun was successfully suppressed by the church for over 200
years. It eventually cause a major upheaval in the church,
government, and thought. A realignment of social and
traditional values. That was in the 1800's. Now, about 400
years after the first truth was pronounced we must again
face the shocking facts. The "horrible truth" the
government has been hiding from us over 40 years.
Unfortunately, the "horrible truth" is far more horrible
than the government ever imagined.
In its effort to protect democracy, our government sold us
to the aliens. And here is how it happened. But before I
begin, I'd like to offer a word in the defense of those who
bargained us away . They had the best of intentions.
Germany may have recovered a flying saucer as early as 1939.
General James H. Doolittle went to Sweden in 1946 to
inspect a flying saucer that had crashed there in
Spitzbergen.
The "horrible truth" was known by only a very few persons:
They were indeed ugly little creatures, shaped like praying
mantises and who were more advanced than us by perhaps a
billion years. Of the original group that were the first to
learn the "horrible truth", several committed suicide, the
most prominent of which was General James V. Forrestal who
jumped to his death from a 16th story hospital window.
General Forrestal's medical records are sealed to this day.
President Truman quickly put a lid on the secret and turned
the screws so tight that the general public still thinks
that flying saucers are a joke. Have I ever got a surprise
for them.
In 1947, President Truman established a group of 12 of the
top military scientific personnel of their time. They were
known as MJ-12. Although the group exists today, none of
the original members are still alive. The last one to die
was Gordon Gray, former Secretary of the Army, in 1984. As
each member passed away, the group itself appointed a new
member to fill the position. There is some speculation that
the group known as MJ-12 expanded to at least several more
members.
There were several more saucer crashes in the late 1940's,
one in Roswell, New Mexico, one in Aztec, New Mexico, and
one near Laredo, Texas, about 30 miles inside the Mexican
border.
Consider, if you will, the position of the United States
Government at that time. They proudly thought of themselves
as the most powerful nation on Earth, having recently
produced the atomic bomb, and achievement so stupendous, it
would take Russia 4 years to catch up, and only with the
help of traitors to Democracy. They had built a jet
aircraft that had exceeded the speed of sound in flight.
They had built jet bombers with intercontinental range that
could carry weapons of enormous destruction. The post war
era, and the future seemed bright. Now imagine what it was
like for those same leaders, all of whom had witnessed the
panic of Orson Wells' radio broadcast, "The War of the
Worlds", in 1938. Thousands of Americans panicked at a
realistically presented invasion of Earth by beings from
another planet. Imagine their horror as they actually viewed
the dead bodies of these frightening looking little
creatures with enormous eyes, reptilian skin and claw like
fingers. Imagine their shock as they attempted to determine
how these strange "saucers" were powered and could discover
no part even remotely similar to components they were
familiar with: no cylinders or pistons, no vacuum tubes or
turbines or hydraulic actuators. It is only when you fully
understand the overwhelming helplessness the government was
faced with in the late 40's that you can comprehend their
perceived need for a total, thorough and sweeping cover up,
to include the use of "deadly force". The cover-up was so
successful that as late as 1985 a senior scientist with the
Jet Propulsion Laboratory in Pasadena, California, Dr. Al
Hibbs, would look at a video tape of an enormous flying
saucer and state the record, "I'm not going to assign
anything to that (UFO) phenomena without a lot more data".
Dr. Hibbs was looking at the naked emperor and saying, "He
certainly looks naked, but that doesn't prove he's naked."
In July of 1952, a panicked government watched helplessly as
squadron of "flying saucers" flew over Washington, D.C.,
and buzzed the White House, the Capitol Building, and the
Pentagon. It took all the imagination and intimidation the
government could muster to force that incident out of the
memory of the public. Thousands of sightings occurred
during the Korean war and several more saucers were
retrieved by the Air Force. Some were stored at
Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, some were stored at Air
Force bases near the location of the crash sight. One
saucer was so enormous and the logistic problems in
transportation so enormous that it was buried at the crash
sight and remains there today. The stories are legendary on
transporting crashed saucers over long distances, moving
only at night, purchasing complete farms, slashing through
forests, blocking major highways, sometimes driving 2 and 3
lo-boys in tandem with and extraterrestrial load a hundred
feet in diameter.
On April 30, 1964, the first communication between these
aliens and the U.S. Government took place at Holloman Air
Force Base in New Mexico. Three saucers landed at a
prearranged area and a meeting was held between the aliens
and intelligence officers of the U.S. Government.
During the period of 1969-1971, MJ-12 representing the U.S.
Government made a deal with these creatures, called EBE's
(Extraterrestrial Biological Entities, named by Detley
Bronk, original MJ-12 member and 6th President of Johns
Hopkins University). The "deal" was that in exchange for
"technology" that they would provide to us, we agreed to
"ignore" the abductions that were going on and suppress
information on the cattle mutilations. The EBE's assured
MJ-12 that the abductions (usually lasting about 2 hours)
were merely the ongoing monitoring of developing
civilizations.
In fact, the purposes for the abductions turned out to be:
(1) The insertion of a 3mm spherical device through the
nasal cavity of the abductee into the brain. The device is
used for the biological monitoring, tracking, and control of
the abductee.
(2) Implementation of Posthypnotic Suggestion to carry out
a specific activity during a specific time period, the
actuation of which will occur within the next 2 to 5 years.
(3) Termination of some people so that they could function
as living sources for biological material and substances.
(4) Termination of individuals who represent a threat to
the continuation of their activity.
(5) Effect genetic engineering experiments.
(6) Impregnation of human females and early termination
of pregnancies to secure the crossbreed infant.
The U.S. Government was not initially aware of the far
reaching consequences of their "deal". They were led to
believe that the abductions were essentially benign and
since they figured the abductions would probably go on
anyway whether they agreed or not, they merely insisted that
a current list of abductees be submitted, on a periodic
basis, to MJ-12 and the National Security Council. Does
this sound incredible? An actual list of abductees sent to
the National Security Council? Read on, because I have news
for you.
The EBE's have a genetic disorder in that their digestive
system is atrophied and not functional. Some speculate that
they were involved in some type of accident or nuclear war,
or possibly on the back side of an evolutionary genetic
curve. In order to sustain themselves they use an enzyme or
hormonal secretion obtained from the tissue that they
extract from humans and animals. (Note: Cows and Humans are
genetically similar. In the event of a national disaster,
cow's blood can be used by humans.) The secretions obtained
are then mixed with hydrogen peroxide and applied on the
skin by spreading or dipping parts of their bodies in the
solution. The body absorbs the solution, then excretes the
waste back through the skin. The cattle mutilations that
were prevalent throughout the period from 1973 to 1983 and
publicly noted through newspaper and magazine stories and
included a documentary produced by Linda Howe for the Denver
CBS affiliate KMGH-TV, were for the collection of these
tissues by the aliens. The mutilations included genitals
taken, rectums cored out to the colon, eyes, tongue, and
throat all surgically removed with extreme precision. In
some cases the incisions were made by cutting between the
cells, a process we are not yet capable of performing in the
field. In many of the mutilations there was no blood found
at all in the carcass, yet there was no vascular collapse of
the internal organs. This has been also noted in the human
mutilations, one of the first of which was Sgt. Jonathan P.
Louette at the White Sands Missile Test Range in 1956, who
was found three days after an Air Force Major had witnessed
his abduction by a "disk shaped" object at 0300 while on a
search for missile debris downrange. His genitals had been
removed, rectum cored out in a surgically precise "plug" up
to colon, eyes removed and all blood removed with, again, no
vascular collapse. From some of the evidence it is apparent
that this surgery is accomplished, in most cases, while the
victim, animal or human, i]is still alive.
The various parts of the body are taken to various
underground laboratories, one of which is known to be near
the small New Mexico town of Dulce. This jointly occupied
(CIA-Alien) facility has been described enormous, with huge
tiled walls that "go on forever". Witnesses have reported
huge vats filled with amber liquid with parts of human
bodies being stirred inside.
After the initial agreement, Groom Lake, one of this nations
most secret test centers, was closed for a period of about a
year, sometime between about 1972 and 1974, and a huge
underground facility was constructed for and with the help
of the EBE's. The "bargained for" technology was set in
place but could only be operated by the EBE's themselves.
Needless to say, the advanced technology could not be used
against the EBE's themselves, even if needed.
During the period between 1979 and 1983 it became
increasingly obvious to MJ-12 that things were not going as
planned. It became known that many more people (in the
thousands) were being abducted than were listed on the
official abduction lists. In addition it became obvious
that some, not all, but some of the nation's missing
children had been used for secretions and other parts
required by the aliens.
In 1979 there was an altercation of sorts at the Dulce
laboratory. A special armed forces unit was called in to try and
free a number of our people trapped in the facility, who had
become aware of what was really going on. According to one
source, 66 of the soldiers were killed and our people
were not freed.
By 1984, MJ-12 must have been in stark terror at the mistake
they had made in dealing with the EBE's. They had subtly
promoted "Close Encounters of the Third Kind" and "E.T." to
get the public used to looking at aliens that were
compassionate, benevolent and very much "space brothers".
MJ-12 "sold" the EBE's to the public, and were now faced
with the fact that quite the opposite was true. In
addition, a plan was formulated in 1968 to make the public
aware of the existence of aliens on earth over the next 20
years to be culminated with several documentaries to be
released during 1985-1987 period of time. These
documentaries would explain the history and intentions of
the EBE's. The discovery of the "Grand Deception" put the
entire plans, hopes and dreams of MJ-12 into utter confusion
and panic.
Meeting at the "Country Club", a remote lodge with private
golf course comfortable sleeping and working quarters, and
its own private airstrip built by and exclusively for the
members of MJ-12, it was a factional fight of what to do now.
Part of MJ-12 wanted to confess the whole scheme and
shambles it had become to the public, beg their forgiveness
and ask for their support. The other part (and majority) of
MJ-12 argued that there was no way they could do that, that
the situation was untenable and there was no use in exciting
the public with the "horrible truth" and that the best plan
was to continue the development of a weapon that could be
used against the EBE's under the guise of "SDI", the
Strategic Defense Initiative, which had nothing whatsoever
to do with a defense for inbound Russian nuclear missiles.
As these words are written, Dr. Edward Teller, "father" of
the H-Bomb is personally in the test tunnels of the Nevada
Test Site, driving his workers associates in the words of
one, "like a man possessed". And well he should, for Dr.
Teller is a member of MJ-12 along with Dr. Kissenger,
Admiral Bobby Inman, and possibly Admiral Poindexter, to
name a few of the current members of MJ-12.
Before the "Grand Deception" was discovered and according to
a meticulous plan of metered release of information to the
public, several documentaries and video tapes were made.
William Moore, a Burbank, California, based UFO researcher
who wrote "The Roswell Incident", a book published in 1980
that detailed the crash, recovery and subsequent cover-up of
a UFO with 4 alien bodies, has a video tape of 2 newsmen
interviewing a military officer associated with MJ-12. This
military officer answers questions relating to the history
of MJ-12 and the cover-up, the recovery of a number of
flying saucers and the existence of a live alien (one of 3
living aliens captured and designated, or named, EBE-1,
EBE-2, and EBE-3, being held in a facility designated as
YY-II at Los Alamos, New Mexico. The only other facility of
this type, which is electromagnetically secure, is at
Edwards Air Force Base in Mojave, California). The officer
names as previously mentioned plus a few others: Harold
Brown, Richard Helms, Gen. Vernon Walters, JPL's Dr. Lew
Allen and Dr. Theodore von Karman,to name a few of the
current and past members of MJ-12.
The officer also relates the fact that the EBE's claim to
have created Christ. The EBE's have a type of recording
device that has recorded all of Earth's history and can
display it in the form of a hologram. This hologram can be
filmed but because of the way holograms work does not come
out very clear on movie film or video tape. The crucifixion
of Christ on the Mount of Olives has allegedly been put on
film to show the public. The EBE's claim to have created
Christ, which, in view of the "Grand Deception", could be an
effort to disrupt traditional values for undetermined
reasons.
Another video tape allegedly in existence is an interview
with an EBE. Since EBE's communicate telepathically, and
Air Force Colonel serves as an interpreter. Just before the
recent stock market correction in October of 1987, several
newsmen, including Bill Moore, had been invited to
Washington, D.C., to personally film the EBE in a similar
type interview, and distribute the film to the public.
Apparently, because of the correction in the market, it was
felt the timing was not appropriate. In any case, it certainly seems
like an odd method to inform the public of
extraterrestrials, but it would be in keeping with the
actions of a panicked organization who at this point in time
doesn't know which way to turn.
Moore is also in possession of more Aquarius documents, a
few pages of which leaked out several years ago and detailed
the supersecret NSA project which had been denied by them
until just recently. In a letter to Senator John Glenn,
NSA's Director of Policy, Julia B. Wetzel, wrote,
"Apparently there is or was an Air Force project with that
name (Aquarius) which dealt with UFO's. Coincidently,V
there is also an NSA by that name." NSA's project Aquarius
deals specifically with the "communications with the aliens"
(the EBE's). Within the program was project "Snowbird", a
project to test-fly a recovered alien aircraft at Groom
Lake, Nevada. This project continues today at that
location. In the words of an individual who works at Groom
Lake, "Our people are much better at taking things apart
than they are at putting them back together."
Moore, who claims he has a contact with MJ-12, feels that
they have been stringing him along, slipping him documents
and providing him leads, promising to go public with some of
the information on extraterrestrials by the end of 1987.
Certain of Moore's statements lead one to believe that Moore
himself is a government agent working for MJ-12, not to be
strung along, but string along ever hopeful UFOlogists that
the truth is just around the corner.
Consider:
1. Moore states emphatically that he is not a government
agent, although when Lee Graham (a Southern California
based UFOlogist) was investigated by DIS (Defense
Investigative Service) for possession of classified
documents received from Moore, Moore himself was not.
2. Moore states emphatically that the cattle mutilations
of 1973-1983 were a hoax by Linda Howe (producer of "A
Strange Harvest") to create publicity for herself. He
cites the book "Mute Evidence" as the bottom line of the
hoax. "Mute Evidence" was a government sponsored book to
explain the mutilations in conventional terms.
3. Moore states that the U.S.A.F. Academy physics book,
"Introductory Space Science", vol. II chapter 13, entitled
"Unidentified Flying Objects", which describes four of the
most commonly seen aliens (one of which is the EBE) was
written by Lt. Col. Edward R. Therkelson and Major Donald B.
Carpenter, Air Force personnel who did not know what they
were talking about and were merely siting "crackpot"
references. He, Moore, states that the book was withdrawn to
excise the chapter.
If the government felt they were being forced to acknowledge
the existence of aliens on Earth because of the overwhelming
evidence such as the October and November sightings in
Wytheville, Va., and recently released books such as "Night
Siege" (Hynek, J. Allen;Imbrogno, Phillip J.;Pratt,
Bob:Night Siege, Ballantine Books, Random House, New York),
and taking into consideration the "grand deception" and
obviously hostile intentions of the EBE's, it might be
expedient for MJ-12 to admit the EBE's but conceal the
information on the mutilations and abductions. If MJ-12 and
Moore were in some kind of agreement then it would be
beneficial to Moore to tow the party line. For example,
MJ-12 would say..."here are some more genuine documents...
but remember... no talking the mutilations or abductions".
This would be beneficial to as it would supply the evidence
to support his theory that E.T.'s exist but deny the truths
about the E.T.'s. However, if Moore was indeed working for
MJ-12, he would follow the party line anyway...admitting the
E.T.'s but pooh poohing the mutilations and abductions. If
working alone, Moore might not even be aware of the "grand
deception".
Time will tell. It is possible that Moore will go ahead and
release the video interview with the military officer around
the first of the year, as he has promised. From MJ-12's
point of view, the public would be exposed to the
information without really having to believe it Moore is
essentially not as credible a source as, say, the President
of the United States. After a few months of digestion and
discussion, a more credible source could emerge with a
statement that yes in fact the film was essentially factual.
This scenario would cushion the blow to the public. If,
however, Moore does not release the tape by, say, February 1
of 1988, but comes instead with a story similar : "MJ-12
has informed me that they are definitely planning a release
of all information by October of 88. I have seen the plan
and have seen the guarantee that this will happen, so I have
decided to withhold the release of my video tape at this
time as it may cause some problems with MJ-12's plans."
This would in effect buy more time for MJ-12 and time is
what they desperately need.
Now you ask, "Why haven't I heard about any of this?" Who
do you think you would hear it from? Dan Rather? Tom
Brokaw? Sam Donaldson? Wrong. These people just read the
news, they don't find it. They are ladies who call and
interview witnesses and verify statements on coming over the
wire (either AP or UPI). It's not like Dan Rather would go
down to Wytheville, Virginia, and dig into why there were 4
THOUSAND sightings in October and November of 1987. Better
that Brokaw or someone else should risk their credibility on
this type of story. Tom Brokaw? Tom wants Sam Donaldson to
risk his credibility. No one, but no one, is going to risk
their neck on such outlandish ideas, regardless of how many
people report sightings of 900 foot objects running them off
the road. In the case of the Wytheville sightings, dozens
of vans with NASA lettered on the side failed to interest
newsmen. And those that asked questions were informed that
NASA was doing a weather survey.
Well then, you ask, what about our scientists? What about
Carl Sagan? Isaac Asimov? Arthur C. Clarke? Wouldn't they
have known? If Carl Sagan knows then he is committing a
great fraud through the solicitation of memberships in the
Planetary Society, "to search for extraterrestrial
intelligence". Another charade into which the U.S.
Government dumps million of dollar every year is the
radiotelescope in Arecibo, Puerto Rico, operated by Cornell
University with - guess who? - Carl Sagan. Cornell is
ostensibly searching for signals from Outer Space, a sign
maybe, that somebody is out there. It is hard to believe
that relatively intelligent astronomers like Sagan could be
so ignorant.
What about Isaac Asimov? Surely the most prolific science
fiction writer of all time would have guessed by now that
there must be an enormous cover-up? Maybe, but if he knows
he's not saying. Perhaps he's afraid that Foundation and
Empire will turn out to be inaccurate.
What about Arthur C. Clarke? Surely the most technically
accurate of Science Fiction writers with very close ties to
NASA would have at least a hint of what's really going on.
Again, if so he isn't talking. In a recent Science Fiction
survey, Clarke estimates that contact with extraterrestrial
intelligent life would not occur before the 21st Century.
If the government won't tell us the truth and the major
networks won't even give it serious consideration, then what
is the big picture, anyway? Are the EBE's, having done a
hundred thousand or more abductions (possibly millions
worldwide), built an untold number of secret underground
bases (Groom Lake, Nevada; Sunspot, Datil, Roswell, and Pine
Town, New Mexico, just to name a few) getting ready to
return to wherever they came from? Or, from the obvious
preparations are we to assume that they are getting ready
for a big move? Or is the more sinister and most probable
situation that the invasion is essentially complete and it
is all over but the screaming?
A well planned invasion of Earth for it's resources and
benefits would not begin with mass landings of ray-gun
equipped aliens. A properly planned and executed invasion
by a civilization thousands and probably hundreds of
thousands of years in advance of us would most likely be
complete before even a handful of people, say 12?, realized
what was happening.
----- End Included Message -----
% ====== Internet headers and postmarks (see DECWRL::GATEWAY.DOC) ======
% Received: by enet-gw.pa.dec.com; id AA27246; Thu, 24 Oct 91 10:28:21 -0700
% Received: from stratus ([134.111.20.37]) by transfer.stratus.com (4.1/2.2-jjm) id AA02601; Thu, 24 Oct 91 13:27:21 ED
% Return-Path: <lpb@swdc.stratus.com>
% Received: from echidna.swdc.stratus.com (echidna.ARPA) by stratus.swdc.stratus.com (FTX1.2/1.28 Stratus WDC) id AA27345; Thu, 24 Oct 91 10:28:07 ps
% Received: from florida.swdc.stratus.com by echidna.swdc.stratus.com (4.0/SMI-4.0) id AA04572; Thu, 24 Oct 91 10:27:59 PD
% Date: Thu, 24 Oct 91 10:27:59 PDT
% From: lpb@stratus.swdc.stratus.com (Len Bucuvalas)
% Message-Id: <9110241727.AA04572@echidna.swdc.stratus.com>
% To: sfcpmo::cabanya
% Subject: The Lear File
|
| 1541.80 | but they are too stupid to be a threat.. obviously :-) | VERGA::STANLEY | what a long strange trip it's been | Fri Oct 25 1991 12:37 | 28 |
|
Why does MJ12 allow our legislators to sponsor gun control laws
aimed at disarming American citizens? One would assume they would
understand the need for Americans to remained armed.
With countries like Guatemala and Brazil (see this month's issue of
Omni) sending out Death Squads to kill the abandoned children of
the poor as if exterminating rats... why abduct Americans? Missing
street children wouldn't even be noticed and no one appears to care
about them... why didn't they take them instead?
Further.... all the activity signals something else.... the arrival of
those responsible for initiating first contact ...and they are not the
same species, nor are they in cahoots with them.
It seems to me that there wouldn't be such panic unless they had
invaded and infiltrated our government itself in those days of secret
deals... it isn't Americans who are being protected... it's the aliens
that MJ12 made the deal with.
Too bad guys... party's over... you lose..
First Contact WILL happen and very, very soon... and there is a closely
guarded and very unpleasant planet waiting for your return... I hope
you enjoy it. I know I will enjoy watching you go.
Mary Stanley
|
| 1541.81 | | DSSDEV::GRIFFIN | Throw the gnome at it | Fri Oct 25 1991 13:33 | 12 |
|
I'm kind of surprised that MJ12 would have agreed to a technology
exchange contract that didn't include details on when humans would get
trained and such. The type of contract limitation described (only
aliens using the equipment) is a technique the US uses when selling
military equipment to foreign countries (all in an attempt to keep
details of the technology away from the purchasing country). To let
ourselves into such a deal sounds silly - they should know that it
would keep the real prizes away from humans.
Beth
(who used to work for a company that reviewed such contracts)
|
| 1541.82 | | VERGA::STANLEY | what a long strange trip it's been | Fri Oct 25 1991 14:32 | 2 |
| Thats what I hate most about these postings... they make us sound so
dumb.
|
| 1541.83 | Given 2 choices? Look for a 3rd... and a 4th | KARHU::TURNER | | Fri Oct 25 1991 15:55 | 34 |
|
I keep coming back to the idea that this is all a smoke screen. Imagine
a race of beings with far more advanced "bodies" greater than or equal
to say astral level who are capable of manufacturing a variety of
bodies(or technologies) on our plane; whatever the situation requires.
Whether it is gods to the ancients, ghosts of the "dead", little people,
little greymen, or giant blonds to serve mankind, how do we know who the
"real" beings are? How do we figure out what their real
agenda is? Have we been presented with a "bogeyman" type race designed
to make us jump into the arms of whatever "saviour" is offered? Whether
we look at this material or the Gulf Breeze sightings or a thousand
other incidents, I see some common threads. What is under attack is
truth. Take the Gulf Breeze sightings for example, just when it looked
like something solid, a model is found hidden in the guy's attic. More
questions than ever are raised. If you are inclined to be skeptical you
can find plenty to be skeptical about. Its as if whatever little world
you've constructed(or big one for that matter) you get played along.
Its possible that the threat of invasion is just a threat? Perhaps
other forces even less well known to us limit how far the EBE's can go.
This may sound like whistling in the dark, but there is some basis for
this possiblility. Our own collective paranoia may do us in before
aliens are allowed to ie we amy have the free will to do what others
can only threaten.
Instead of allowing ourselves to be sucked along by survival
oriented primate directives, we need to keep our cool and do what ever
is necessary for our personal development. We may be running out of
time.
john
|
| 1541.84 | | VERGA::STANLEY | what a long strange trip it's been | Fri Oct 25 1991 17:39 | 75 |
| Note 1541.83
KARHU::TURNER
I agree with you. Our choices (as always) are unlimited.
> little greymen, or giant blonds to serve mankind, how do we know who the
> "real" beings are?
Simple... we are the real beings.
>How do we figure out what their real agenda is?
We set the agenda ourselves.
>Have we been presented with a "bogeyman" type race designed
>to make us jump into the arms of whatever "saviour" is offered?
It wouldn't be the first time we've played that game.
>Whether we look at this material or the Gulf Breeze sightings or a thousand
>other incidents, I see some common threads. What is under attack is
>truth.
Yep... always...
>Take the Gulf Breeze sightings for example, just when it looked
>like something solid, a model is found hidden in the guy's attic. More
>questions than ever are raised. If you are inclined to be skeptical you
>can find plenty to be skeptical about. Its as if whatever little world
>you've constructed(or big one for that matter) you get played along.
By Jove!!! I think he's got it!!!
Now turn it around and start playing the game yourself. Decide what
game YOU want to play ... change the rules and let the others worry
about keeping score.
>Its possible that the threat of invasion is just a threat? Perhaps
>other forces even less well known to us limit how far the EBE's can go.
>This may sound like whistling in the dark, but there is some basis for
>this possiblility. Our own collective paranoia may do us in before
>aliens are allowed to ie we amy have the free will to do what others
>can only threaten.
I don't believe it either.
Look... logic dictates that any race that was so vastly superior to us
and that wanted to invade us could have EASILY done so long, long ago.
We were virtually sitting ducks here.
But invasion wasn't the name of the game, my friend. No indeed... the
game was manipulation and paranoia and media and psychological
influence ... the generation of... the creation of ... fear.. emotion..
but never any real proof that there was anything real to fear.
A cosmic con job.
> Instead of allowing ourselves to be sucked along by survival
> oriented primate directives, we need to keep our cool and do what ever
> is necessary for our personal development. We may be running out of
> time.
I agree, john.... we're at critical mass right now... more people
alive than have ever died on the planet. Death squads exterminating
street children in Guatemala... warehouses of unwanted and neglected
children in Romania... China forcing abortions on it's people and
America and organized religions pushing births on those who are unwilling
or unable to care for children...
... oil companies and big business destroying the planet faster than
we can possibly keep track of...
.. it's insane, my man... it's critical mass... it's find a way off
this planet right now or start facing our problems realistically or
it's sign off time for humanity...
No more fear ... no more hesitation... just do it.
|
| 1541.86 | | TNPUBS::PAINTER | let there be music | Mon Nov 04 1991 14:31 | 6 |
|
Re.85 (Marcos)
Perhaps 'just passing thru' is more appropriate.
Cindy
|
| 1541.87 | "When I use a word," said Humpty Dumpty... | WBC::BAKER | Joy and fierceness... | Mon Nov 04 1991 14:56 | 16 |
| re: 1541.85
VAXRIO::MARCOS
>Does anybody know the exact connotation of "dimension" as used here?
A lot of this quasi-geometrical descriptive language was
popularized by the Spiritualist movement and later the
Theosophists at the end of the 19th and beginning of the
20th centuries. A whole jargon developed (including "planes"
and "dimensions") which attempted to lend some kind of legitimacy
to things, through the use of scientific-sounding names.
For the most part, it means whatever the writer wanted it
to mean...
-Art
|
| 1541.88 | | VERGA::STANLEY | what a long strange trip it's been | Mon Nov 04 1991 17:45 | 3 |
| Thats what I think too.
And the more things change... the more they stay the same.
|
| 1541.90 | Perhaps the definitions are not in sync | TNPUBS::PAINTER | let there be music | Tue Nov 05 1991 13:08 | 7 |
|
Re.89 (Marcos)
When you mention the word 'die', do you mean this in the context of the
physical body dying?
Cindy
|
| 1541.92 | Now back to the original question...sorry for the digression | TNPUBS::PAINTER | let there be music | Tue Nov 05 1991 14:38 | 9 |
|
Re.91 (Marcos)
To me it means simply an expansion of consciousness.
However I was not the author of .19, so can't help you - this is only
my interpretation.
Cindy
|
| 1541.93 | | WILLEE::FRETTS | if u want to heal u have to *feel* | Tue Nov 05 1991 14:40 | 14 |
|
Hmmm....well, this can be looked at from a few perspectives.
If you hold the view that we are spiritual beings made up of vibrating
energy, this energy becomes denser as it 'steps-down' through the
'dimensions'. What I have heard is that humanity and the earth are
undergoing a change in vibration, i.e. that our vibration is speeding
up. This would change matter (our physical bodies included) to a
less dense manifestation.
So, I don't think it necessarily means the death of our bodies. I
think it means a change to our bodies, however.
Carole
|
| 1541.94 | in a sense I suppose it does... the nature of transformation | VERGA::STANLEY | what a long strange trip it's been | Tue Nov 05 1991 14:45 | 3 |
|
Does the caterpillar die when it becomes a butterfly?
|
| 1541.95 | More Toughts | AIMTEC::BUTLER_T | | Tue Nov 05 1991 14:51 | 20 |
| First, thanks to all for many hours of food-for-thought.
re: .89
"EARTH" - I took this to mean that the EARTH itself (exclusive of
whatever lives on it, from whatever source) is living. Also, that
dimension or plane can be another way of saying a level of awarness.
Thus, maybe the EARTH is preparing to enter its next (fourth?) level of
awarness.
It does add another *fill-in* to what this note has discussed thus
far. Just as I have a reality and you have a reality the EARTH
can.
The EARTH may decide to make this discussion *fill-in* as it could
have done before (floods, shifts, etc.) and could be preparing to
do again in reaching its' next level of awarness.
Tim
|
| 1541.97 | | WILLEE::FRETTS | if u want to heal u have to *feel* | Tue Nov 05 1991 15:07 | 16 |
|
Well, perhaps the 4th dimension is not only the 'world of the spirits'.
Part of us exists there now.
I think perhaps after this increase in vibration that the dimensions
will not be as separated. Right now our experience of other dimensions
is almost nil for most people. There is a lot going on right here with
us that we just are not aware of. This will be more available to us.
There are some ideas going around that not all people will be able to
increase in vibration at the same time. This will cause a 'splitting'
apart....where reality is very different for people.
All of this is conjecture, however. ;^)
Carole
|
| 1541.98 | | VERGA::STANLEY | what a long strange trip it's been | Tue Nov 05 1991 16:36 | 3 |
| I get a headache just thinking about splitting apart. :-) ... maybe
we won't notice... after all, the more things change, the more they
stay the same... and I don't notice a whole lot right now. :-)
|
| 1541.99 | Higher freq, higher density | WBC::BAKER | Joy and fierceness... | Wed Nov 06 1991 14:20 | 21 |
| re: 1541.93
WILLEE::FRETTS
> 'dimensions'. What I have heard is that humanity and the earth are
> undergoing a change in vibration, i.e. that our vibration is speeding
> up. This would change matter (our physical bodies included) to a
> less dense manifestation.
Actually, the way it works is that, as the frequency of
vibration *increases*, the mass (and therefore the density,
which is just mass-per-unit-volue) *increases* along with it.
Hence, light has a LOWER frequency (and is LESS dense) than
x-rays, which have a LOWER frequency (and are LESS dense) than
a neutron.
This is another one of those places where the "spiritualist"
use of well-established scientific terms is at odds with the
physical reality.
-Art
|
| 1541.100 | Fields. | FORTY2::CADWALLADER | Rifle butts to crush you down... | Fri Nov 08 1991 13:31 | 12 |
| Art,
You're right, the spiritualist "vibration" probably refers to
degree of association with physical matter (dense), hence higher
vibration would mean association to "higher plane" or "higher
existence".
With regard to the question in hand, I am in agreement with Carole's
views, I don't believe that there is a suggestion of collective death,
just a planetary transition to a form of existence which is diverse
from the physical one we "enjoy" (?) now...
- JIM CAD*
|
| 1541.101 | | VERGA::STANLEY | what a long strange trip it's been | Fri Nov 08 1991 15:50 | 4 |
| Doesn't even have to be diverse... just different.
You know... a baby grows to be a man... what happens to the baby? Does
the baby die so that the man may live?
|
| 1541.102 | In a way | HELIX::KALLIS | Pumpkins -- Nature's greatest gift | Fri Nov 08 1991 15:53 | 9 |
| Re .101 (Mary):
>You know... a baby grows to be a man... what happens to the baby? Does
>the baby die so that the man may live?
Yes. It's called "rite of passage" or "loss of innocence."
Steve Kallis, Jr.
|
| 1541.103 | | VERGA::STANLEY | what a long strange trip it's been | Fri Nov 08 1991 17:44 | 4 |
| I wonder what we'll call this transition...
Oh well ... we'll think of a good name for it when the time comes, I'm
sure. :-)
|
| 1541.104 | Special Message on Vietnam MIA's | ASDS::ATKINSON | | Fri Dec 13 1991 14:02 | 226 |
| From: US1RMC::"lpb@stratus.swdc.stratus.com" "Len Bucuvalas" 12-DEC-1991 16:20:29.44
To: asds::atkinson
CC:
Subj: 2,000 Nam MIAs to be Executed
URGENT! PLease post! PLease maintain the header so that anyone can get in touch
with John DiNardo ... he is a good man!
Lenny
----- Begin Included Message -----
Article 27798 of misc.headlines:
Path: lassie!voder!pyramid!oliveb!olivea!samsung!zaphod.mps.ohio-state.edu!pacific.mps.ohio-state.edu!linac!att!cbnews!cbnewsl!jad
From: jad@cbnewsl.cb.att.com (John DiNardo)
Newsgroups: alt.conspiracy,alt.activism,talk.politics.misc,misc.headlines,soc.rights.human,soc.culture.usa
Subject: Part IV, Are 2,000 American P.O.W.'s About To Be Put To Death?
Keywords: the possible extermination of Americans held captive in S.E. Asia
Message-ID: <1991Dec9.185135.29714@cbnewsl.cb.att.com>
Date: 9 Dec 91 18:51:35 GMT
Followup-To: alt.conspiracy
Distribution: na
Organization: AT&T Bell Laboratories
Lines: 179
Xref: lassie alt.conspiracy:8226 alt.activism:18281 talk.politics.misc:83022 misc.headlines:27798 soc.rights.human:7755 soc.culture.usa:1108
I'm presenting excerpts from a newspaper article which warns
that the Government of the United States is planning to resume
relations with oil-rich Vietnam by starting out with a clean
slate. That is, no longer will our officials insist that the
Government of Vietnam account for our unaccounted prisoners of war.
Instead, our federal politicians will announce that the Vietnamese
HAVE accounted for our men. In order to prop up their big lie, our
politicians -- servants of big oil -- will have to signal Vietnam to
execute all of the American prisoners of war. Dead men tell no tales!
But before I present the excerpts, I have to comment on the newspaper
which broke the story: The Spotlight.
Any publication that promotes David Duke is ostensibly supporting
neo-naziism, the newly revised Ku Klux Klan, and racial supremacism
in general. If anyone can document David Duke's renunciation of his
neo-nazi and Klan past, it would be an astounding revelation.
You don't confess wrongfulness and atone for your sins by lamely
saying: "I was young and foolish when I appeared in public wearing
a Nazi uniform", and then continue to head a transparently veiled,
racist political movement.
It's disgusting to see the Liberty Lobby take a noble word:
populism, and turn it into a profanity. It's even more disgusting
to see Bo Gritz, a great hero, affiliate himself with the Populist
Party. Bo Gritz, more than anyone, should know that many thousands
of American warriors and millions of human beings, covering an array
of nationalities and ethnicities, were slaughtered by the fascist
ideologies courted by the Liberty Lobby.
There are people who have tried to stigmatize me for posting stories
from the Spotlight such as the one about the multiple assassinations
of several U.S. Army colonels, a sergeant and a Congressman at the
hands of a joint CIA/Israeli Mossad operation which stopped their
victims from revealing U.S. Government drug-smuggling from Colombia
to the streets of New York and L.A. via CIA Director George Bush's
paid agent, Manuel Noriega. Those who say that ALL of the information
in the Spotlight is taboo because of the political character of
its owners and editors are throwing out the baby with the bathwater.
These censors of public information make themselves friends of
truth when the truth happens to appeal to them. But they become
enemies of truth when the truth is spoken by someone they hate.
Nelson Mandela once said to Ted Koppel -- when the talking-head
tried to stigmatize him for refusing to reverse his stand in
support of the Palestinians' cause in the face of Zionist political
pressure -- "Any man who can change his principles depending on
with whom he is dealing ... that is not a man who can lead a nation."
And any person who can either uphold or reject truth depending
upon from whose mouth it emanates, that is not a person who can
be trusted.
The self-appointed censors would then say: "How can you prove
that this story is true?", to which any humane person would reply:
"That's what we're trying to determine by demanding an impartial
investigation." This story might be true, and they know it. Yet
they want to allow as many as two thousand American servicemen
to be exterminated just because they hate a neo-fascist group.
By ostracizing people who are seeking the truth about this possible
plan for genocide, these people are committing the same sins as
the citizens of the Third Reich who did not participate in
genocide, but who encouraged it by their approving indifference.
Conscientious people must NOT allow threats from inhumane immoral
voices to intimidate them from trying to rescue the servicemen who
fought, were imprisoned and who may now be executed because they
believed that they were defending freedom for others and for us.
Here are excerpts from the article in the Spotlight, December 2, 1991.
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
`FINAL SOLUTION' SOUGHT FOR PROBLEM OF POW'S
A CIRCUIT COURT JUDGE ACTIVE IN POW/MIA INVESTIGATIONS DECLARED
IN OPEN TESTIMONY BEFORE A SENATE COMMITTEE THE U.S. GOVERNMENT
IS SEEKING A "FINAL SOLUTION" TO THE PROBLEM OF U.S. SERVICEMEN
STILL HELD CAPTIVE IN SOUTHEAST ASIA.
By James P. Tucker Jr.
Because of a desire to exploit the oil reserves of Indochina, the
United States is trying to cover up the issue of live POW's until
they are all killed next January or February, the Senate was told
November 7.
This charge was made before the Senate Select Committee on POW/MIA
Affairs by Hamilton Gayden, a circuit court judge in Tennessee who
has written a book on the subject. Gayden has long been active in
efforts to bring home hundreds of the two thousand missing men who,
extensive evidence shows, are still alive.
Government bureacrats fear "the ever-present threat that the
Vietnamese and Laotian leaders will disclose to the American people
the existence of live Americans who still want to be repatriated,"
Gayden said.
POLITICALLY EXPLOSIVE
"The government is determined to declare all missing men dead
because of the intense outrage that would result if the American
public learned of their abandonment," Gayden said. "It is this
silent yet politically explosive blackmail that dictates the
purpose and policy of the agencies charged with POW/MIA affairs."
Gayden and a Laotian collaborator, Khambang Sibounheauang, who is
still in Southeast Asia, have been compiling evidence of live POW's
for a year and a half, submitting it to the Senate Foreign
Relations Committee.
The evidence, which they believe to be "90 percent accurate",
includes photos, thumb-, finger-, and hand-prints, human hair,
written messages and live witnesses.
The goal of the American Government "is for the Vietnamese and
Laotians to carry out the final act. Dead men don't talk," Gayden
said.
"The `final solution' is tentatively set for January or February
of next year," Gayden said his informants told him.
"We also know there is a plan to `end-run' this committee to begin
immediate talks with Vietnam," Gayden said. "I am told by an
informant that the President himself will unilaterally announce
the beginning of talks."
The two reasons advanced to justify immediate talks, when the
avowed policy is to refuse normalization of relations until the
POW/MIA issue is resolved, are that the Vietnamese are "cooperating"
and "we are wasting an opportunity to develop oil reserves,"
Gayden said.
DIENBIENPHU BOUND
"Simultaneously, we are told, Americans being held in Southeast
Asia will be removed to an area west of Dienbienphu where they
will be held pending the progress and outcome of talks to normalize
relations, and the `final solution' is tentatively set for January
or February of next year," Gayden said.
"We are told that our government is fully aware of this plan,
and one of the essentials of this plan has already taken place --
the delay of any inquiry by this committee," Gayden said.
If, according to Gayden, the Vietnamese are satisfied with the
talks, they will reward the American Government by killing all
the POW's, assuring forever that none will ever tell his grim story.
"We belive we are justified in adopting the approach that the
United States Government is our number-one enemy," Gayden said.
The plan to keep the knowledge of live POW's from the American
people while normalizing relations with Vietnam is a classified
operation code-named "Roadmap", said Jeffrey Donahue, who is
active in several groups seeking their freedom.
"The proof of U.S. POW's in Laos during the war and after the
signing of the Paris Peace Accords is immutable," Donahue said.
GOVERNMENT LIES
"`Roadmap' fully embodies the lie that the executive branch of
government has perpetuated for so many years: No Americans were
left behind alive nor are any alive today," Donahue said.
"The Defense Department and the State Department continue to
perpetrate this lie so deliberately and so rigorously such that
no live POW's will be brought home." Donahue said.
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
These excerpts cover the main points in the article.
I have some ideas on how concerned citizens can bring to bear
substantial political pressure upon the Congress to halt the
process of normalization of relations and its concomitant
death march with the clock. If you want to try to save our men,
please send me e-mail. You, the American people, are the only
power on Earth that can save our possibly doomed men.
John DiNardo
----- End Included Message -----
% ====== Internet headers and postmarks (see DECWRL::GATEWAY.DOC) ======
% Received: by us1rmc.ogo.dec.com; id AA13131; Thu, 12 Dec 91 16:10:07 -0500
% Received: by mts-gw.pa.dec.com; id AA04850; Thu, 12 Dec 91 13:10:28 -0800
% Received: from stratus (stratus.swdc.stratus.com) by transfer.stratus.com (4.1/3.5-jjm) id AA25099; Thu, 12 Dec 91 16:09:40 ES
% Return-Path: <lpb@swdc.stratus.com>
% Received: from echidna.swdc.stratus.com (echidna.ARPA) by stratus.swdc.stratus.com (FTX1.2/1.30 Stratus WDC) id AA25578; Thu, 12 Dec 91 13:08:18 ps
% Received: from florida.swdc.stratus.com by echidna.swdc.stratus.com (4.0/SMI-4.0) id AA27627; Thu, 12 Dec 91 13:09:01 PS
% Date: Thu, 12 Dec 91 13:09:01 PST
% From: lpb@stratus.swdc.stratus.com (Len Bucuvalas)
% Message-Id: <9112122109.AA27627@echidna.swdc.stratus.com>
% To: asds::atkinson
% Subject: 2,000 Nam MIAs to be Executed
|
| 1541.105 | | RIPPLE::GRANT_JO | crackling wrack and shells | Fri Dec 13 1991 21:49 | 21 |
| re: .104
The latest "Atlantic" has an excellent article on the POW/MIA issue.
They mention Col. Gritz.
Basically, the charge that Americans are still being held
against their will in southeast Asia is without any merit
whatsoever. It is a myth created by and for politicians.
(harking back to Mr. Nixon)
Given the real suffering of those whose family members are
still being used as fund-raising pawns (the POW/MIA groups
tend to spend in excess of 70% of their funds on administration
and on raising more funds) it is sad to see the particular
canard being perpetuated.
Mr. Di Nardo may be a "good man" but he isn't a very good
liar.
Joel
|
| 1541.106 | Another interesting entry | ASDS::ATKINSON | | Wed Dec 18 1991 16:01 | 1620 |
| ----- Begin Included Message -----
From: dvg0584@uxa.cso.uiuc.edu (Dirk Van Cleave)
Subject: The emerging "drug exception" to the Bill of Rights
Summary: Part 1 of 7
Keywords: Introduction
Message-ID: <kev0r9INN7f8@cosell.bbn.com>
Date: 6 Oct 91 21:43:05 GMT
Sender: cosell@cosell.bbn.com (Bernie Cosell)
Reply-To: cosell@bbn.com
Distribution: na
Organization: University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
Lines: 240
NNTP-Posting-Host: cosell.bbn.com
[originally posted 23 Aug 1989. reposted by cosell@bbn.com]
If you are interested in the judicial/political ramifications of the War on
Drugs, here is what I feel is an excellent essay on the subject. I hope you
find it as informative as I did. Enjoy!
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CRACKDOWN: THE EMERGING "DRUG EXCEPTION" TO THE BILL OF RIGHTS
by Steven Wisotsky
[T]he history of the narcotics legislation in this
country "reveals the determination of Congress to turn the
screw of the criminal machinery - detection, prosecution and
punishment - tighter and tighter."
Nineteen eighty-seven, the bicentennial of the Constitution, provides
an appropriate occasion to examine the condition and direction of
constitutional rights in the United States. The framers of the Constitution,
animated by the spirit of William Pitt's dictum that "[u]nlimited power is apt
to corrupt the minds of those who possess it," carefully parcelled out
governmental power and controlled its exercise. After ratification in 1787,
this central constitutional preoccupation with limiting governmental power
manifested itself in the call for the adoption of a Bill of Rights.
Disregarding the enigmatic, perhaps tautological ninth and tenth amendments,
the core of the Bill of Rights is a code of criminal procedure designed to
ensure fair treatment and make it difficult for the government to secure a
criminal conviction. Beyond the realm of criminal prosecutions, the function
of constitutional guarantees, especially the first and fourth amendments, is to
carve out "zones of privacy" for the exercise of personal autonomy. These
rights of self-expression and "privacy and repose" are essential "to secure
conditions favorable to the pursuit of happiness."
This Essay traces the current retreat from the historic constitutional
mission of shielding citizens from governmental overreaching. That retreat
results principally from continuing escalations in the paramilitary march of
the War on Drugs on our legacy of limited government and natural rights. Since
the early 1980s, the prevailing attitude has been that cracking down on drugs
is imperative. As a result, the three branches of government have deferred
very little to constitutional and nonconstitutional limits on the exercise of
governmental power in the domain of drug enforcement. What Laurence Tribe
describes as the Constitution's "pivotal, even mythological place in our
national consciousness" is rapidly being eroded by a positivist, bureaucratic
attitude that we can - must - do whatever is deemed necessary or expedient in
waging the War on Drugs. This situation would be bad enough if the War on
Drugs worked effectively to control the supply of illegal drugs. It is tragic
when the curtailment of "zones of privacy" is accompanied by the tripling of
cocaine imports to the United States, the emergence of marijuana as a leading
domestic agricultural product, and insistent demands for yet further
escalations in the War.
The story begins on October 2, 1982, with a Presidential speech
denouncing illegal drugs: "The mood towards drugs is changing in this country
and the momentum is with us. We're making no excuses for drugs - hard, soft,
or otherwise. Drugs are bad and we're going after them." President Reagan
continued this hard-line rhetoric in another speech that month, pledging an
"unshakable" commitment "to do what is necessary to end the drug menace" and
"to cripple the power of the mob in America."*
*[The President called for (and got) more of everything: (1)
more personnel - 1020 law enforcement agents for the Drug
Enforcement Agency (DEA), Federal Bureau of Investigation
(FBI), and other agencies, 200 Assistant United States
Attorneys, and 340 clerical staff; (2) more aggressive law
enforcement - creating 12 (later 13) regional prosecutorial
task forces across the nation "to identify, investigate, and
prosecute members of high-level drug trafficking enterprises,
and to destroy the operations of those organizations;" (3)
more money - $127.5 million in additional funding and a
substantial reallocation of the existing $702.8 million budget
from prevention, treatment, and research programs to law
enforcement programs; (4) more prison bed space - the addition
of 1260 beds at 11 federal prisons to accommodate the increase
in drug offenders to be incarcerated; (5) more stringent laws -
a "legislative offensive designed to win approval of reforms"
with respect to bail, sentencing, criminal forfeiture, and the
exclusionary rule; (6) better interagency coordination -
bringing together all federal law enforcement agencies in "a
comprehensive attack on drug trafficking and organized crime"
under a Cabinet-level committee chaired by the Attorney General;
and (7) improved federal-state coordination, including federal
assistance to state agencies by training their agents.]
Legal scholars rarely pay much attention to Presidential rhetoric in
analyzing legal developments. But, in this situation, it would be a serious
mistake to disregard the tough talk and political posturing. Attitude, above
all else, drives the counterrevolution in criminal law and procedure. The idea
that the end of "getting" drug traffickers justifies just about any means
seems an idea whose time has come. One federal judge, in a 1977 opinion, adumbrated
the evolving jurisprudence of hostility in condemning drug dealers as
"merchants of misery, destruction and death" whose greed has wrought "hideous
evil" and brought "unimaginable sorrow" upon the nation. He concluded his
opinion by denouncing drug crimes as "unforgivable." This attitude propels the
trend toward creating a drug "exception" to the law: if the conduct is
literally unforgivable, then draconian measures are justified.
In this Essay, I will draw a somewhat impressionistic sketch of the
emerging "drug exception" to the Bill of Rights and other protections of
individual liberties. Not only does the crackdown attitude penetrate every
aspect of the contemporary federal criminal justice system - legislation,
adjudication, investigation, and prosecution - it also reaches into lives of
ordinary people not accused of crime. Ideas, after all, have power.
I. THE SOCIAL CONTEXT: CRACKDOWN, FAILURE, AND FRUSTRATION
To understand the power of the social forces at work in the War on
Drugs, it is critical to recognize that President Reagan (and later the First
Lady) did not try to impose a preachment from above upon an indifferent public.
Rather, they harnessed a preexisting momentum for a crackdown on drugs. At the
time of his 1982 declaration of War on Drugs, some 3000 parents' groups had
already organized nationwide under the umbrella of the National Federation of
Parents for Drug Free Youth. Within the government, the pressures for
Presidential action had been building for some time. The Attorney General's
Task Force on Violent Crime had recommended "an unequivocal commitment to
combating international and domestic drug traffic."* In the Senate,
twenty-eight Senators had banded together in the Drug Enforcement Caucus to
"establish drug enforcement as a Senate priority." Finally, the House Select
Committee on Narcotics Abuse and Control had urged the President to "declare
war on drugs." The President did just that.
*[The call for the augmentation of drug enforcement resources
was not unprecedented. Under the Nixon Administration, a
buildup in the size and scope of the federal drug enforcement
bureaucracy also occurred. At the end of June 1968, the
Bureau of Narcotics and Dangerous Drugs had 615 agents. By
June 1970, this number had increased to over 900. Legislation
had also authorized the addition of at least 300 more agents
during 1971.]
Energized by this hardening attitude towards illegal drugs, the
Administration acted aggressively, mobilizing an impressive array of federal
bureaucracies and resources in a coordinated - although futile - attack on the
supply of illegal drugs, principally cocaine, marijuana, and heroin. The
Administration hired hundreds of drug agents and cut through bureaucratic
rivalries like no Administration before it. It acted to streamline operations
and force more cooperation among enforcement agencies. It placed the FBI in
charge of the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) and gave it major drug
enforcement responsibility for the first time in history. And, as the
centerpiece of its prosecutorial strategy, it fielded a network of Organized
Crime Drug Enforcement Task Forces in thirteen "core" cities across the nation.
To stop drugs from entering the country, the Administration attempted
to erect a contemporary antidrug version of the Maginot Line with the National
Narcotics Border Interdiction System (NNBIS), a network designed to coordinate
surveillance and interdiction efforts along the entire coastline of the United
States. As part of that initiative, NNBIS floated radar balloons in the skies
over Miami, the Florida Keys, and even the Bahamas to protect the nation's
perimeter against drug incursions.
The CIA joined the war effort by supplying intelligence about foreign
drug sources, and NASA assisted with satellite-based information about coca and
marijuana crops under cultivation. The Administration also initiated financial
investigations, aided by computerized data banks and staffed by Treasury agents
specially trained to trace money laundering operations. The State Department
pressured foreign governments to eradicate illegal coca and marijuana plants
and financed pilot programs to provide peasant farmers with alternative cash
crops. Mutual assistance treaties to expose "dirty" money secreted in tax
haven nations and to extradite defendants accused of drug conspiracies against
the laws of the United States were concluded.
The government also literally militarized what had previously been only
a rhetorical war by deploying the armed forces of the United States in drug
enforcement operations. The Department of Defense provided pursuit planes,
helicopters, and other equipment to civilian enforcement agencies, while Navy
E-2C "Hawkeye" radar planes patrolled the coastal skies in search of smuggling
aircraft and ships. The Coast Guard, receiving new cutters and more personnel,
intensified its customary task of interdicting drug-carrying vessels at sea.
Finally, for the first time in American history, Navy vessels, including a
nuclear-powered aircraft carrier, interdicted - and in one case fired upon -
drug smuggling ships in international waters. On a purely technical level, the
Administration could rightly claim success in focusing the resources of the
federal government in an historically large and single-minded attack on the
drug supply.
What were the results of this extraordinary enforcement program? It
set new records in every category of measurement - drug seizures,
investigations, indictments, arrests, convictions, and asset forfeitures. Yet,
despite the Administration's accumulation of impressive statistics, the black
market in drugs, especially cocaine, has grown to record size. This rapid
market growth occurred in the face of President Reagan's doubling and
redoubling of the federal antidrug enforcement budget from $645 million in
fiscal year 1981 to over $4 billion in fiscal year 1987.* This budgetary
expansion seems all the more remarkable when compared to the equivalent budget
for fiscal year 1969 of $73.5 million. The social "return" on the extra
billions spent during that time has been a drug abuse problem of historic
magnitude, accompanied by a drug trafficking parasite of international
dimensions. A web of black market pathologies, including cocaine cowboy
killings, corruption of public officials, and subversive "narcoterrorist"
alliances between Latin American guerrillas and drug traffickers, feed on the
mega-billions circulating in the drug underworld.
*[Earlier this year (1987), the Office of Technology
Assessment concluded:
Despite a doubling of Federal expenditures on interdiction over
the past five years, the quantity of drugs smuggled into the
United States is greater than ever .... There is no clear
correlation between the level of expenditures or effort
devoted to interdiction and the long-term availability of
illegally imported drugs in the domestic market.]
Of course, all of this was and is utterly predictable. The attack on
the drug supply through an aggressive program of enforcement at each step -
interdiction, arrest, prosecution, and punishment - results in what Professor
Herbert Packer has called a "crime tariff." The crime tariff is what the
seller must charge the buyer in order to monetize the risk he takes in breaking
the law. The criminal law thereby maintains hyperinflated prices for illegal
drugs in the black market. For example, $2-$3 gram of pure pharmaceutical
cocaine becomes a $80-$100 gram of 35 percent street cocaine. This type of law
enforcement succeeds to some unknown extent in making drugs less available - to
the extent that demand is elastic or sensitive to price. But it also pumps
vast sums of money into the black market, as much as $100 billion per year.
The flow of these illegal billions through the underground economy generates
pernicious pathologies that harm the security and well-being of the nation.
Confronted by these threatening developments, both the public and the
politicians predictably react in fear and anger. The specter of uncontrolled
and uncontrollable drug abuse and black marketeering leads to frustrated
reaction against the drug trade. The zeal to "turn the screw" on the
"merchants of misery, destruction and death" leads directly to the adoption of
stringent, punitive measures that aggrandize governmental powers at the expense
of individual liberties.
This reactive, almost reflexive growth of governmental power and the
correlative squelching of personal liberty are the framework for the next
sections of this Essay. It focuses on two closely related if not inseparable
phenomena: (1) the government's sustained attack, motivated by the perceived
imperatives of drug enforcement, on traditional protections afforded to
criminal defendants under the Bill of Rights, and (2) the gradual but
perceptible rise of "Big Brotherism" against the public at large in the form of
investigative detentions, eavesdropping, surveillance, monitoring, and other
intrusive enforcement methods.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I just heard today on radio that John Sununu told reporters that President
Bush's upcoming announcement of financial augmentation in the War on Drugs
will entail a program with a price tag of $8 billion. 8,000,000,000 dollars.
--
Dirk Van Cleave UUCP: { backbone }!uiucuxc!uiucuxa!dvg0584
As long as the economic system provides an acceptable degree of security,
growing material wealth and opportunity for further increase for the next
generation, the average American does not ask who is running things or what
goals are being pursued.
Daniel R. Fusfeld
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
CRACKDOWN: THE EMERGING "DRUG EXCEPTION" TO THE BILL OF RIGHTS
by Steven Wisotsky
II. THE ASSAULT ON JUSTICE
A. THE LEGISLATIVE OFFENSIVE
In his original declaration of War on Drugs, President Reagan announced
a "legislative offensive designed to win approval of reforms" with respect to
bail, sentencing, criminal forfeiture, and the exclusionary rule. He succeeded
in almost every respect. The Administration's march toward a tougher set of
investigative and prosecutorial powers drew much of its energy from the
widespread belief that the criminal justice system was treating drug
traffickers with excessive leniency. For example, in 1981 the United States
Attorney for the Southern District of Florida (Miami) articulated that
perception in a written statement to the Attorney General:
Currently, a first time offender associated with multi-
ton quantities of marihuana, kilogram quantities of cocaine or
tens of thousands of methaqualone tablets expects: not to be
arrested; if arrested, to be immediately set free on bail pending
trial; if tried to have representation by the best lawyers money
can buy; if convicted, to remain free on bail pending appeals,
all the way to the Supreme Court; if eventually sentenced, to
receive a sentence of two, to three years and to serve less than
10 months in "a clean well-lighted place" (perhaps even receive
probation); and, when released after a few months in prison, to
have millions of dollars in narcotics profits waiting.
In short, the system was too soft in every respect. What was needed,
according to this view, was a toughening of all phases of the criminal justice
system, from investigation and pretrial procedure to sentencing and the
appellate stages of a prosecution. The goal of the crackdown was to make the
system more effective in catching drug violators, to facilitate their
conviction once indicted, and to punish them more severely upon conviction.
According to this theory, publicity about the heightened certainty of
conviction and the greater severity of punishment would deter others from
trafficking in drugs. The drug supply would diminish and drug abuse would
therefore decline. In other words, extending, expanding, and intensifying the
existing system of enforcement would correct the failures of the past, and the
drug control system would finally begin to work effectively.
However simple-minded the analysis, it seemed to coincide with common
sense and soon prevailed. In the late 1970s and early 1980s, representatives
of the DEA, Customs, and other enforcement agencies came before congressional
committees and repeated the theme. Drug traffickers had a free hand because
enforcement agencies were underfunded, understaffed, and underequipped. Not
only that, the agencies were hampered by excessively restrictive laws that tied
their hands in the fight against drug violators. Representative Hutto, for
example, complained that federal law conferred too many protections upon
potential defendants: "[I]n the war on narcotics, we have met the enemy, and he
is the U.S. Code. I have never seen such a maze of laws and hangups . . . . "
Legal obstacles to efficient investigative action needed to be removed. The
entire Congress apparently shared that perception, becoming a prolific source
of antidrug initiatives. In just the first year of the Ninety-seventh
Congress, over one hundred bills proposing to "reform" some aspect of the
criminal justice system were filed; more than three-fourths specifically
proposed harsher treatment for drug offenses or drug offenders. Most of the
bills concentrated on restricting bail for accused drug offenders, followed in
frequency by proposals for mandatory or more severe sentences for convicted
drug traffickers.
To facilitate conviction of those arrested, two bills proposed to
eliminate the exclusionary rule. Two others proposed to dilute the rule by
adopting a "good faith exception" to the fourth amendment's warrant
requirement, a step partially taken in a drug case by the Fifth Circuit Court
of Appeals and later by the United States Supreme Court. Other proposals
sought to toughen the laws on asset forfeiture and the reporting requirements
of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act. Congress actually
succeeded in curtailing restrictions on the use of the military forces in drug
interdiction under the Posse Comitatus Act and loosened the Tax Reform Act of
1976 to facilitate disclosure of IRS file information to other enforcement
agencies.
Apart from the sheer number of the proposed laws, this legislative
activity was noteworthy for its manifestation of a "get-tough,
do-whatever-is-necessary" attitude. In its most reasonable form, legislators
voiced the matter as one of creating disincentives, of raising the ante. They
would make the drug business riskier and therefore less attractive "by
significantly increasing the risk of conviction and certainty of long prison
sentences." The crackdown showed its most pugnacious mentality in the proposed
Arctic Penitentiary Act, which proposed creating "an American Gulag" of remote
prison camps for drug offenders. So intense was the legislative activity that
one could fairly say that drug enforcement became the top priority, indeed the
organizing focus, of the entire federal criminal justice system. And, in its
zeal to shore up the sagging system, Congress did not hesitate to attack the
"enemy." If the Bill of Rights, tradition, or statutory protections stood in
the way of the war effort, then they had to go.
After the initial flurry of activity in the 1981-1983 period, the
legislative offensive produced an even more aggressive and effective assault on
justice in the passage of the Comprehensive Crime Control Act of 1984 (CCC
Act). This Act marked an historic rollback of the rights of those accused of
crime. The accused first feels the impact of the Act soon after arrest on drug
charges when he applies for pretrial release. The courts had previously "upped
the ante" in this area by restricting the use of cash bonds through Nebbia
hearings. Devised in response to cases in which defendants had posted large
cash bonds and then absconded, Nebbia permitted the court to interrogate a
defendant about the source of his bail money and to reject drug money or any
cash bond when it did not provide adequate assurance that a defendant would
appear for trial. Nevertheless, the traditional legal test for release on bond
remained intact: whether a released defendant would appear for trial.
The CCC Act broke with tradition and precedent in authorizing pretrial
detention. This law dispenses with pretrial release altogether for most
charges under the Controlled Substances Act if the court finds at a hearing
"clear and convincing" evidence that no conditions of a defendant's release
would reasonably ensure the safety of any other person or of the community.
But the CCC Act also creates a rebuttal presumption of a defendant's
dangerousness upon a judicial finding of "probable cause to believe that the
person committed an offense . . . [under] the Controlled Substances Act"
punishable by ten years or more in prison. Since an indictment is predicated
upon probable cause, it seems that the judicial finding of probable cause could
be pro forma for defendants arrested after indictment. Thus, any ten-year drug
charge alone can justify pretrial detention. But there is no "rational
connection between the fact proved and the ultimate fact presumed," that is,
between a finding of probable cause to believe a defendant has committed a
ten-year drug felony and the presumption that detention is necessary to ensure
the safety of others.
The potency of the preventive detention provision in the CCC Act
showed up in its early track record: between October 12, 1984, and May 10,
1985, the Department of Justice won 704 motions for pretrial detention and lost
only 185. More than pretrial liberty is lost in such cases; a defendant's
statistical chances of securing an acquittal suffer greatly from pretrial
detention. At this writing, constitutional challenges to the law have produced
conflicting rulings by several circuit courts of appeal. The Second Circuit
has twice declared part of the statute unconstitutional, while other circuits
have rejected constitutional attacks. The Second Circuit's ruling in _United
States v. Salerno_ was reversed by the Supreme Court, although it did not
involve the dubious statutory question discussed above. However, when the
Supreme Court finally rules on the validity of the presumption, the Act's
authorization of pretrial detention marks an historic shift in attitude about
the rights of those accused of crime.
Under the CCC Act, greater restrictions now apply to post-conviction
bail as well. Formerly, courts granted bail pending appeal liberally unless
the government could show that a defendant was likely to flee or posed a
danger to others. The CCC Act shifts the burden on this issue to the
defendant. It also requires that a convicted defendant be detained unless his
appeal "raises a substantial question of law or fact likely to result in
reversal or an order for a new trial."*
*[The CCC Act also "ups the ante" in sentencing. First, it
raises the maximum term of imprisonment for many drug offenses,
including one kilo or more of cocaine, to 20 years and increases
the maximum fine tenfold to $250,000. Second, it provides a
powerful stick for the collection of fines through devices
such as imprisonment for willful to pay the fine. Third, it
provides for an alternative fine of twice the gross gain of the
drug deal or other crime. Fourth, it adds forfeiture, formerly
limited to CCE and RICO offenses, as a penalty for all felony
violations of the Controlled Substances Act. Upon conviction
(in addition to fines), the government acquires title to any
"property used or intended to be used" to facilitate commission
of a drug violation and any money or property, including land,
that was obtained directly or indirectly through such violation.
Money or property realized by forfeitures goes to a law
enforcement fund for use in paying informers, rewarding state
and local enforcement agencies, and a variety of other purposes.]
--
Dirk Van Cleave UUCP: { backbone }!uiucuxc!uiucuxa!dvg0584
A great empire and little minds go ill together.
- Edmund Burke
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: On June 22, 1989, the United States Supreme Court ruled that it is
constitutional on fifth and sixth amendment grounds to force criminal
defendants to forfeit all property and money, even if that money is needed
to pay defense lawyers.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CRACKDOWN: THE EMERGING "DRUG EXCEPTION" TO THE BILL OF RIGHTS
by Steven Wisotsky
A. THE LEGISLATIVE OFFENSIVE (continued)
One of the most serious incursions into the rights of criminal
defendants arises from the Department of Justice's tactic of using the criminal
forfeiture provisions of the CCC Act against fees paid to defense counsel.
When so used, prosecutors claim that the fee received by counsel represents
derivative contraband, in other words, the proceeds of a controlled substances
violation. Upon conviction of the client, the government asks the court to
order the fee forfeited to the United States under the relation-back doctrine
that legal ownership of property derived from unlawful activity vests in the
government at the time of the criminal act. Since very few cases result in
complete acquittal of defendants charged in multicount drug conspiracy
indictments, defense counsel confront a thorny problem. Preparation and trial
of a major drug conspiracy case typically take months of concentrated work.
Even if one agrees that defense lawyers have come to expect excessive fees in
drug cases, the prospect of no fee at all is an extreme curative. Even more
extreme action results from pretrial orders prohibiting a defendant from
transfering funds to retain counsel in the first instance.
Forfeiture of fees seriously cranks the balance wheel of justice in the
government's favor. It hurts defendants by discouraging experienced attorneys
from working on such cases, and by diverting energy of counsel from defense of
the substantive charge to defense of the fee.* In fact, potential for
forfeiture effectively converts the fee arrangement to a contingent fee, which,
ironically, the Code of Professional Responsibility prohibits in criminal
cases.
*[While it would be easy to overdramatize the impact of the
assault on defense counsel, it has succeeded in driving out
one of Miami's most highly regarded drug defense lawyers,
"Diamond" Joel Hirschhorn. In announcing his retirement from
drug cases, Mr. Hirschhorn cited both the stigma of drug
defense and the threat to fees: "It's just not worth the
aggravation to represent major drug dealers. The government
comes after your fees. It's not worth it .... I'm doing tax
fraud. And I like to do one murder case a year. It's OK to
represent a murderer. Everyone approves of that."]
While the Department of Justice has issued guidelines to constrain
prosecutorial discretion, and some courts have declared fee forfeiture
unconstitutional, the validity of attorney's fee forfeitures under the right
to counsel clause of the sixth amendment remains unresolved. Whatever the
final resolution of the issue, the attempt to apply forfeiture to attorneys'
fees is most noteworthy for what it reveals about the attitude of the forces of
justice in the War on Drugs. Consider, for example, the rather cavalier
position toward the sixth amendment's guarantee of the right to assistance of
counsel taken by two representatives of the Department of Justice:
If all of the defendant's ill-gotten gains are subject to
forfeiture, then any fees paid from illegal sources are
appropriately included. Under the Constitution, defendants
are entitled to legal advice, not to high priced advice.
Moreover, such advice cannot be paid for by ill-gotten gains.
The superficial logic of this argument ignores fundamental questions. How can
the law justify isolating those accused of drug offenses from all other
defendants for this special treatment? Does not the "ill-gotten gains" logic
apply with equal force to tax evasion, bank robbery, or almost any other
offense? If taken to the full extent of its logic, the government's rationale
would mean that no criminal defendant could retain private counsel without
first proving that he has an "untainted" source of money to pay the fee.
Forfeiture of defense fees stacks the deck against the defense by effectively
requiring that drug defendants be represented by public defenders with limited
resources and excessive case loads. What, after all, is the point of such a
rule except to tilt the scales of justice by weakening an accused's ability to
defend himself?
The hostility reflected in the attempt to forfeit attorney's fees in
drug cases shows up in other assaults on the attorney-client relationship, such
as the government's frequent use of subpoenas against defendants' lawyers to
obtain information and records harmful to their clients. This scenario occurs
in a variety of ways, all involving the government's efforts to convert defense
lawyers into sources of information against their own clients. The process
frequently starts with a grand jury subpoena compelling defense counsel to
disclose the amount, source, and method of payment of the fee received,
information that the courts generally deem not protected by the confidentiality
of the attorney-client privilege. Thus, attorneys must testify or turn over
the subpoenaed records to avoid contempt sanctions. A defendant's knowledge
that his lawyer is giving potentially incriminating testimony to a grand jury
certainly casts a pall over the attorney-client relationship and may ultimately
require the lawyer to disqualify himself as defense counsel. If new counsel is
retained, however, the grand jury could begin the process all over again _ad
infinitum_.
In some cases the government has exercised its power to pit the defense
lawyer even more directly against his client as a witness. For example, under
the Continuing Criminal Enterprise Act, the government must prove that the
defendant derived "substantial income" from a series of drug violations. By
subpoenaing defense counsel to testify as to the amount of his retainer, the
government may attempt to prove the element of income. The lawyer thus is
converted into a witness against his own client, who will often become a former
client, since withdrawal is required when the lawyer's "testimony is or may be
prejudicial to his client." One of the nation's leading criminal defense
lawyers calls this "reprehensible" and "disastrous":
When the lawyer is a witness called by the prosecution,
there is actual prejudice to the client. Even a mere production
of the attorney's records is counter to the defendant's interest.
. . . In either circumstance, whether the attorney is called as
a witness or whether the records are subpoenaed, the attorney
becomes a witness for the prosecution or a witness for the
defense. Because the attorney's testimony is directed to a
material element of the offense, it seems that withdrawal is
mandated. The next step is painfully obvious. There appears to
be an unlimited discretion within the government to select the
defendant's counsel.
For these reasons, the CCC Act is perceived by many defense lawyers as
"one of the most threatening steps yet taken by Court or Congress against
traditional attorney-client relationships."* Yet things can always get worse,
and worsen they did in the most recent escalation of the War on Drugs embodied
in the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1986.
*[Congress drove yet another wedge between lawyer and client
in a provision of the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984. It
requires that attorney's fees of more than $10,000 in cash
must be reported to the IRS on Form 8300 along with the name,
address, and tax number of the person who paid the fee. The
very filing of the form puts the client, who may not have been
charged with any crime, at risk of investigation.]
The Anti-Drug Abuse Act further impairs the attorney-client
relationship by creating new offenses of (1) money laundering and (2) knowingly
engaging in monetary transactions exceeding $10,000 in property derived from
"specified unlawful activity." Because of its _mens rea_ requirement, the
first of these provisions arguably does not create the chilling effect on the
attorney-client relationship that led the American Bar Association to pass a
resolution expressing its concern about the latter.
Quite apart from its impact on the attorney-client relationship, the
Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1986 epitomizes the spirit of crackdown that forms the
theme of this Essay. In the summer of 1986, Washington was in "a frenzy over
drugs" with Democrats and Republicans racing to "outperform" one another. In
this environment, the House of Representatives put together a hastily drafted,
multibillion dollar antidrug bill that contained extreme measures, including a
subsequently deleted death penalty for certain drug-related deaths.
The bill that finally became law casts a wide net in its fifteen
titles. Among other things, it imposes some of the severest penalties in the
United States Code, including mandatory minimum prison sentences. For example,
the Act provides minimum penalties of five and ten years in prison depending
upon drug and weight involved: possession with intent to distribute five
kilograms of cocaine commands a minimum penalty of ten years to life. Even
five grams of cocaine base requires not less than five years, and up to a
maximum of forty years in prison. In both cases, the range rises to a minimum
of twenty years to life if death or serious bodily injury results from the use
of such substances. These penalties apply to "first time drug offenders;" a
defendant with a prior state or federal drug conviction receives a mandatory
life term under these circumstances. A life term is also mandatory for an
individual defendant convicted of a continuing criminal enterprise if specific
weight thresholds are crossed or if gross receipts exceed from the proscribed
activities $4 million within one year.
These are very severe penalties, more stringent in fact than sentences
typically meted out to first-time robbers or rapists. The combination of very
long maximum terms of imprisonment and mandatory minimum terms arguably takes
the government to the edge of its power, trenching upon the limits imposed by
the cruel and unusual punishment clause of the eighth amendment.
In _Solem v. Helm_, the United States Supreme Court stated that the
"principle that a punishment should be proportionate to the crime is deeply
rooted and frequently repeated in common-law jurisprudence."* It explicitly
rejected "the State's assertion that the general principle of proportionality
does not apply to felony prison sentences." The Court found "meritless" the
dictum in _Rummell v. Estelle_ that "'the length of sentence imposed is purely
a matter of legislative prerogative.'"+
*[Helm had been convicted of six nonviolent felonies before
1979, when he was convicted of uttering a "no account" check
for $100 and was punished under the South Dakota's recidivist
statute, sentenced to life in prison. By statute, a life
sentence carried no possibility of parole, although executive
clemency remained a possibility. The United States Supreme
Court struck down Helm's sentence on eighth amendment grounds.]
+[In _Rummell_, the Court held that a mandatory life sentence
for three petty theft offenses imposed pursuant to a Texas
recidivist statute did not violate the eighth amendment.]
The _Helm_ Court identified three "objective factors" to be considered
by courts in determining whether a particular sentence is disproportionately
severe: (1) the gravity of the offense and the harshness of the penalty, (2)
the sentence imposed on other criminals in the same jurisdiction, and (3) the
sentences imposed for commission of the same crime in other jurisdictions.
At a bare minimum, _Helm_ establishes that Congress is not free to
impose whatever penalty it chooses on drug offenders. The imposition of prison
terms is limited by a legal principle of proportionality. Determining when
that line has been crossed is an exceedingly subtle task, and this Essay will
not engage in the extended analysis required by the _Helm_ criteria. They call
out for a Brandeis brief on the actual harms resulting from the various drugs
in relation to the harms caused by other crimes. Perhaps this issue of
ultra-severe penalties will reach the Supreme Court, along with the related
issue of the validity of mandatory minimum sentencing of first offenders, but
the prospects for judicial relief from legislative overreaching are not good.
The "turn the screw" quotation that begins this Essay comes from a case
in which the Court upheld consecutive sentences of imprisonment for a single
agreement to import marijuana on the grounds that it violated two separate
conspiracy statutes. The Court held that Congress intended to authorize
"double" punishment, "in effect determin[ing] that a conspiracy to import drugs
and to distribute them is twice as serious as a conspiracy to do either object
singly." The Court also rejected the petitioner's double jeopardy clause
argument on the rather expansive ground that "the question of what punishments
are constitutionally permissible is not different from the question of what
punishments the Legislative Branch intended ... to be imposed. Where Congress
intended to impose multiple punishments, imposition of such sentences does not
violate the Constitution." Although three Justices distanced themselves from
that assertion in a concurring opinion, there were no dissents. The decision
not only reflects the crackdown attitude of the courts; it also reflects the
positivist idea that laws are valid simply because they are enacted.
Disproportionate and mandatory sentencing statutes will not face a serious
challenge if they are reviewed from this perspective.
One last thing should be said about these various offensives against
defendants in drug cases. When viewed in isolation, each measure may arguably
be reasonable. But their cumulative impact appears calculated to render an
accused drug offender as helpless as possible to mount a successful defense and
to subject him to stringent punishment following the almost inevitable
conviction. The prevailing attitude seems to be that drug defendants deserve
the worst treatment meted out by the system, and that indictments should be
easy to obtain and to prove. More stringent substantive laws, less effective
procedural protections - in short, more governmental power and less individual
liberty - are seen as the prescription for the ills of drug abuse and drug
trafficking. Actions carried out under this paradigm dishonor the tradition of
limited government and, in the case of pretrial detention and fee forfeiture,
nibble away at the spirit of "the bedrock, axiomatic and elementary principle"
embodied in the presumption of innocence. The new regime pays little deference
to tradition or principle, justifying departures from constitutional
protections on the grounds of a drug "crisis." In this single-minded
dedication to "getting" drug violators, the end has come to justify most any
means. Worse, since the overall effect on the drug supply is de minimis, the
only real point of these heavy-handed methods is their symbolic statement - in
response to societal anger about drugs, the government reserves its nastiest
procedures, its most potent legal weapons, for drug cases. Is this not a form
of scapegoating? Do not drug dealers in the 1980s occupy a political-legal
status similar to that of Communists or "subversives" in the 1950s?*
*[Of course, obvious differences separate drug dealers from
those who merely advocate an unpopular ideology. The analogy,
however, makes the point that drug dealers today have become
as much a magnet for the fears and suspicions of the public as
the "subversives" of the McCarthy era. See E. EPSTEIN, AGENCY
OF FEAR (1979) (arguing that President Nixon's War on Drugs
substituted drugs for subversives during 1971 to exploit
public fears for political ends).]
While the Constitution is what the judges say it is, a public issue is
something that Walter Cronkite or John Chancellor recognizes as such. The
media by themselves do not make the decisions, but on behalf of themselves
and larger interests they certify what is or is not on the nation's agenda.
- Larry P. Gross
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CRACKDOWN: THE EMERGING "DRUG EXCEPTION" TO THE BILL OF RIGHTS
by Steven Wisotsky
B. THE JUDICIAL ROLLBACK
In the past three or four decades, those whose rights were damaged by
legislative or prosecutorial excesses could generally turn to the federal
courts for protection. But the War on Drugs steamroller has flattened judicial
barriers as well. In case after case, the courts have whittled away vital
protections for the accused. This process has reached its apogee in the realm
of search and seizure. The individual's right to be free from unlawful
searches and seizures conflicts directly with the inherent intrusiveness of
drug enforcement techniques such as wiretaps and the use of informants and
undercover agents. Historically, drug enforcement has precipitated a
tug-of-war between the government's search and seizure powers and the privacy
rights of individuals. This conflict has shaped the contours of contemporary
fourth amendment jurisprudence in a decisive way.
In recent years especially, the courts have almost always upheld the
government. The Supreme Court's 1982-1983 term was marked by "the overwhelming
importance of the Fourth Amendment in drug cases." In almost all of these
cases, even when particular convictions were reversed, the Supreme Court put
its imprimatur on the enforcement techniques of the drug agencies, upholding
the power of drug agents to use the airport drug courier profile to stop,
detain, and question citizens without probable cause;* to subject a traveller's
luggage to a sniffing examination by drug-detector dogs without probable cause;
to make warrantless searches of automobiles and closed containers therein; to
conduct surveillance of suspects by placing transmitters or beepers in
containers in vehicles; to search at will ships in inland waterways; and to
obtain a search warrant based on an undisclosed informant's tip.
*[Drug courier profiles vary from airport to airport, but all
are based on an informal compilation of common traits associated
with drug smugglers; they have been criticized for allowing
impermissible intrusions on fourth amendment rights based solely
on an agent's "hunch."]
The Supreme Court adopted a "good faith exception" to the exclusionary
rule for searches made pursuant to a warrant issued without probable cause and
authorized warrantless searches of "open fields" and barns adjacent to a
residence. The Court significantly enlarged the powers of police to stop,
question, and detain drivers of vehicles on the highways on suspicion less than
probable cause or with no suspicion at all at fixed checkpoints or roadblocks.
The Court also validated warrantless aerial surveillance over private property,
the warrantless search of a motor home occupied as a residence, and the
warrantless search of the purse of a public school student. In the realm of
search and seizure, the government won almost every test case in the Supreme
Court. The government also made very substantial inroads in the Fifth and
Eleventh Circuit Courts of Appeals, probably the nation's leading "drug
circuits" as a result of their southern coastal locations.
To question whether the government deserved in law to win these cases
misses the central point: such issues, presented within the relatively narrow
scope of a criminal prosecution, are always debatable. Case-by-case analysis
obscures the larger social context: the government's relentless drive against
the drug supply generates the pressures to test and expand its enforcement
powers. Moreover, when the Supreme Court "balances" the collective interest in
"effective" law enforcement against the individual's interest in due process
and personal liberty, the right of privacy must generally lose out to the
weightier social interest, especially if there is a shared perception of a drug
"epidemic."* The Court has made the point explicitly: "The public has a
compelling interest in detecting those who would traffic in deadly drugs for
personal profit." The result of the War on Drugs is thus a gradual, but
inexorable, expansion of enforcement powers at the expense of personal
freedoms. The United States is measurably a less free society than it was five
or six years ago.
*["We must balance the nature and quality of the intrusion on
the individual's Fourth Amendment interests against the
importance of the governmental interest alleged to justify the
intrusion .... Respondent suggests that, absent some special
law enforcement interest such as officer safety, a generalized
interest in law enforcement cannot justify an intrusion on an
individual's Fourth Amendment interests in the absence of
probable cause. Our prior cases, however, do not support this
proposition."]
During this time, defense lawyers have begun to joke nervously about
the "drug exception to the fourth amendment." Apparently, their wry perception
has some basis in reality, for the Supreme Court itself, in one of its few
recent rulings against the government in a drug case, was moved to admit that
"[t]hose suspected of drug offenses are no less entitled to [fourth amendment]
protection than those suspected of nondrug offenses." Despite this assertion
by the Court, commentators have captured the essence of the general trend in
articles such as _The Incredible Shrinking Fourth Amendment_ and _Another
Victim of Illegal Narcotics: The Fourth Amendment_. Even within Congress there
has been some concern. Peter Rodino, Chairman of the House Judiciary
Committee, expressed his anger at the antidrug bill passed by the house on
September 10, 1986: "We have been fighting the war on drugs, but now it seems
to me the attack is on the Constitution of the United States."
C. BEYOND THE LAW
Is it fair to characterize these antidrug actions by the government as
desperate or mean-spirited trashing of the Constitution? In a strictly
positivist sense, of course, the new laws create their own legitimacy. But
when law becomes purely instrumental, when it loses its mooring in precepts of
fairness and fundamental rights, then the notion of the rule of law degenerates
into whatever majoritarian oppression commands a consensus at a given moment in
history. Were not the Nuremberg Codes of 1933 a parliamentary product? Does
not South Africa today obey its own laws in matters of race? Legitimacy does
not follow automatically from legal existence alone. On the contrary, the
American political-constitutional tradition draws heavily upon the "self
evident" truth that all men are created equal and are endowed by their Creator
with "inalienable rights," no matter what the law is. An act of the
legislature "contrary to the great first principles of the social compact
cannot be considered a rightful exercise of legislative authority." By
contrast, the War on Drugs has taken us a long way toward repudiating this
Enlightenment-based Jeffersonian-transmitted natural rights tradition. In
doing so, the War on Drugs has set in motion forces that society may someday
regret, forces pointing toward an "Endarkenment" in legal thought and practice.
Already, anecdotal evidence suggests that the disrespectful attitude toward
individual rights fostered by the War on Drugs - the idea of a "drug exception"
to the criminal law - has seeped into the public consciousness:
3 FAKE POLICE OFFICERS RANSACK HOME
At about 8 a.m. Friday, a 27-year old woman thought she noticed
a car following her as she drove home on Bird Road after dropping
her two children off at a junior high school on Coral Way.
"She decided to pull off the road to see if the car would
pass her," [Detective] McDermott said.
The car pulled up behind her and three casually dressed
men got out. They brandished handguns and identified themselves
as police.
"They got into her car with her," McDermott said. "She
said they flashed some kind of badge...."
The men drove the woman to her house, where they
handcuffed her and her husband.
"They just said they were police and they were there to
search the place and they proceeded to handcuff the couple and
ransack the place," McDermott said. "Her husband asked them if
they had a search warrant and they said, 'We don't need one, we
work in the drug department.'"
The idea that those enforcing the drug laws need not abide by the
ordinary rules of the game leads easily to abusive enforcement practices. Of
course, abusive enforcement, like beauty, is often in the eye of the beholder.
One's view of the importance of the drug enforcement enterprise tends to color
one's judgement about the legitimacy of enforcement tools. But when the Miami
Herald, one of the principal advocates of the War on Drugs, editorializes
against "Drug War Overkill," the transgression must be gross:
Judge Jose Gonzalez admonished U.S. marshals for seizing a $3.5-
million Martin County resort without first seeking a Federal-
court hearing. Prosecutors asserted that the Manatee Resort had
been purchased with drug profits, but the owner had not - and
still hasn't - been charged with any crime. In voiding the
seizure, Judge Gonzalez noted that "neither Congress nor the
people intended that the Bill of Rights be a fatality in the
War on Drugs."
In a more sinister vein, the pressure to "get" the drug kingpins and
their lawyers occasionally tempts drug agents to cross the boundaries of
ethical law enforcement practices into the domain of entrapment or worse.
JUDGE CALLS AGENTS' TACTICS 'OUTRAGEOUS'
Citing "outrageous" misconduct by governmental agents,
a U.S. magistrate Wednesday sternly recommended dismissal of
a 13-count federal indictment against accused cocaine kingpin
Harold Rosenthal.
U.S. Magistrate Peter Nimkoff accused under-cover Drug
Enforcement Administration agents from Atlanta of trying last
October [1983] to trick defense attorney Alan Ross of Miami into
making incriminating statements about an alleged jailbreak
attempt by Rosenthal.
When Ross refused to take the DEA's bait, Nimkoff ruled,
Atlanta prosecutors then used a deceptive affidavit to get a
search warrant to read privileged attorney-client letters
between Rosenthal and Ross.
DEA agents later told the court that a cell-mate of
Rosenthal's had told them that attorney Ross would furnish the
money and cocaine for the escape. And so DEA agent Donald
Carter, posing as a friend of Rosenthal's, went to Ross' office
in Miami Oct. 25 to talk about the plot.
But every time Carter mentioned drugs and escape, Ross
kept replying that he didn't want to know anything about it.
Ross repeatedly told Carter that all he did for Rosenthal was
represent him in court. And at his next meeting with Rosenthal,
Ross blasted his client for sending Carter to him.
Though rebuffed by Ross, Carter and federal prosecutors
in Atlanta didn't give up. According to the file, they swore
out an artfully drafted affidavit, suggesting that Ross was
involved in the escape plan and avoiding mention of Ross'
refusals, in order to get the search warrant to intercept
Rosenthal's mail.
"It is as clear a misrepresentation of facts as ever
there were," Ross argued to Nimkoff in June. "Their zeal has
blinded them to the parameters of decency."
Nimkoff ultimately agreed.
The prosecutors and agents "consistently and
surreptitiously sought to breach the attorney-client privilege,"
he ruled Wednesday, calling the action "so outrageous" as to
require dismissal.
Perhaps the attempt to ensnare Mr. Ross should be regarded as an aberrational
case rather than a harbinger of things to come. On the other hand, some form
of enticement of defendants is more or less built in to the system of drug
enforcement, varying only in its subtlety or blatancy. The
institutionalization of what the layperson might call "entrapment" stems from
the government's dependence on informants to make cases against parties to a
consensual transaction. Informants are paid in effect to encourage or to
"create" crime by facilitating drug deals that provide occasion for agents to
make an arrest. In the most blatant - but lawful - cases, the incentive system
includes payment contingent upon the making of an arrest, or worse, payment in
proportion to the number of kilos or the value of property seized. In effect,
the system rewards free lance drug "investigators."
An example of this type of entrepreneurship involves a woman who "set
up" at least forty men in South Florida. Her tactics included seducing an
intended defendant and establishing a sexual relationship. After a few weeks
of gentle pressure, she would arrange a drug deal between her reluctant
"boyfriend" and drug enforcement agents. The "boyfriend" would be busted, and
the woman would get paid. Magistrate Peter Nimkoff recorded his disapproval by
recommending dismissal of cocaine charges against a defendant victimized by
this technique.
We are not letting the public in on our era's dirty little secret: that
those who commit the crime which worries citizen's most - violent street
crime - are, for the most part, products of poverty, unemployment, broken
homes, rotten education, drug addiction, alcoholism and other social and
economic ills about which the police can do little if anything.
- Robert D. DiGrazia,
Boston police commissioner
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CRACKDOWN: THE EMERGING "DRUG EXCEPTION" TO THE BILL OF RIGHTS
by Steven Wisotsky
III. THE GROWTH OF BIG BROTHERISM
Perhaps the public at large has no interest in the malignant effects of
drug enforcement on criminal justice. After all, the attack on the rights of
criminal defendants in drug cases seems ordinarily to affect only an alien
"them" - those who inhabit the drug underworld - not "us," the mainstream of
society. In short, drug enforcement procedures seem to have no impact on daily
life. But in fact the tentacles of drug enforcement have begun to reach into
the lives of ordinary people, not just those involved in the drug business.
Civilian casualties in the War on Drugs continue to mount as all levels of
government increasingly resort to a formidable array of "Big-Brother-is-
watching" enforcement techniques.
A. WIRETAPPING
The War on Drugs has caused the United States to become an increasingly
monitored country. Although telephone monitors are supposed to minimize
interception of calls unrelated to the purpose of their investigation by
listening only long enough to determine content, wiretaps open all
conversations on the line in question to scrutiny. In 1983, court-authorized
wiretaps rose 60%, primarily in cases of suspected drug trafficking. The
government sought and obtained 648 wiretaps. None of its applications was
denied.
In a nation of 230,000,000, the number 648 seems small, and the
Department of Justice has no doubt exercised restraint in selecting wiretap
targets. On the other hand, the number might well be much greater if the DEA
and FBI had the personnel necessary to staff the listening posts and otherwise
administer the taps.* The number would also likely to be larger if Congress
lowered the substantial statutory barriers under Title III of the 1968 Omnibus
Crime Control Act to obtaining an intercept order from a court.+ The pressures
of the War on Drugs will sooner or later crystallize the issue of reducing
those impediments, since expanded wiretap authority is probably the single most
potent investigative tool for drug conspiracy cases. With or without that
"reform," the widening of the War on Drugs will almost certainly produce more
wiretaps next year and the year after that. In any event, the precise number
of wiretaps should not be allowed to obscure the significance of the rapid
growth of this form of invasion of privacy. Wiretaps compromise a fundamental
principle, and the War on Drugs continues to erode it by encouraging - or
demanding - the proliferation of electronic surveillance.
*[It takes at least six persons to administer a single wiretap
and listening post around the clock: the supervising agent, 3
case (monitoring) agents, the technical agent, and the
supervising attorney.]
+[The request for authorization to apply for an intercept order
must travel up the chain of command from the field agent to the
director or head of the investigating agency, to a review by the
office of enforcement operations, which in turn makes a
recommendation to the Assistant United States Attorney General.
The request must be in writing, accompanied by draft copies of
the application and order and a detailed affidavit containing
specific information establishing probable cause for the issuance
of the intercept order. The request must also be approved
personally by the United States Attorney in whose district the
application is to be filed. Only the Attorney General or a
specially designated Assistant Attorney General may authorize
an application to a federal judge for an order approving the
interception of wire or oral communications.
Departmental policy requires that the applications be
filed with a court by supervising attorneys rather than by law
enforcement officers. An order must confine the period of
authorization to what is "necessary to achieve the objective of
the authorization," and cannot exceed 30 days. After 30 days,
an extension may be sought by following the same procedures as
for the initial order. Agents are required to record the
intercept "if possible." Monitoring and logging are required
by departmental policy.]
B. STOPPING CARS ON PUBLIC HIGHWAYS
TROOPERS AIMING AT DRUG FLOW ON TURNPIKE
For years, cars and trucks laden with marijuana, cocaine and
pills have been travelling north on Florida's Turnpike taking
the cargo to northern buyers, lawmen say. ....
Last month, troopers routinely patrolling the turnpike
from Palm Beach to St. Lucie counties arrested 64 people on
drug-related charges. A month earlier, troopers had arrested
only 14 persons.
The seizures and the arrests are the result of a
heightened awareness among the troopers who are now making a
serious effort to arrest suspected smugglers.
"We want them to stop using the turnpike," said Sgt.
Phil Moan of Troop K, which is responsible for patrolling the
entire length of the turnpike. ...
Troopers, he said, became more suspicious of cars riding
low in the back. They also started looking closely at cars
with out-of-state tags if there were no luggage or clothing
visible. Frequently, Moan said, smugglers will use air
fresheners and perfumes to mask the odor of the narcotics.
"They look harder and harder at every vehicle," Moan
said.
DEA's Lloyd said that state police agencies in other
states are also making an effort to stop the ground
transportation of narcotics.
In New Mexico, he said, a state police program has been
operating for several months. One of the indicators officials
in New Mexico watch for is Florida tags, he said.
According to the article, the Florida Highway Patrol relied upon a drug courier
profile that cautioned troopers to be suspicious of rental cars, "scrupulous
obedience to traffic laws," and drivers wearing "lots of gold," or who did not
"fit vehicle," and "ethnic groups associated with the drug trade." The Florida
Highway Patrol's reliance on the drug courier profile was interrupted by a Palm
Beach County court ruling that articulated the civil liberties impact of the
challenged practice. As recounted in a local newspaper:
Circuit Judge Carl Harper blasted the profile as "so
broad and indistinct as to ensnare the innocent as well as the
guilty."
Harper ruled that the hypothetical description of drug
smugglers used by troopers to combat drug trafficking violates
constitutional protections against unreasonable searches and
seizures.
"While we have a horrendous drug smuggling problem here
in South Florida, the ends simply do not justify the unlawful
means occasionally employed to combat the problem," Harper said.
The judge said the profile gives the troopers too much
leeway in pulling over cars to check out hunches that the vehicles
may be carrying drugs....
[Defense lawyer] Natale, hailing the ruling as a blow for
the rights of the public, said "Judge Harper was confronted with
the question of, do we let the Florida Highway Patrol decide who
can proceed up and down our highways free of unreasonable searches
and seizures, or do you decide to use the Constitution and follow
the laws?"
Natale said patrol records showed a majority of the
motorists arrested through the drug profile were black, suggesting
the profile merely gave troopers an excuse to pull drivers over
and search their vehicles.
Another tactic that police sometimes use is the roadblock. Police set
up a barrier, stop every vehicle at a given location, and check the driver's
license and registration. While one officer checks the paperwork, another
walks around the car with a trained drug-detector dog:
Under the watchful eyes of government attorneys, nearly 1,500
vehicles stopped last month by the Florida Highway Patrol for
safety inspections were also checked for hidden contraband by
drug-sniffing police dogs.
One drug arrest was made. Lady Luck and Citizen Band
radios were suggested as possible causes for the lack of more
arrests.
Still, authorities said they were sufficiently pleased
with the operation, staged at four roadblocks in North Florida,
to expand it to other areas of the state as part of an
intensified crackdown on drug trafficking.
"I don't know how, where or when [they will resume],
but we want to send the message out that we will be aggressive
in the War on Drugs and will use every available tool," said
Lee Gilreath, a special agent who coordinated the Florida
Department of Law Enforcement's role in the multi-agency
operation.
The law does not regard the dog's sniffing as the equivalent of a
search on the theory that the odor of contraband is an exterior olfactory clue
in the public domain. As a result, no right of privacy is invaded by the
sniff, so the police do not need a search warrant or even probable cause to use
the dog on a citizen. If the dog "alerts," moreover, the signal fulfills the
cause requirement for further investigation of the driver or vehicle for drugs.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note on wiretaps:
After reading the section on wiretapping, I was a wee bit curious as to
the statistical trend in subsequent years...
(Librarian: What do you want with all these books on wiretapping?)
(Me: Well, I'm just curious about the statistics.)
(Librarian: Curiousity killed the cat you know!)
(Me: ACK! Thpfft! :-)
Here is the raw data for the period 1977-1988:
Intercept Orders Issued by Judges
Number of Intercept Orders Number of Extensions
Year Total Federal State Denied Total Federal State Denied
1977 626 77 549 0 165 10 155 1
1978* 570 81 489 - - - - -
1979 553 87 466 0 142 23 119 0
1980* 566 83 483 - - - - -
1981 589 106 483 0 208 66 142 0
1982 578 130 448 0 233 105 128 0
1983 648 208 440 0 310 164 146 0
1984 801 289 512 1 377 217 160 0
1985 784 243 541 2 450 242 208 0
1986 754 250 504 2 429 247 182 0
1987 673 236 437 0 402 212 190 0
1988 738 293 445 2 556 390 166 0
* The data for these years are posted from the reports of the following year.
Comments:
After President Reagan's announcement declaring War on Drugs on
October 2, 1982, the two year period following saw a dramatic rise in the
number of federal intercept orders granted, (a 122% increase). The number
of state intercept orders also followed the trend, with an approximate one
year lag time behind the federal rise. Then a leveling off period with a
slight decline took place during the end of Reagan's second term. Presently,
the rhetoric of the War on Drugs is heating up again, and already there is a
jump in the data for 1988. Will this trend continue? There was one other
major jump in the history of intercept orders. This took place during the
period of 1970-1973 after President Nixon declared War on Drugs.
A steady rise in the number of federal extensions granted is also
apparent. The data from 1988 show an extreme jump. During the period of
1982 to 1988, the number of federal extensions of intercept orders has
gone through a 271% increase.
Although the overall trend is upwards, the numbers are still
relatively small compared to the overall population. It is, however, an
area to watch closely, and the author of the above article has stated: as
failure and frustration in the War on Drugs inevitably rear their ugly heads,
the impediments to using one of the most powerful tools in drug conspiracy
cases, wiretaps, may likely be, out of necessity, systematically eroded.
And finally, although at first it may seem that the numbers above
represent all of the official governmental eavesdropping of each respective
year, this is not the case. There are more intercepts:
From: The Law of Electronic Surveillance by James G. Carr
Although designed primarily to implement court-ordered and judicially
regulated electronic surveillance, Title III of the Omnibus Crime Control and
Safe Streets Act of 1968 nonetheless directly and indirectly allows a
substantial amount of eavesdropping without a prior court order. Some of this
activity occurs because of ambiguities or omissions in various definitions in
Title III. Other warrantless eavesdropping occurs under provisions expressly
allowing such surveillance with the consent of a party or in emergency
situations. Specific authority also is granted to telephone companies and the
Federal Communications Commission to engage in limited warrantless
surveillance.
The average American is just like the child in the family.
- President Richard M. Nixon
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CRACKDOWN: THE EMERGING "DRUG EXCEPTION" TO THE BILL OF RIGHTS
by Steven Wisotsky
C. MONITORING OF STUDENTS AND SCHOOL PERSONNEL
The political climate supporting the War on Drugs has generated
increasingly invasive monitoring of personal behavior. In one manifestation of
the antidrug pressure, drug-detector dogs have been brought into public schools
to sniff out student lockers, which are searched when the dog alerts. The
question arises whether students can claim the benefit of the fourth
amendment's protection from unreasonable search and seizure. In a case
involving the search of a high school student's purse, the Supreme Court held
that students do have privacy rights under the fourth amendment, but that
searches may occur on "reasonable grounds for suspecting" that the student is
violating the law or school rules. Although the Court rejected the _in loco
parentis_ rationale, characterizing the conduct of school officials as state
action for constitutional purposes, the Court's new "reasonable suspicion" test
will undoubtedly permit far more school searches than the probable cause
standard.*
*[At least one commentator has concluded that the Court created
"an unprecedented exception to the probable cause standard....
[T]he reasonable grounds' standard adopted by the Court will
promote unjustified searches in public schools since the privacy
rights of students were not given adequate weight in the Court's
balancing of relevant interests."
The antidrug drive shows up in yet more intrusive ways. A school
system in Bergen County, New Jersey voted to implement a more comprehensive
method of detecting drug violations by compelling students to submit samples of
their urine for testing in a drug laboratory. The ACLU filed suit challenging
the program, and the court enjoined it as too broad.
Once again, the outcomes in these situations matter less than the
persistence of the efforts and the attitudes they reveal. The pressures
underlying these plans, abortive or not, continue to mount and take other
forms. "Tipster" programs are another manifestation of the perceived necessity
to respond to the drug problem.
DRUGS, PAYOFFS AND THE AMERICAN HIGH SCHOOL
[W]ell-meaning civic leaders have asked local citizens to turn
in their peers.... Town elders in Lewisville, Texas, (population
24,000) are offering a $100 reward to students who provide
information about drug users or sellers at the local high school.
Though various American high schools have encouraged
students to make anonymous tips on local drug pushers, only
Lewisville's has been desperate enough to post "wanted" signs
and offer bounty.
Last September, Lewisville High School's principal, C.
Douglas Killough, solicited community leaders for commitments
to pay for the drug-reward program.....
Lewisville's business community responded enthusiastically
to the proposed program. So many commitments were received, in
fact, that the local PTA ceased its solicitations. "It only took
us a few days..." recalled John Zepka, an executive committee
member of the Lewisville group.
To date, the program's practical success has turned out
to be less certain. An assistant principal at Lewisville High,
Malcolm Dennis, told the Dallas Morning News last week that "you'd
be astonished at how well the students are cooperating. Some
have even turned in their best friends."
But of the 30 students turned in to school authorities,
principal Killough himself told us, only half have actually been
found in possession.
D. KEEPING TABS ON THE POPULACE BY COMPUTER
CONGRESSMEN, CELEBRITIES INCLUDED IN U.S. DRUG FILES
The federal Drug Enforcement Administration is keeping
computer files on more than 1.5 million persons, including U.S.
congressmen, entertainers, clergymen, industry leaders and
foreign dignitaries, according to DEA Administrator Francis M.
Mullen Jr.
Many of the famous persons named in the computerized
index system, known as NADDIS (Narcotics and Dangerous Drug
Information System), are the subject of "unsubstantiated
allegations of illegal activity," Mullen said....
Mullen's letter stated that "less than 5 percent [or
7,500 of the total 1.5 million persons whose names were added
to the computer since 1974] ... are under investigation as
suspected narcotic traffickers by DEA."
The NADDIS computer system contains data from
informants, suspects, surveillance and intelligence reports
compiled by DEA and other agencies, Mullen said.
The information on NADDIS is available to federal drug enforcement officials in
other agencies, such as the FBI, Customs, and the IRS. State law enforcement
officials can probably also gain access on request. Obviously, this method of
oversight has troubling implications for one's personal interest in privacy and
good reputation, especially for the ninety-five percent named who are not under
active investigation. A data bank of this kind becomes objectionable for other
reasons: the quality of the data is dubious, controls on access and disclosure
appear inadequate, and the consequences of being included could be severe.
Does one become a target of investigation as a result of such a listing? And
what about the sheer number of listings? At a certain point the numbers grow
too large for comfort.
E. STIGMATIZING
Another anecdote from the press illustrates yet a further result of the
antidrug crusade:
"Public embarrassment" is the federal government's goal
in publishing a list of names of people caught bringing small
amounts of drugs into the United States - beginning tomorrow -
says Dennis Murphy, a U.S. Customs spokesman in Washington.
But critics of the plan, including Charles Sims, staff
counsel for the American Civil Liberties Union in New York, say
the list amounts to "slander" of people who have not been found
guilty of any crime.
The punish-by-publishing list, to be supplied to news
organizations each Wednesday, will include only small-scale
smugglers who were neither arrested nor prosecuted for their
alleged crimes, said Harry Carnes, Miami Customs District
Director.
The "drug blotter" will include the name of each alleged
smuggler, address, occupation, age, type and quantity of drugs
being smuggled, method of travel and point of origin, Customs
said in a prepared statement.
Carnes said persons whose cases are dropped from
prosecution will automatically be put on the press list - with
no option to request arrest as an alternative.
"One principal reason for trials in this country is to
decide who is innocent and who is guilty," Sims said.
"When the police undertake to announce that people are
guilty without a trial, then they are slandering people....
They will be damaging people's reputations."
Miami attorney Richard Sharpstein labeled the plan
"disgusting." According to Sharpstein, people who are arrested
on drug charges would have more legal rights than those who
aren't arrested, but find themselves on the customs list.
F. MILITARIZING LAW ENFORCEMENT
Millions of recreational boaters and small craft fliers are now exposed
to the possibility of an encounter with the Armed Forces of the United States.
By amending the Posse Comitatus Act in 1981 and authorizing the Navy to
interdict smuggling vessels at sea, Congress inflicted the first major breach
in the century-old wall of separation between civilian and military law
enforcement roles.* Of course, even that sacrifice of principle to expedience
proved insufficient to fulfill the illusory quest to bring the illegal drug
supply under "control." Accordingly, several members of Congress soon began
seeking a wider military role. Some sought full and direct military
participation in drug enforcement, while others sought merely to expand the
military's back-up role. In 1985, Congress reached a "compromise" position.
*[The Posse Comitatus Act prohibits civil law enforcement by
the military; however, amendments to Title X of the United
States Code now allow the military to gather information, advise,
lend equipment, and deploy personnel at the request of local
law enforcement officials with jurisdiction over drug or
immigration offenses. The Navy was partially exempted from the
restrictions of the Posse Comitatus Act by regulations
implementing the 1981 amendments, and Naval vessels typically
assist in drug interdiction operations by transporting Coast
Guard officers to a target vessel and towing seized ships back
to port.]
Congressional negotiators have agreed on a plan that
allows the military to stop more drug traffickers headed for
South Florida but does not give them the power to make civilian
arrests.
Rep. Charles Bennett of Florida had pressed for a stronger
plan that would have given the military the authority to search,
seize and arrest drug traffickers at sea.
The Jacksonville Democrat settled for a compromise after
his plan became a sticking point in negotiations.
"The compromise isn't bad at all," Bennett said. "It
strengthens our hand against drug smugglers, and that's what we
were after."...
The conferees agreed to spend $15 million for 500 new
Coast Guard officers who will be stationed on naval ships in the
prime drug trafficking routes in the Caribbean and off the Gulf
Coast.
The Navy ships will be able to stop vessels suspected of
carrying drugs and the Coast Guard officers will be able to board
and search the vessels and make arrests.
The compromise allows the Navy to become more involved
in the drug interdiction while avoiding the legal ramifications
of having the military make civilian arrests.
Opponents of more naval involvement fear that military
arrests would infringe civil liberties and end up in lengthy
court cases.
But what will happen next? Surely, this latest enlargement of military
"assistance" will not "win" the War on Drugs; and therefore it cannot placate
the demands for still more intervention. On the contrary, the 1985 compromise
represents only a transitional phase. Its real significance lies in the
momentum generated for further enlargements of the military's enforcement role.
And the dynamics of the War on Drugs will carry that escalation even further.
The House of Representatives, for example, resolved that the President should
deploy the Armed Forces of the United States within forty-five days. Political
accommodation with the Senate took the silly edge off that vote, but the
pressure to "unleash the military" in the War on Drugs will not easily go
away.*
*[The Defense Drug Interdiction Assistance Act of 1986 continues
this trend by authorizing a substantial increase in funding for
interdiction efforts and greater use of the military resources.]
At least 8,000,000 Americans are always under shadow of having to prove
their loyalty, if any anonymous, protected informer questions it.
Including the families of 8,000,000, about 20,000,000 American citizens
are subject to investigative procedures at any time. As people enter
and leave investigated employment, the vast total of people who have
secret police dossiers compiled about them increases every year.
- D. F. Fleming
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CRACKDOWN: THE EMERGING "DRUG EXCEPTION" TO THE BILL OF RIGHTS
by Steven Wisotsky
IV. CONCLUSION
The historic dynamic of the American drug control movement has been
expansionary. Pretrial detention, longer and mandatory prison sentences,
enhanced fines and property forfeitures, good faith exceptions to the
exclusionary rule, roadblocks, drug-detector dogs, wiretaps, informants,
undercover agents, extradition treaties, tax investigations, computers,
currency controls - the list grows and grows. And still it is not enough.
Always the government needs more.
The latest "imperative" in the War on Drugs is compulsory and sometimes
random urine sampling for traces of illegal drugs, a practice now followed by
one-fourth of Fortune 500 companies,* by many local governments, and by the
United States of America for its employees and the employees of federal
contractors. The practice of watching an employee or applicant pee into a jar
would seem to implicate rights of privacy recognized by the fourth amendment,
and most federal courts have ruled that some showing of individualized
suspicion is required to compel a public employee to submit to urinalysis. But
exceptions have been carved out for some classes of employees, and the view
that the right of privacy does not protect bodily wastes has gained some
support. Whatever the final resolution of the issue, the private sector will
remain largely free to require such tests. Drug testing, of course, is only
part of a much larger picture. The real question is this: what happens when
drug testing is absorbed into the culture without noticeable effect on the
black market in drugs? What will the next round of escalation bring?
*[General Dynamics, General Motors, Greyhound, E.F. Hutton, IBM,
Mobil, The New York Times, The Teamsters, and United Auto Workers
are but a few of the enterprises that have recently instituted
some type of workplace drug testing. One rationale for requiring
that urinalysis be predicated upon individual suspicion is the
not-unlikely possibility of a false positive result:
Two Navy doctors were almost drummed out of the service
[in 1984] because they tested positive for morphine, the result
of having eaten too many poppy seed bagels. Indeed, the Navy
program has seen huge errors - over 4,000 men and women were
recalled at full back pay [in 1985] because they were discharged
on the basis of a [false positive].]
That question, ultimately, shows the truly insidious quality of the War
on Drugs: the drug enforcement system can never have enough power or resources,
to win the war. In the futile quest to control the uncontrollable, the
government follows the imperative to expand. Legislative reforms, doubling of
"troops," administrative directives, task forces, executive coordination - all
of these have proven ineffective in controlling the drug supply. Yet the
reflexive response of the system is always to do more, always to expand. "In
one sense," said former Attorney General William French Smith, "to deal with
this problem, we have to blanket the world."
Blanketing the world, of course, begins at home. When one initiative
after another fails to produce any discernible or lasting impact on the black
market in drugs, the frustrated impetus for control carries the system to its
next "logical" extension. The internal logic of the War on Drugs, coupled with
its insatiable appetite for resources and power in its futile pursuit, leads
inevitably to repressive measures. The authoritarian logic of drug control was
noted, although not endorsed, by the President's Commission on Marijuana and
Drug Abuse more than a decade ago:
Under certain conditions, perhaps, law enforcement alone
might eliminate the illicit market in drugs. To achieve this,
though, would require, at the least, multifold increases in
man-power, a suspension of Fourth Amendment restraints on police
searches, seizures and wiretaps, wide-scale pretrial detention,
abolition of the exclusionary rule and border controls so extreme
that they would substantially hinder foreign commerce.
In a nutshell, the Commission suggested, a successful drug enforcement program
requires a police state.
In the United States, warnings about a police state sound a bit
excessive, if not jejune, if one has in mind the nations of the Soviet Bloc.
Our contemporary reality is quite different. The gradual accretion of
enforcement powers moves so slowly as to be invisible to the untrained eye.
The rights of citizens recede by gradual erosion, by relentless nibbling,
rather than gobbling. Yet the danger to civil liberties is no less real,
especially in the realm of criminal justice. Magistrate Peter Nimkoff of the
Southern District of Florida dramatized that reality in his resignation from
the federal court in protest of the continued erosion of the rights of those
accused of crime. In an exit interview with the press, Nimkoff focused on the
War on Drugs as the source of governmental abuses of power:
According to Nimkoff, many people have decided "that because
drugs are such a horrible thing, we will bend the Constitution
in drug cases," or "that there are two constitutions - one for
criminal cases generally, and another for drug cases .... I think
that's wrong .... It invites police officers to behave like
criminals. And they do."
Among his specific areas of concern are:
* Government sting operations in which it is considered
"sound police practice to get people to do bad things in order
that they can then be accused," Nimkoff said.
* Use of informants who pretend to be criminals during
ongoing investigations and then testify about what they did.
Nimkoff said that the use of civilian informants and assignment
of police as undercover agents are "very, very dangerous"
practices.
"Justice Brandeis said about 60 years ago that government
is the omnipresent teacher, especially in a democracy," he said.
"And that the police practices of our government teach moral
lessons to our society. And I think it is wrong and dangerous
for the police to make a norm of deception...."
"It's a very dangerous practice for the police to begin
to behave like criminals in order to catch criminals, and to
encourage the commission of the offense instead of preventing
its occurrence."
Nimkoff said he's also troubled by the Comprehensive
Crime Control Act of 1984, which he said undercuts the presumption
of innocence and removed the traditional presumption that a
defendant is entitled to bond before trial.
Although most criminal defendants are eventually found
guilty, Nimkoff said, "I'm very reluctant to discard the
presumption of human freedom or the presumption of innocence ....
To discard them is to engage in classically authoritarian
behaviors."
Magistrate Nimkoff's resignation, however unusual, reflects a
traditional concern. Even Justice Hugo Black, an advocate of aggressive
enforcement against the drug trade, warned of its ready capacity for excess:
"The narcotics traffic can too easily cause threats to our basic liberties by
making attractive the adoption of constitutionally forbidden shortcuts that
might suppress and blot out more quickly the unpopular and dangerous conduct."
As the War on Drugs converts paramilitary rhetoric into social reality, the
nation's threshold for extremist ideas rises. Thus, the politics of the War on
Drugs generates proposals that only a few years ago would have been repudiated
as either absurd or excessive.
In this climate of repression, politicians advocate capital punishment
for drug dealers, or isolating them in Arctic Gulags, or simply shooting drug
planes out of the sky without charges or trial. What will tomorrow's political
agenda find tolerable? A bill in the Florida Senate proposed to prohibit the
sale of "any magazine or other printed matter the dominant theme and purpose of
which, taken as a whole, is to advocate, advise, encourage, or glorify the
unlawful consumption, purchase, or usage of any controlled substance...."
Despite the bill's analogy to valid antiobscenity statutes, it almost certainly
violates the right of free speech under existing case law - even advocacy of
the violent overthrow of the government finds protection under the first
amendment, absent a "clear and present danger" of intended imminent violence.
But case law and history also demonstrate that war-time emergencies can justify
curtailment of constitutional rights, and the analogy to the War on Drugs
beckons. "When a nation is at war many things that might be said in time of
peace ... will not be endured...." Or when "our shores are threatened by
hostile forces, the power to protect must be commensurate with the threatened
danger."
After a few more years of frustration with the War on Drugs, extremist
proposals may not seem so far-fetched. Repeated expansions of governmental
powers have already gained acceptance as reasonable or "necessary" measures to
fight the War on Drugs. Given the nature of the beast, we can expect the
demands for more power to spiral upward towards infinity. There is no light at
the end of the law enforcement tunnel.
Already, some of the authoritarian methods mentioned by the National
Commission on Marijuana and Drug Abuse, such as pretrial detention, have become
law. Why not go further and abolish the exclusionary rule altogether,
authorizing drug agents to search for drugs, tap telephones, or seize financial
records without warrant, probable cause or reasonable suspicion? Why not adopt
a bounty hunter system for suspected drug dealers and teach school children to
report their parents for drug possession? Why not, in fact, bypass entirely
the cumbersome criminal justice system, with its tedious set of impediments to
investigation, prosecution, and conviction, and substitute a control system
consisting of civil sanctions: fines, asset seizures and forfeitures. Control
over the offender's future conduct would come, as one law professor has already
proposed, through a civil injunction forbidding the defendant from violating
the drug laws in the future. Violation of the injunction would be proved in a
civil contempt proceeding by a mere preponderance of the evidence, rather than
by proof beyond a reasonable doubt as required in a criminal prosecution: no
need for grand jury indictment, right to counsel, or even trial by jury. After
all, if the United States Code is the "enemy," it must be overcome.
Personal freedom is the inevitable casualty of the War on Drugs. The
zealous pursuit of drug offenders is manifested in the adoption of increasingly
stringent punishments for existing drug offenses, the proliferation of new
drug-related criminal legislation by Congress, more aggressive investigative
and prosecutorial initiatives, generally supported by judicial validations.
Taken together, these developments suggest that the legal system is evolving to
take the paramilitary rhetoric of the War on Drugs at face value. Like the
wartime curtailment of civil liberties during both World Wars, the War on Drugs
is used to justify the application of _force majeure_. In short, the War on
Drugs is producing a political-legal context in which drug enforcement
constitutes an exception to the principle that laws must comport "with the
deepest notions of what is fair and just." In drug enforcement, most anything
goes. This dishonors our legacy of limited government and natural rights,
those "principles of justice so rooted in the tradition and conscience of our
people as to be ranked as fundamental." It also sets a very dangerous
precedent, for it is doubtful that drugs can be treated as sui generis in the
long run. Inevitably, the drug exception will spill over to other areas of the
law. We clearly face the danger of losing the ability, in Madison's immortal
phrase, to "oblige [the government] to control itself."
The worst is yet to come.
- Irving Kristol
=================================================================================
Article 4231 of talk.politics.drugs:
Path: lassie!voder!apple!mips!think.com!zaphod.mps.ohio-state.edu!qt.cs.utexas.edu!cs.utexas.edu!uunet!tellab5!odgate!dbk
From: dbk@odgate.odesta.com (Dan Keith)
Newsgroups: talk.politics.drugs,alt.drugs,chi.general
Subject: The Keystone Kustoms Agents and the War on Liberty
Message-ID: <1991Oct15.141700.21427@odgate.odesta.com>
Date: 15 Oct 91 14:17:00 GMT
Organization: Emergent Systems
Lines: 42
Xref: lassie talk.politics.drugs:4231 alt.drugs:15043
I found this article in the Chicago Sun-Times on 10/10/91.
======================================================================
Woman sues U.S. Customs, hospital over strip-search
By Tom Seibel, Staff Writer
A woman who claims she was illegally strip-searched by U.S. Customs
officials at O'Hare Airport and by employees at a Northwest Side medical
center filed a $5.5 million civil rights suit Wednesday in U.S. District
Court here.
The suit, filed by Dr. Eme Ekpo, chief of maternal and child health
services for the City of St. Louis, says the illegal searches occurred on
Oct. 21, 1989, and were performed by both Customs officials and employees
at Resurrection Medical Center, 7435 W. Talcott.
Ekpo, a native of Nigeria, alleges she was returning to St. Louis from
Nigeria, where she had been attending the funeral of her brother and
father, killed in an automobile accident. Upon arriving at O'Hare, the suit
says, Ekpo was "subjected to humiliating and and (sic) invasive rectal and
vaginal examinations" after customs agents told here that she was being
searched because "99.5 percent of all Nigerians come to the U.S. with
cocaine."
After the search, Ekpo "signed a form under duress" to be taken by the
agents to Resurrection Medical Center for X-rays. At the hospital, she
received additional rectal and vaginal examinations, said Judith Scully,
one of four attorneys representing Ekpo.
"She showed the customs agents her identification showing her position
with the City of St. Louis," Scully said. "The agent looked at her and
said, 'You expect me to believe this? Where is your real I.D.?'"
While Ekpo was at Resurrection, a $5,0000 diamond ring, $3,700 in cash
and other property were taken from her baggage at the airport, Scully said.
"When she complained about the loss, one of the agents said, 'I don't
believe they'd let any black woman out of South Africa with a $5,000
ring,'" Ekpo claimed in an affidavit.
----- End Included Message -----
% ====== Internet headers and postmarks (see DECWRL::GATEWAY.DOC) ======
% Received: by us1rmc.ogo.dec.com; id AA13350; Mon, 25 Nov 91 18:48:48 -0500
% Received: by mts-gw.pa.dec.com; id AA28647; Mon, 25 Nov 91 15:38:22 -0800
% Received: from stratus ([134.111.20.201]) by transfer.stratus.com (4.1/3.5-jjm) id AA08507; Mon, 25 Nov 91 18:37:30 ES
% Return-Path: <lpb@swdc.stratus.com>
% Received: from echidna.swdc.stratus.com (echidna.ARPA) by stratus.swdc.stratus.com (FTX1.2/1.30 Stratus WDC) id AA09920; Mon, 25 Nov 91 15:36:09 ps
% Received: from florida.swdc.stratus.com by echidna.swdc.stratus.com (4.0/SMI-4.0) id AA07583; Mon, 25 Nov 91 15:35:52 PS
% Date: Mon, 25 Nov 91 15:35:52 PST
% From: lpb@stratus.swdc.stratus.com (Len Bucuvalas)
% Message-Id: <9111252335.AA07583@echidna.swdc.stratus.com>
% To: asds::atkinson
% Subject: Political File
|
| 1541.107 | And yet another interesting entry from Samurai | ASDS::ATKINSON | | Wed Dec 18 1991 17:08 | 130 |
|
From: US1RMC::"lpb@stratus.swdc.stratus.com" "Len Bucuvalas" 17-DEC-1991 20:40:52.71
To: asds::atkinson
CC:
Subj: UFO ALERT!!!
Tali ... please post the following ...... let Solinus know!!!! I just now
saw this, this very minute as I write this to you in one screen, I am pulling
the file off Usenet in another.
God as I write this to you ... David Bowie JUST NOW flashed on my radio singing:
"Hello Humans can you feel me thinking..."
I think I'm going into temporary synapse collapse ;^}
Len
----- Begin Included Message -----
Article 15719 of sci.astro:
Path: lassie!voder!pyramid!oliveb!olivea!spool.mu.edu!uwm.edu!rpi!ispd-newsserver!psinntp!dg-rtp!webo!dg-webo!tom
From: tom@kether.webo.dg.com (Tom Sullivan)
Newsgroups: alt.alien.visitors,sci.astro
Subject: Mystery Object of Thursday, 12/5
Message-ID: <TOM.91Dec11120040@kether.webo.dg.com>
Date: 11 Dec 91 18:00:40 GMT
Sender: usenet@webo.dg.com (Usenet Administration)
Organization: NSDD, Data General Corp.
Lines: 73
Xref: lassie sci.astro:15719
I've seen nothing on the net regarding this, but I found this in the
(Boston, Mass.) Globe:
Without permission from the Boston Globe, 12/7, page 13:
Mystery object eludes astronomers
By David L. Chandler, Globe Staff
The unidentified object that hurtled past Earth before dawn on
Thursday remains a mystery, astronomers said yesterday, and it
apparently slipped by without them getting a good look.
A week ago, astronomers had decided that the tiny object,
which passed slightly farther away from Earth than the moon's distance
of 240,000 miles, was probably an asteroid -- a chunk of
interplanetary rock probably less than 30 feet across [BUT, read on!].
But observations on Monday by European astronomers working in
Chile showed dramatic variations in brightness which suggest an
irregularly shaped, tumbling object with great variations in its
surface reflectivity, much more so than expected for a natural object
like an asteroid, said Brian Marsden, an astronomer.
Marsden, director of the Cambridge-based International
Astronomical Union's Bureau for Astronomical Telegrams and Minor
Planet Center, said yesterday that the variation in brightness "means
we are dealing with some very peculiar object. I would say man-made.
I think it wold be hard to explain this kind of variation with a
natural object, even a small one."
But Marsden and others are still puzzling over what kind of
man-made object it is.
Marsden said two weeks ago that it was probably the leftover
Centaur rocket used in 1974 to launch a sun-observing satellite called
Helios. But more precise calculations of the object's orbit, based on
the latest observations, show that, traced backwards, it never quite
meets Earth, as it should if it had been launched from Earth.
There is a possible explaination for that descrepancy, Marsden
said: Centaur rockets sometimes contain leftover hydrogen fuel after
they reach orbit, and this fuel could continue to leak out, perhaps
for years. This could propel the rocket in unpredictable directions,
like air escaping from a balloon that send it careening aound a room.
[THAT WAS THE LAMEST EXCUSE I HAVE EVER READ! Len]
During its closest approach to Earth on Thursday, the object
was too far south to be visible from anywhere in the northern
hemisphere. Astronomers at the European Southern Observatory in Chile
tried to get pictures of it shortly after its closest approach in
order to get more precise data on its exact path and to make further
measurements of its brightness variations.
But as of yesterday, they were unable to find any sign of the
object in their pictures.
Because of the difficulty of the observation and the faintness
of the object, astronomers Richard West and Oliver Hainaut at the
observatory in the Chilean Andes continued to examine their images
carefully yesterday.
These observations are essential to guarantee the success of a
planned radar observation of the object when it returns to visibility
in the northern hemisphere next week. A successful radar observations
"would clinch it" as to whether the object is natural or artificial,
Marsden said.
"I was hoping it would be natural," said Marsden, because that
would make it a very unusual type of asteroid and the smallest ever
detected, and therefore interesting to astronomers. But because of
the brightness changes seen this week, he is now "90 percent sure"
that it is artificial.
Because of the uncertain movements of a rocket leaking
leftover fuel, however, it may never be possible to identify it as a
specific rocket. [FIRST THEY HYPOTHESIZE, THEN THEY WRITE IT AS THOUGH
IT WERE FACT!!!!! Len]
If it is artificial but not any known rocket, that might
explain the astronomers' inability to locate it in their pictures,
Marsden joked.
"Maybe that's why they couldn't be found last night," he said.
"Maybe they landed." [IT'S TIME TO ROCK n ROLL .... BREAK OUT THE LASERS!Len]
----- End Included Message -----
% ====== Internet headers and postmarks (see DECWRL::GATEWAY.DOC) ======
% Received: by us1rmc.ogo.dec.com; id AA01739; Tue, 17 Dec 91 20:37:08 -0500
% Received: by mts-gw.pa.dec.com; id AA02278; Tue, 17 Dec 91 17:37:37 -0800
% Received: from stratus (stratus.swdc.stratus.com) by transfer.stratus.com (4.1/3.5-jjm) id AA06693; Tue, 17 Dec 91 20:36:16 ES
% Return-Path: <lpb@swdc.stratus.com>
% Received: from echidna.swdc.stratus.com (echidna.ARPA) by stratus.swdc.stratus.com (FTX1.2/1.30 Stratus WDC) id AA17185; Tue, 17 Dec 91 17:36:13 ps
% Received: from florida.swdc.stratus.com by echidna.swdc.stratus.com (4.0/SMI-4.0) id AA22256; Tue, 17 Dec 91 17:36:12 PS
% Date: Tue, 17 Dec 91 17:36:12 PST
% From: lpb@stratus.swdc.stratus.com (Len Bucuvalas)
% Message-Id: <9112180136.AA22256@echidna.swdc.stratus.com>
% To: asds::atkinson
% Subject: UFO ALERT!!!
|
| 1541.108 | | VERGA::STANLEY | what a long strange trip it's been | Wed Dec 18 1991 18:46 | 4 |
| :-)
It's a probe and it isn't "man" made either.
|
| 1541.109 | Aha! | HELIX::KALLIS | Pumpkins -- Nature's greatest gift | Wed Dec 18 1991 18:58 | 7 |
| Re .108 (Mary):
>It's a probe and it isn't "man" made either.
A feminist probe!!! :-D
Steve Kallis, Jr.
|
| 1541.111 | A New Posting from the Samurai Writer | ASDS::ATKINSON | | Tue Sep 22 1992 19:51 | 95 |
| From: US1RMC::"lpb@stratus.swdc.stratus.com" "Len Bucuvalas" 18-SEP-1992 16:16:38.43
To: distribution:;@enet-gw.pa.dec.com@enet-gw.pa.dec.com (see end of body)
CC:
Subj: ALERT: TELEPHONE PRIVACY INVASION IMMINENT
Check it out folks!!!! Write your congress critters....print this out
and mail it to your local newspapers!!!! Redistribute on all networks!!!
Our freedom is at stake...the Beast is upon us!
Samurai_Writer
----- Begin Included Message -----
Subject: FBI DIGITAL TELEPHONY LEGISLATION
Status: R
>M<
==============================================================================
+=========+=================================================+===========+
| F.Y.I. |Newsnote from the Electronic Frontier Foundation |Sep 17,1992|
+=========+=================================================+===========+
JOINT INDUSTRY/PUBLIC INTEREST COALITION RELEASES WHITE PAPER OPPOSING
FBI DIGITAL TELEPHONY LEGISLATION
WASHINGTON, D.C. -- The Electronic Frontier Foundation (EFF), on behalf
of a coalition of industry, trade associations, computer users, and
privacy and consumer representatives, today released a white paper
entitled, "Analysis of the FBI Proposal Regarding Digital Telephony."
The FBI has proposed legislation which would require that all
telecommunications equipment be designed to allow law enforcement
monitoring and is seeking passage in the last few weeks of this
congress. The organizations that signed the paper believe that the
proposal would cost consumers millions of dollars, damage U.S.
competitiveness in the telecommunications marketplace, threaten national
security interests, and deny American consumers and American businesses
of much-wanted security and privacy on voice and data communications.
"Basically, the FBI's legislative proposal is premature. We hope that
the white paper demonstrates that there are too many potential dangers
inherent in the legislative proposal and that there are other means of
addressing this situation," said Jerry Berman, Executive Director of the
Washington office of the Electronic Frontier Foundation.
Over the past decade a host of new digital communication technologies
have been introduced and more are being developed. New telephone
services, such as call-forwarding and last number re-dial, are now being
offered. The FBI is concerned about the impact these services -- and
other digital communications techniques -- will have on its ability to
wiretap. In the future, the vast majority of computer communications
will also use this technology to transfer information and documents.
Signatories included major telecommunications equipment manufacturers,
such as AT&T; computer manufacturers, such as IBM and Digital Equipment
Corporation; software producers, such as Microsoft and Lotus; network
providers, such as Prodigy and Advanced Network and Services, Inc.;
trade associations in the telecommunications, computer and electronic
mail businesses; and public interest groups, such as the Electronic
Frontier Foundation and the ACLU. The Electronic Frontier Foundation, a
group of 955 members of the computer community, has been coordinating an
industry/public interest working group on digital telephony.
The working group has met with the FBI over a number of months in an
effort to work out mutually-agreeable solutions to the challenge that
the development of new communications technologies poses to the FBI.
David Johnson, a partner at Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering, drafted the
white paper for the working group and serves as its legal advisor.
"We have made significant progress and both sides better understand the
other's needs and concerns. The bottom line, however, is that those who
signed the paper do not see broad-based legislation as the right
approach to this challenge. We have worked with the FBI to develop
practical, technical solutions to the problems they are anticipating and
intend to continue to do so," said John Podesta, of Podesta Associates,
Inc., who coordinates the working group on behalf of EFF.
# # #
For a copy of the white paper, please call +1 202 544-6906, or use
anonymous ftp to ftp.eff.org, file pub/EFF/legal-issues/eff-fbi-analysis.
FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE September 17, 1992
For more information contact: John Podesta 202/544-6906
Jerry Berman 202/544-9237
+=====+===================================================+=============+
| EFF |155 Second Street, Cambridge MA 02141 (617)864-0665| eff@eff.org |
+=====+===================================================+=============+
----- End Included Message -----
|
| 1541.112 | Food for thought from Samurai | ASDS::ATKINSON | | Tue Sep 22 1992 19:54 | 188 |
| From: US1RMC::"lpb@stratus.swdc.stratus.com" "Len Bucuvalas" 21-SEP-1992 19:29:52.39
To: distribution:;@enet-gw.pa.dec.com@enet-gw.pa.dec.com (see end of body)
CC:
Subj: A Short History of Fascism
And who can tell me what true freedom feels like? Who can bring forth a
comparison between a totally free state and one wherein freedoms are for sale?
Noone can. Noone who is young enough to read this Email. For my friends,
we have never been truely free. And it takes a shock to the system, a comparison
from which one can clearly see the Freedom lost ... lost either by foolishness
and lack of insight...lost perhaps to the ever so common sell-out....lost
because we who were born free chose not to wake up and smell the coffee. We
were to busy with our rock bands..our friends...our lives....and why not as we
are perhaps the only nation in the world that is born trusting their government.
Did anyone out here watch King George's speech this morning to the UN?????
It was a warning of potential things to come..peacekeeping armies
stationed in all countries....and of course he who holds the rod establishes
the punishment.
The following file is excerpted from a book written by a WWII German survivor.
It describes the process fascism adopts in order to catch a trusting population
unawares...unprotected..undefended....after you read this article, do a sanity
check to see if you can spot the similarities!
Samurai_Writer
==============================================================================
------------------------------------------------------
===========================
THEY THOUGHT THEY WERE FREE
(The Germans, 1933 - 1945)
===========================
---------------------------
by: Milton Mayer
University of Chicago Press
---------------------------
Chapter 13 (But then it was too Late)
What happened here was the gradual habituation of the people, little
by little, to being governed by surprise. To receiving decisions deliber-
ated in secret -- to believing the situation was so complicated that the
government had to act on information that the people could not understand,
or so dangerous that even if the people could understand it -- it could
not be released because of National Security. Their sense of identifi-
cation with Hitler. Their trust in him made it easier to widen this gap
and reassure those who would otherwise have worried about it. This
separation of government from people -- this widening of the gap, took
place so gradually and so insensibly. Each step disguised, perhaps not even
intentionally, as a temporary emergency measure or associated with true
patriotic allegiance or with real social purposes. And all the crisis and
reforms -- real reforms too, so occupied the people that they did not see
the slow motion underneath, of the whole process of government growing
remoter and remoter. You will understand me when I say my that middle high
German was my life --it was all I cared about. I was a scholar, a specialist.
Then suddenly I was plunged into all the new activity as the University
was drawn into the new situation. Meetings, conferences, ceremonies and
above all papers to be filled out. Reports, bibliographies, lists,
questionnaires. And on top of that were the demands of the community.
The things in which one had to, was "expected to" participate that had
not been there or had not been important before. It was all rigamarole
of course. But it consumed all one's energies, coming on top of the
work one really wanted to do. You can see how easy it was then not
to think about fundamental things. One had no time. Those I said are
the words of my friend the baker -- "one had no time to think -- there
was so much going on". Your friend the baker was right said my colleague.
The dictatorship -- and the whole process of its coming into being, was
above all diverting. It provided an excuse not to think for people who
did not want to think anyway. I do not speak of your little men -- your
baker and so on. I speak of my colleagues and myself. Learned men mind you.
Most of us did not want to think about fundamental things and never had.
There was no need to. Naziism --gave us some dreadful fundamental things
to think about. We were decent people. And kept us so busy with continuous
changes and crises -- and so fascinated, yes fascinated by the machinations
of the National enemies without and within, that we had no time to think
about these dreadful things that were growing little by little all around
us. Unconsciously, I suppose, we were grateful -- who wants to think.
To live in this process is absolutely not to be able to notice it --
please try to believe me, unless one has a much greater degree of political
awareness, acuity than most of us had ever had occasion to develop.
Each step was so small --so inconsequential --so well explained or
on occasion "regretted", that unless one were detached from the whole
process from the beginning --unless one understand what the whole thing
was in principal -- what all these "little measures" that no patriotic
German could resent -- must someday lead to. One no more saw developing
from day to day than a farmer in his fields sees the corn growing.
One day it is over his head. How is this to be avoided among ordinary
men --even highly educated ordinary men. Frankly I do not know --I do
not see even now. Many, many times since it all happened I have pondered
that pair of great maxims: "Resist the beginnings, and consider the end".
But one must foresee the end in order to resist or even see the beginnings.
One must foresee the end clearly and certainly and how is this to be done
by ordinary men or even by extraordinary men. Things might have changed
here before they went as far as they did. They didn't but they might have
everyone counts on that might. Your little men, your Nazi friends were
not against National Socialism in principal. Men like me who were
-- are the greater offenders. Not because we knew better, that would
be too much to say, but because we sensed better. Pastor Neimo (sp) spoke
for the thousands and thousands of men like me when he spoke too modestly
of himself when he said that when the Nazis attacked the Communists he
was a little uneasy, but after all he was not a Communist -- and so he did
nothing. Then they attacked the Socialists and he was a little uneasier,
but still he was not a Socialist and he did nothing. And then the schools,
the Press, the Jews and so one and he was always a little uneasier but
still he did nothing. And then they attacked the church -- and he was
a church man, and he did something. But then it was too late. Yes, I said.
You see my colleague went on -- one doesn't see exactly where or how to
move, believe me this is true, each act --each occasion is worse than the
last, but only a little worse. You wait for the next and the next. You
wait for one great shocking occasion, thinking that others -- when such
a shock comes -- will join with you in resisting somehow. You don't want
to act or even talk alone. You don't want to "go out of your way to make
trouble". Why not? Well you are not in the habit of doing it -- and it
is not just fear -- fear of standing alone that restrains you. It is
also genuine uncertainty. Uncertainty is a very important factor. Instead
of decreasing as time goes by it grows. Outside in the streets, in the
general community -- everyone is happy. One hears no protest and certainly
sees none. You know in France and Italy there would be slogans against
the government painted on walls and fences. In Germany, outside the great
cities perhaps there is not even this. In the University community -- in
your own community you speak privately to your colleagues --some of whom
feel as you do. But what do they say? -- "It's not so bad" or "you're
seeing things" or "you're an alarmist". And you ARE an alarmist --
you are saying that this must lead to this and you can't prove it. These
are the beginnings - yes, but how do you know for sure when you don't
know the end? And how do know or even surmise the end. On the one hand
your enemies -- the law -- the regime intimidate you. On the other your
colleagues pooh pooh you as pessimistic or even neurotic. You are left
with your close friend who are naturally people who have always thought
as you have. But your friends are fewer now. Some have drifted off
somewhere or submerged themselves in their work. You no longer see
as many as you did at meetings or gatherings. Informal groups become
smaller, attendance drops off and the organizations themselves wither.
Now in small gatherings of your oldest friends you feel that you are
talking to yourself -- that you are isolated from the reality of things.
This weakens your confidence still further and serves as a further
deterrent to -- to what? It is clear all the time that if you are
going to do anything you must make an occasion to do it. And then
you are obviously a trouble-maker. So you wait, and you wait. But the one
great shocking occasion when the tens, or hundreds, or thousands will never
comes. That's the difficulty. If the last and worst act of the whole
regime had come immediately after the first and smallest. Thousands
-- yes millions would have been sufficiently shocked. If let us say
the gassing of the jews in '43 had come immediately after the "German
Firm" stickers on the windows of non-jewish shops in '33. But of course
this isn't the way it happens. In between come all the hundreds of
little steps -- some of them imperceptible. Each of them preparing
you not to be shocked by the next step. Step C is not so much worse
than step B -- and if you did not make a stand at step B -- why
should you at step C. And so on to step D. And one day, too late,
your principals, if you were ever sensible of them all rush in upon
you. The burden of self deception has grown too heavy --and some
minor incident, in my case my little boy hardly more than a baby
saying --"jew swine", collapses it all at once and you see that
everything --everything has changed and changed completely under your
nose. The world you live in -- your nation -- your people, is not
the world you were born in at all. The forms are all there -- all
untouched -- all reassuring, the houses, the shops, the jobs,
the mealtimes, the visits, the concerts, the cinema, the holidays,
but the spirit, which you never noticed because you made the lifelong
mistake about identifying it with the forms is changed. Now you
live in a world of hate and fear and the people who hate and fear
do not even know it themselves. When everyone is transformed -- no
one is transformed. Now you live in a system which rules without
responsibility even to God. The system itself could not have intended
this in the beginning, but in order to sustain itself, it was compelled
to go all the way. You have gone almost all the way yourself. Life
is a continuing process -- a flow, not a succession of acts and
events at all. It has flowed to a new level carrying you with
it without any effort on your part. On this new level you live -
you have been living more comfortably every day with new morals
and new principals. You have accepted things you would not have
accepted five years ago, a year ago, things that your father even
in Germany could not have imagined. Suddenly it all comes down,
all at once, you see what you are, what you have done -- or more
accurately what you haven't done. For that was all that was required
for most of us --- that we do nothing.
----- End Included Message -----
|